A study on the utilisation of small- scale hydropower

for rural electrification in Malawi





by



John Loti Taulo







A thesis submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of

Master of Science

in

Mechanical Engineering











Energy Research Centre
Department of Mechanical Engineering
University of Cape Town


September 2007
i
DECLARATION



I, John Loti Taulo, confirm that this work submitted for assessment is my own and is expressed
in my own words. Any uses made within it of works of other authors in any form (ideas,
equations, figures, text, tables, programmes etc) are properly acknowledged at the point of their
use. A full list of the references employed is included.


Signed:………………………………………………


Date: ……………………………………………….




























ii
DEDICATION



To my wife Chisomo

To my parents Loti Taulo and Elida Mphepo

To my children Ian and Tadala
YOU ARE A BLESSING TO ME


























iii
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS


I would like to express my profound gratitude to my supervisor, Professor Kevin Bennett, for his
valuable guidance from the beginning of this project until the end. You always provided positive
constructive feedback, created an environment that promoted learning, and enabled me to access
your wisdom and intellect on energy issues.

This study would not have been possible without financial support from Malawi Industrial
Research and Technology Development Centre. Christopher Guta deserves special recognition
for his contribution to my personal development and the success of my study. Your resource
investment towards this study will forever be treasured. Kingsley Kalonda accompanied me
during my fieldwork. I value your time out of office, in search of suitable project sites. Your
presence in those rugged and inaccessible areas of Thyolo District was a source of inspiration.

A large number of individuals and institutions, both public and private, assisted me with most of
the secondary data used in this study. They are too numerous to be mentioned here by name.
Their excellent support is greatly acknowledged. I would like to extend my thanks to my
classmates and staff of Energy Research Centre in particular, Ann Steiner, for providing a
suitable environment for interaction, mutual respect and understanding. Finally, thanks also to
my wife Chisomo, for her willing ears and distractions, understanding, constant help and support
throughout my studies.










iv
ABSTRACT

This study explores the potential of utilising small-scale hydropower as an alternative source of
rural electrification in Malawi. Approximately 7.5% of the country’s population has access to
electricity. In rural areas, the electricity access rate is 0.8%. A number of factors such as the cost
of infrastructure, dispersed nature of the population, low consumption and poor load factors have
prevented the majority of the rural population from getting connected to the national electricity
grid. The study seeks to answer a key question such as “what is the potential of utilising small-
scale hydropower to increase the electrification level and reduce green house emissions in
Malawi?” An ex ante study has been conducted in Nkolokosa village, to estimate the energy
consumption, income levels and willingness to pay. Using the relationship between number of
households in that village and estimated peak demand, a regression model to forecast future
electricity demands has been derived. The capital cost of such a rural electrification project, unit
cost of generation, and unit cost of electricity to the user are analysed. Emission reductions for
green house gases have been estimated. A preliminary economic analysis of the cost of
supplying power to the village has been presented. The study results indicate that small-scale
hydropower would be a favourable option. The results show that providing 85kWh/year of
electricity per household increases the national electrification level by 2.3%. About 230,000
people in rural areas would have access to electricity. A typical 40 kW small-scale hydropower
plant would serve about 110 households. This corresponds to about one fifth of total number of
households found in a typical village in Malawi. The specific construction cost per kW is MWK
2,216,992.86 (US$15,835.66). The net present value was found to be MWK 4,490,389.08 with
an 8% discount rate, and the economic rate of return (EIRR) was 5.98%. The benefit cost ratio
was 6.25. The break- even tariff is MWK 44.80 per kWh. The average willingness to pay is
MWK 5.58/kWh. The project would deliver 192,337 kWh/year of electricity and result in
avoided emissions of 59.62 tons CO
2
/year. The results show that significant increase in
electrification using small-scale hydropower alone is not achievable. However, the evaluation
seems quite promising and, with some refined costing at each potential site, small-scale
hydropower projects should be implemented.



v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Declaration ....................................................................................................................................... i
Dedication ....................................................................................................................................... ii
Acknowledgements ........................................................................................................................ iii
Abstract .......................................................................................................................................... iv
Table of contents ............................................................................................................................. v
List of figures ................................................................................................................................. ix
List of tables .................................................................................................................................... x
List of appendices ........................................................................................................................... x
Acronyms and abbreviations.......................................................................................................... xi
Glossary ....................................................................................................................................... xiii
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................... 1
1.1 Rural energy and international development context ..................................................... 1
1.2 Energy issues facing Malawi .......................................................................................... 4
1.3 Small-scale hydropower development in Malawi ......................................................... 7
1.4 Research Problem ........................................................................................................... 8
1.5 Research objectives and questions .................................................................................. 9
1.6 Study hypothesis ........................................................................................................... 11
1.7 Scope of work ............................................................................................................... 11
1.8 Assumptions .................................................................................................................. 11
1.9 Significance of the study ............................................................................................... 11
1.10 Limitations of this study ............................................................................................... 12
1.11 Structure of the thesis ................................................................................................... 13
CHAPTER 2: REVIEW OF ENERGY AND POWER SECTORS IN MALAWI .................. 14
2.1 Geography and Demography ........................................................................................ 14
2.2 Energy Situation ........................................................................................................... 16
2.2.1 Overall present energy situation ................................................................................... 16
2.2.2 Energy demand and supply projections ........................................................................ 21
2.3 National Energy Policy ................................................................................................. 23
2.4 Hydropower resource potential and development in Malawi ....................................... 24
2.5 Rural Electrification ..................................................................................................... 25
vi
CHAPTER3: RURAL ELECTRIFICATION: CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK ................... 27
3.1 Energy poverty and rural electrification ....................................................................... 27
3.1.1 Energy Poverty.............................................................................................................. 27
3.1.2 Definition of Rural Electrification ............................................................................... 28
3.2 Rural electrification objectives ..................................................................................... 29
3.2.1 Economic objective ....................................................................................................... 30
3.2.2 Socio-economic objective ............................................................................................. 30
3.2.3 Poverty alleviation objective......................................................................................... 30
3.3 Social and economic benefits of rural electrification ................................................... 31
3.3.1 Social Benefits .............................................................................................................. 31
3.3.2 Environmental Benefits ................................................................................................ 33
3.3.3. Economic Benefits ........................................................................................................ 34
3.1 Key Success factors for rural electrification ................................................................. 35
3.2 Case studies ................................................................................................................... 38
3.7.1 Long term planning and government commitment ....................................................... 45
3.7.2 Policies and strategies ................................................................................................... 45
3.7.3 Decentralised approach for small hydropower development........................................ 46
3.7.4 Capital investment and financial support mechanisms ................................................. 46
3.7.5 Standardisation of small-scale hydropower plants ....................................................... 47
CHAPTER 4: THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................ 49
4.1 Basic concepts of hydropower ...................................................................................... 49
4.2 Energy conversion principles ........................................................................................ 50
4.3 Small-scale hydropower system components ............................................................... 51
4.4 Small-scale hydropower scheme configurations .......................................................... 52
4.4.1 Run-of- river type ......................................................................................................... 52
4.4.2 River power plants ........................................................................................................ 53
4.5 Water Turbines ............................................................................................................. 53
4.5.1 Choice of water turbine ................................................................................................. 54
4.6 Resource assessment and evaluation ............................................................................ 55
4.7 Flow Duration Curve .................................................................................................... 55
4.7.1 Hydrological flow indices ............................................................................................. 55
4.7.2 Environmental flow considerations .............................................................................. 56
4.7.3 Capacity Factor ............................................................................................................. 57
4.7.4 Energy output from a power plant ................................................................................ 57
4.7 Stream flow characteristics ........................................................................................... 57
vii
4.8 Estimation of stream flow characteristics at ungauged sites ........................................ 59
4.9.1 Catchment-Area Ratio .................................................................................................. 60
4.9.2 Flow correlation method ............................................................................................... 61
4.9.3 Regression Equation Approach..................................................................................... 61
4.10 Economic analysis ........................................................................................................ 61
4.10.1 Tools for economic analysis ......................................................................................... 61
4.10.2 Costing .......................................................................................................................... 62
4.11 Tariff Setting ................................................................................................................. 64
4.12 Consumption patterns and load forecast ....................................................................... 65
4.12.1 Consumption patterns ................................................................................................... 65
4.12.2 Load forecasting............................................................................................................ 66
CHAPTER 5: MATERIALS AND METHODS ...................................................................... 69
5.1 Study Area .................................................................................................................... 69
5.2 Methods ........................................................................................................................ 71
5.2.1 Research Design............................................................................................................ 71
5.2.2 Data Collection Methods .............................................................................................. 72
5.2.3 Field surveys ................................................................................................................. 73
5.3.4 Analysis of stream flow data from gauged site ............................................................. 76
5.3.5 Demand Forecasting ..................................................................................................... 77
5.3.6 Results output................................................................................................................ 77
CHAPTER 6: RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS ..................................................................... 78
6.1 Socio-economic characteristics of households ............................................................. 78
6.1.1 Demographics ............................................................................................................... 78
6.1.2 Household Income ........................................................................................................ 79
6.1.3 Energy sources and end uses......................................................................................... 80
6.1.4 Household energy expenditure ..................................................................................... 80
6.1.5 Household energy consumption .................................................................................... 80
6.1.5 Household willingness to pay for electricity ................................................................ 81
6.1.6 Appliances and end-uses of electricity ......................................................................... 83
6.1.7 Behavioural attitude towards electrification project ..................................................... 83
6.1.8 Community Participation .............................................................................................. 84
6.2 Hydrological Study ....................................................................................................... 85
6.2.1 Meteorological data ...................................................................................................... 85
6.2.2 River flow rate data ....................................................................................................... 86
6.2.3 Flood Flow .................................................................................................................... 89
6.2.4 Flow Correlations.......................................................................................................... 90
6.2.5 Water Availability ......................................................................................................... 91
viii
6.3 Energy Demand Study .................................................................................................. 92
6.3.1 Maximum Power Demand ............................................................................................ 92
6.3.2 Peak load ....................................................................................................................... 93
6.3.3 Required Output of Power Station ................................................................................ 95
6.4 Estimation of future electricity consumption ................................................................ 95
6.5 Economic Analysis ....................................................................................................... 96
6.5.1 Capital costs .................................................................................................................. 96
6.5.2 Annual energy production............................................................................................. 97
6.5.3 Fixed Annual Operating and Maintenance Costs ......................................................... 97
6.5.4 Fuel cost ........................................................................................................................ 97
6.5.5 Unit energy cost ............................................................................................................ 98
6.6 Sensitivity Analyses ...................................................................................................... 98
6.7 Green house gas emissions (GHG) ............................................................................. 104
6.7.1 CO
2
Emissions ............................................................................................................ 104
6.7.2 Non- CO
2
Emissions ................................................................................................... 104
6.7.3 Emission reductions .................................................................................................... 105
6.8 Scenario analysis ......................................................................................................... 106

6.8.1 Business as Usual (BAU)............................................................................................ 106

6.8.2 Basic Electricity for Pro-poor (BEPP) ........................................................................ 108
6.9 Installed capacity and number of households ............................................................. 111
6.10 Electrification rates ..................................................................................................... 112
CHAPTER 7: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMEDATIONS ............................................. 113
7.1 Summary of principle findings ................................................................................... 113
7.2 Recommendations ....................................................................................................... 117
REFERENCES ........................................................................................................................... 120
ANNEXES .................................................................................................................................. 131




ix
LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2.1 Location map of Malawi…………………………………………………………15
Figure 2.2 Distribution of energy sources…………………………………………………...17
Figure 2.3 Total energy use by various sectors……………………………………………...21
Figure 2.4 Total primary energy supply……………………………………………………..22
Figure 2.5 Final energy demand……………………………………………………………..22
Figure 4.1 Hydrological cycle…………………………………………………………….....49
Figure 4.2 Components of a small-scale hydropower plant…………………………………51
Figure 4.3 Selection of turbine………………………………………………………………54
Figure 5.1 Location of the study area and catchment of the project site………………….....70
Figure 5.2 General plan of the proposed scheme…………………………………………....71
Figure 5.3 Survey of river cross section at the proposed weir site…………………………..75
Figure 5.4 River discharge measurement using velocity area method……………………....76
Figure 6.1 Categories of households………………………………………………………...78
Figure 6.2 Distribution of household income groups…………………………......................79
Figure 6.3 Maximum connection fees and in-house wiring costs…………………………...81
Figure 6.4 Willingness to pay for monthly electricity consumption………………………...82
Figure 6.5 Desired end-uses of electricity…………………………………………………...83
Figure 6.6 Behavioural attitude towards electrification project……………………………..84
Figure 6.7 Willingness to contribute to project activities…………………………………...84
Figure 6.8 Thyolo monthly and yearly rainfall (1962-2006)………………………………..85
Figure 6.9 10-day flow duration curve for Nachipere River at Nkolokosa……………….....87
Figure 6.10 Relationship between average annual yield, rainfall and average daily flow……88
Figure 6.11 Flow duration curve at intake on Nachipere River………………………………89
Figure 6.12 Flood frequency analysis for Nswazi and Nachipere Rivers………………….....90
Figure 6.13 Hydrograph for Nachipere River………………………………………………...92
Figure 6.14 Power demand under different household sizes……………………………….....94
Figure 6.15 Average daily load curves for Nkolokosa village..................................................94
Figure 6.16 Variation of capital costs with rated capacity…………………………………..99
Figure 6.17 Variation of unit costs of electricity with rated capacity……………………….99
Figure 6.18 Variation of investment level and interest rate on unit cost of electricity……...100
x
Figure 6.19 Variation of unit cost of electricity with different plant load factors…………..100
Figure 6.20 Variation of annual operating hours and maintenance costs of electricity……..101
Figure 6.21 Variation of unit cost of electricity with discount rates..............…………..101
Figure 6.22 Sensitivity analysis of IRR with different plant load factors………….........102
Figure 6.23 Estimated non-CO
2
emissions by source categories…………………………....105
Figure 6.24 Final energy demand by source...........................................................................107
Figure 6.25 Estimated emissions under business as usual scenario…………………………108
Figure 6.26 Final electricity demand for Nkolokosa...............................................................109
Figure 6.27 Estimated emissions under BEPP scenarios……………………………………110
Figure 6.28 System capacity and number of households connected under BEPP scenario....112

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2.1 Key energy indicators for Malawi……………………………………………….16
Table 3.1 China small-scale hydropower stations by installed capacity……………………39
Table 3.2 Installed capacity for small-scale hydropower in Nepal…………………………43
Table 3.4 Comparison of results of rural electrification programme in China,
Nepal and India…………………………………………………………………..44
Table 4.1 k-values for calculation of total project costs……………………………………63

LIST OF APPENDICES

Annex A: Energy resources, imports statistics and consumption
Annex B: Typical examples of rural electrification benefits
Annex C: Estimation of power potential and economic concepts
Annex D: Household energy demand questionnaire and site surveys
Annex E: Results of socio-economic survey and hydrological study
Annex F: Results of energy demand study
Annex G: Results of economic analysis
Annex H: Computations of greenhouse gas emissions

xi
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

AAR Average Annual Rainfall
AAY Average Annual Yield
ADF Average Daily Flow
AEPC Alternative Energy Promotion Centre
ANC Antenatal care
BCR Benefit Cost Ratio
BEPP Basic Electricity for Pro-Poor
BHA British Hydropower Association
CCGT Combined Cycle Gas Turbine
CFL Compact Fluorescent Light
CH4 Methane
CIA Central Intelligence Agency
CO Carbon Monoxide
CO
2
Carbon Dioxide
CoG Cost of Generation
DANIDA Danish International Development Cooperation Agency
DFID Department for International Development
DoEA Department of Energy Affairs
EnPoGen Energy Poverty and Gender
ERI Energy Research Institute
ESAP Energy Sector Assistance Programme
ESCAP Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific
ESCOM Electricity Supply Corporation of Malawi
ESHA European Small Hydropower Association
GHG Green House Gas
GNESD Global Network on Energy for Sustainable Development
GoM Government of Malawi
HDI Human Development Index
HRC Hangzhou Regional Centre (Asia-Pacific) for Small Hydro Power
IDS Institute of Development Studies
IEA International Energy Agency
IH Institute of Hydrology
IPCC Inter governmental Panel on Climate Change
IPP Independent Power Producers
IRR Internal Rate of Return
ITCZ Inter Tropical Convergence Zone
JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency
MDGs Millennium Development Goals
MEM Ministry of Energy and Mining
MoIWD Ministry of Irrigation and Water Development
MPRSP Malawi Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper
MWK Malawi Kwacha
N
2
O Nitrous oxide
NECO National Electricity Council
xii
NMVOC Non Methane Volatile Compounds
NO Nitric Oxide
NOx Nitrogen oxide
NPV Net Present Value
NSO National Statistical Office
O&M Operation and Maintenance
PESD Programme on Energy and Sustainable Development
PNC Postnatal care
REDF Rural Energy Development Fund
REN21 Renewable Energy and Policy Network for the 21st Century
RoR Run-of –River
SADC Southern Africa Development Community
SHP Small-scale hydropower
SO
2
Sulphur Dioxide
SPSS Statistical Package for Social Scientists
TAMS Tippetts-Abbot-McCarthy-Stratton
TERI Tata Energy Research Institute
TT Tetanus Toxoid
UN/DTCD United Nations Department of Technical Cooperation for Development
UNDP United Nations Development Programme
UNESCAP United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific
UNFCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
UNIDO United Nations Industrial Development Organisation
USAID United States for International Development
VDC Village Development Committee
WACC Weighted Average Cost of Capital
WEC World Energy Council

Units
kW kilowatt
kWh kilowatt-hour
MW Megawatt
MWh Megawatt- hour
GWh Gigawatt- hour
TWh Terawatt- hour
GJ Gigajoules = 10
9
Joules
TJ Terajoules = 10
12
Joules
PJ Petajoules = 10
15
Joules
Gg Gigagrams= 10
9
gram

Exchange Rates
145 MWK = 1 USD
8.26 Yuan = 1 USD
Rs.46 (Indian Rupees) = 1 USD

xiii
GLOSSARY

Small-scale hydropower: hydropower usually run-of-river with capacity up to 10 MW

Gross potential : the annual energy potentially available, when all natural run off
in a country is harnessed down to the sea level (or to the border
of the country) without any energy losses.
Technical potential : the total hydropower potential at a station wall of all sites,
this could be, or have been developed, considering current
technology, regardless of economic and other restrictions.
Economic potential : that portion of technical potential, which can, or has been
developed, at costs competitive with other resources
Exploitable potential : the portion of the economic potential, which can be expected to be
harnessed considering environmental or other special restrictions.
Fore bay : a reservoir upstream from a power house, used to regulate the
flow of water into the power house
Head : vertical distance between the surface of a reservoir or other
intake location and the power house
Hydrograph : a chart or table that depicts the water volume as a function of time
Load : the amount of electric power delivered or required at any
point on a system
Run –of- river : a hydropower project that generates at the rate of inflow
without change as a result of storage in a reservoir
Tail race : a structure through which a power house discharges flow into
the river or other receiving water
Power house : a structure that contains the turbine and generator of a
hydropower project
Demand factor : a ratio of the maximum demand of a system to the total connected
load on the system. It is always less than 1.
Diversity factor : the ratio of the sum of the individual maximum demands of various
parts of a power distribution system to the maximum demand of the
whole system. It is usually more than 1.
Chapter 1: Introduction
1
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION


1.1 Rural energy and international development context
In recent years, there has been an increased awareness of the importance of energy for rural
development. The provision of efficient, affordable, reliable and clean energy to rural areas has
been identified as one key challenge to be addressed with a view to reduce poverty in developing
countries. Moreover, improving access to electricity in rural areas is claimed to be key to
economic growth and increased quality of life.

The linkages between energy and poverty have been a subject of discourse on international
development agenda. This is reflected in the growing number of publications addressing the
linkages between energy and poverty as an integral component of poverty reduction strategies.
For instance, Rebelo (2003) mentions United Nations, World Bank and other bilateral donor
country publications such as "Energy after Rio″ (UNDP, 1997), "Energy services for the World’s
Poor″ (World Bank, 1999), "Energy and the challenge of sustainability″ (UNDP, 2000), "Energy
for the poor-Underpinning Millennium Development Goals″ (DFID, 2002), "Energy for
Sustainable Development″ (UNDP, 2002), just to cite but a few. Most of these reports emphasize
the importance of improving access to modern energy sources with a view to achieving poverty
alleviation.

Rebelo’s (2003) study provides a comprehensive list of other relevant publications that this study
has consulted. More elaborated overviews and for references for further reading can be found in,
inter alia, UNDP(2005); WEC(1999); IEA(2002); and Chaurey et al.(2004:1693-705). In
addition, major energy poverty nexus analyses and studies show that energy has close links with
sustainable development, human development index (HDI), Millennium Development Goals-
poverty, gender disparity, and environmental quality (UNDP, 1997; DFID, 2002).

A number of impact and case studies have demonstrated that energy has a direct impact on the
welfare of people. Electricity in particular, facilitates productive activities such as agro-industrial
Chapter 1: Introduction
2
production that create jobs and generate income (Kanagawa and Nakata, 2005). It provides social
services like safe drinking water, adult and child education, public health care, gender equity
(Chullakesa, 1981; Ramani et al., 1993) and contributes to overall environmental sustainability.
There is no doubt therefore, that the provision of electricity to rural areas helps alleviate poverty
and facilitates economic development. In this context, rural electrification is one of the main
infrastructure development requirements that deserve to receive significant attention.

While efforts have been made to improve access to electricity in urban areas, services in rural
areas remain largely inadequate. The majority of the world’s population lacks a number of
facilities because of poverty and insufficient access to energy. According to the International
Energy Agency (IEA), about 1.6 billion (30%) people in the world lack access to electricity
(IEA, 2002). More than 80% of these people live in rural areas, mainly in Sub- Saharan Africa
and South East Asia. As a result, the major conditions necessary to satisfy basic needs and socio-
economic development as mentioned in the preceding paragraphs cannot be fulfilled.

Major reasons given for this low access range from low demand for power in rural areas to
dispersed population in villages which make it impossible to set up transmission and distribution
systems, high costs of production and distribution and the costs of subsidies and capital
(Kanagawa and Nakata,2005; Chullakesa, 1981; IEEA, 2005). Given this alarming situation, it is
apparent that rural energy problems in most developing countries and sub-Sahara Africa in
particular, will continue to be the major causes of underdevelopment and poverty unless timely
interventions are made. Alternative approaches for providing modern energy services for
economic and social development should be investigated.

Additionally, projections for the next three decades show that the problems of access to modern
energy will continue to grow. According to the World Energy Council, the world’s population is
likely to reach 8 billion in 2020 and 10 billion in 2050. The energy needs to supply this
population would be more than 50% higher than at present. An annual growth rate of 1.6% is
expected (WEC, 2005).

Chapter 1: Introduction
3
Similarly, the 2002 IEA report observes that without additional effort, by 2015, the number of
people depending on biomass fuels would grow from 2.4 billion in 2002 to 2.5 billion in 2015
(2.6 billion in 2030), mostly in India and Africa. IEA cites rapid population growth and
increasing rate of urbanization as major reason for this increase. Population in Africa is projected
to grow by 27% from 583 million in 2002 to 823 million in 2030 (IEA, 2002).

Furthermore, the use of traditional biomass fuels (wood, charcoal, crop residues and animal
wastes) to a greater degree contributes to deforestation or indoor and outdoor air pollution
(WEC, 1999). In door air quality exposes women and children to high levels of toxic smoke and
leads to respiratory ailments (UNDP, 1997; World Bank, 1999; UNDP, 2000; DFID, 2002;
UNDP, 2002; UNDP, 2005; WEC, 1999, IEA, 2002). Example of respiratory ailments associated
with indoor air pollution include acute respiration infections (ARI), chronic pulmonary diseases,
asthma, lung cancer, eye irritation (cataract) and reduced birth weight.

Analytical results available show that indoor air pollution cause 1.6 million deaths each year and
accounts for 2.7% of the global burden of diseases (GNESD, 2006). It is further estimated that
by 2030, about 10 million premature deaths among women and children will be caused by smoke
from wood fires used for cooking (Bruce et al, 2007). Malawi, with high infant and maternal
mortality rate is no exception. There is no doubt that a significant proportion of the high
mortality rates is caused by in door air pollution.

Moreover, the traditional energy sources force women and children to spend time collecting fuel.
Studies conducted in South Indian villages found that women and children spend between 2 to 6
hours each day collecting wood and walk an average of 4 to 8 km (DFID, 2005). A 1994 pilot
integrated rural transport project in Malawi found that women and girls spend annually about
143 hours travelling to collect wood (Semu & Mawaya, 1999).

Similar studies in Nepal have reported between 200 and 300 person days per year per household.
This undermines their efforts to engage effectively in productive activities or improve the quality
of life (Barnes and Floor, 1996:497-530). There are also risks to health from carrying heavy
loads and dangers from landmines, snake bites, and violence. Children are at risk of burns and
Chapter 1: Introduction
4
scalds, resulting from falling into open fires and knocking over pots of hot liquid (World Bank,
2001). In spite of these, people in rural areas have little choice but to meet their basic energy
needs in this environmentally unsustainable and unhealthy manner. Consequently, satisfying the
basic human needs and achieving poverty alleviation cannot be done without improving access
to better energy services.

For the specific case of Malawi, it is estimated that only 7.5% of the population has access to
electricity, and only 0.8 % of rural population enjoy the benefits attributed to electricity (DoEA,
2006:4). The objective of this study is to promote increased access of the population to electricity
in rural areas of Malawi. A study of this nature is in tandem with international commitments on
poverty and the need to improve energy access for the poor. These include among others, the
Millennium Declaration, Johannesburg Plan of Implementation, New Partnership for
Development and the Kyoto Protocol (DFID, 2002; UNDP, 2005; UNDP, 2002).

The present study concentrates on the utilisation of small-scale hydropower as an option for rural
electrification in Malawi. Specifically, the study estimates the hydropower potential of a site;
undertakes a survey to estimate energy consumption of the target community; makes a rough
technical design of the hydro electric power plant; estimates the investment and operation and
maintenance costs; and finally, compares implementing a small hydro-based rural electrification
project with other alternatives such as diesel generation and a diesel-hydro hybrid system. The
study has taken a typical village in Malawi as a representative case study to investigate
feasibility of small-scale hydropower based electrification, taking into consideration technical,
socio-economic and environmental factors.

1.2 Energy issues facing Malawi
Approximately 93% of Malawians are currently without access to commercial energy and
therefore, depend on firewood and crop residues for cooking and water heating, and paraffin for
provision of light (Gondwe & Chipofya, 2000:2437-2440; MEM, 1997:11-16). The use of
traditional forms of energy is however, contributing to environmental degradation through
deforestation, soil erosion and emission of gaseous and particulate matter (GoM, 2002:19).

Chapter 1: Introduction
5
Moreover, the traditional forms of energy deprive rural people of basic social services such as
safe drinking water, education, and health care. The fuels have adverse effects on health,
including causing acute respiratory illnesses in women and children (Melillo, 1996:293-310).
The need for alternative forms of energy supply to these areas is becoming increasingly apparent.

Numerous studies in African, Asian and South American countries confirm that providing
electricity to rural areas can substantially contribute to improved living conditions and
development. These have been widely discussed in several papers (Barnes & Floor, 1996:497-
530; Sinha & Kandpal, 1991:441-8; Cabraal et al, 2005:117- 44; Ramani, 2005; Martinot et al,
2002:309-348; Srinivasan, 1981). Most of these papers have argued convincingly that rural
electrification could support both economic and social upliftment.

Rural economic sectors that can be supported by off-grid electrification include agricultural and
domestic pumping, agriculturally related industries (woodworking shops, vehicle and farm-
equipment repair shops, vegetable and fruit processing shops, food and commercial shops
(Chullakesa, 1981). Examples of the social sectors are residential lighting and public lighting,
radio– television education for children and adults, health and medical facilities, the water–
supply system and domestic appliances (irons, fans, refrigerators, cookers, radios, televisions etc)
(ibid). It is therefore highly desirable that efforts should be made to ensure that all people are
provided with electricity at some stage so that they can share in its benefits.

As stated at the beginning of this chapter, the current level of electrification continues to be
woefully low, a clear indication that electrification programmes implemented since
independence have registered little progress. Estimates by the Department of Energy Affairs
place the national electrification level at 7.5 %. This translates to 30% of urban and 0.8% rural
population, respectively (DoEA, 2006:4).Compared with other Southern Africa Development
Community (SADC) countries, equivalent proportions are: Zimbabwe, 35%, Zambia, 18%,
Tanzania, 10%, Mozambique, 7% to cite but a few. The SADC region has an average
electrification rate of about 20 % (SADC, 2003; DoEA, 2006:4). It is therefore, a daunting
challenge for Malawi to increase the electrification level in order to catch up with her peers.

Chapter 1: Introduction
6
Rural people in Malawi have been disproportionately disadvantaged and for a long time denied
access to electricity. As a result, they lag behind their urban counterparts in terms of access to
modern infrastructure and social services (e.g. education and health services). They have low
disposable incomes, and make do with solid fuels and inefficient stoves whose health and
economic consequences contribute to keeping them in poverty (GoM, 2002:12). There is no
doubt that for the rural people to move out of the poverty trap, government needs to invest in
energy infrastructure to rejuvenate rural economies. In this respect, rural electrification provides
a springboard to reducing energy poverty in these areas.

Provision of electricity in rural areas through extension of the grid is one of the strategies
articulated in various policy documents. These include among others, the Malawi Poverty
Reduction Strategy (MPRSP), National Energy Policy and National Sustainable and Renewable
Energy Programme (GoM, 2003; MEM, 1997:42-77; GoM, 2002:40-43). These documents have
accorded high priority for government to improve problems affecting the energy sector in
general, and rural development through on-grid and off-grid electrification.

Although efforts have been made to increase electrification levels in rural areas, it is only trading
centres that are targeted. The rural electrification programme currently being implemented,
extends the distribution lines to trading centres and consumers pay a high initial connection fee
of more than MK10, 000 (DoEA, 2003). This is beyond the affordability of most people in and
around the centre. Obviously, this approach will not address the electrification needs of the
majority of households in villages. There is need to have a separate programme whose objective
is purely for poverty alleviation.

Additionally, extending grids to rural areas is currently uneconomic due to the cost of
infrastructure, dispersed nature of the population, low consumption and poor load factors (MEM,
1997:15). Furthermore, a severe constraint to the development of the power sector by the
national utility has been the high transmission and distribution losses (estimated at 18%),
difficulties in billing and collection, and continuing capacity shortages (GoM, 2001:20). These
reasons contribute to making grid extension to rural areas impractical. Clearly, this shows that
energy supply problems in rural areas will not be solved by grid extension through the
Chapter 1: Introduction
7
conventional way in the short to medium term. To help meet this need, the use of decentralized
stand- alone systems such as small-scale hydropower is strongly encouraged.

1.3 Small-scale hydropower development in Malawi
Small-scale hydropower presents a technically and commercially viable alternative to grid
extensions. It can be exploited on a small scale; is highly reliable, cost effective and
environmentally benign. The capital requirements for such small hydro schemes are lower than
for large hydro (Paish, 2002:537-556). In addition, their modular nature allows even the poorest
country to begin a phased energy investment program that does not strain their national financial
resources or draw funds from other basic needs (Kalitsi, 2003).

Although numerous studies aimed at harnessing the hydropower potential in Malawi have been
undertaken in the past, the analytical focus has been on large hydropower. For example, a World
Bank sponsored study conducted by Tippetts-Abbot-McCarthy-Stratton hereinafter referred to as
TAMS, investigated major hydro projects on the middle part of the Shire River, and a few sites
on Bua and South Rukuru rivers (GoM, 1986:7-26). A low-cost power development study
undertaken by the same consultants (TAMS) found most sites uneconomic. As a consequence,
only Kapichira project (refer to chapter 2, section 2.4) has been developed. A fresh study to
update the costs is likely to produce similar results.

As stated above, little attention has been paid to the development of small-scale hydropower. A
United Nations Department of Technical Cooperation for Development (UN/DTCD) mission
examined the possibility of constructing small hydropower stations. The mission identified 12
potential sites and these are mainly in the North of Malawi on Songwe, Rukuru (3990 kW), Bua,
Lufira (1070 kW), Wovwe (1400 kW) and Kalenje (150 kW) rivers (MEM, 1998:28). However,
due to paucity of hydrological data no firm conclusions were made.

More recently, JICA has assessed 35 of the 100 potential sites - for rural electrification based on
the Nation Water Resources Master plan and found only 11 sites to be suitable for micro-hydro
electrification. The characteristics of the sites are presented in table A.6, annex A. This study
builds on and contributes to work done by JICA in order to include small-scale hydropower
Chapter 1: Introduction
8
generation in the energy supply mix for Malawi. The major contribution of previous studies is
the thorough analysis of environmental implications of undertaking such projects.
Coincidentally, the recent national energy policy and other documents have demonstrated strong
commitment from government to set up stand-alone mini- grids as a way of accelerating rural
electrification. Central to these projects is detailed technical and economic data on a candidate
site for its selection. A simple but purposeful decision support system in the appraisal of a site is
required.

This study investigates the potential contributions expected to be derived from the available
small-scale hydro resource in Malawi. It further provides the necessary technical and economic
details to support informed decision making. The case studies included in chapter 3 seek to
elucidate how small-scale hydropower could provide a suitable basis for: initiating electricity
supply to rural communities, stimulating growth of electricity demand in rural areas for micro,
small and medium enterprises, lighting, basic health and education services; easing the high
pressure of foreign exchange required for rural electrification; and mitigating climate change
issues.

1.4 Research Problem
Poverty in Malawi is widespread, deep and severe. More than 6.3 million people (65.3%) live in
poverty
1
(GoM, 2002:5). The overwhelming majority of these people are characterised by low
literacy level, poor health status and limited off-farm employment. These indicators are, largely,
the result of relatively low consumption of commercial energy.

Around 93% of the population in Malawi is not connected to the national grid (Gondwe &
Chipofya, 2000:2437-2440). These people depend on wood-based fuels for cooking and heating.
However, collection of these fuels is difficult and its availability is becoming increasingly scarce.
Continued use of wood fuel is contributing to an alarming deforestation (2.8% per annum) and
environmental degradation (DoEA, 2006:1-5). As a result of deforestation, forest cover for
Malawi has reduced from 34% in 1984 to 26% in 2004 (Zingano, 2005). Minimized use of
wood fuel in rural areas where the majority of people live will invariably reduce the emissions of

1
The poor are defined as those whose consumption(food and non-food) is below 35 US cents per day
Chapter 1: Introduction
9
carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases into the local environment. This study also explores
the contribution of small-scale hydropower based rural electrification in reducing environmental
degradation in Malawi.

Secondly, the present level of electrification (0.8%) in rural areas is undesirable. Although
government aims to provide electricity to most rural households in Malawi, it appears it will not
be feasible to connect them in the short and medium term. Extension of the national grid is far
from the priorities of Electricity Supply Corporation of Malawi (ESCOM). The
commercialization of ESCOM means that the utility is now governed by purely economic
considerations. Under these circumstances, it seems that the rural economy where the majority of
people are subsistence farmers, fail to provide the minimum requirements to make it financially
attractive for ESCOM or other commercial investors (MEM, 1997:14-15).This clearly indicates
that access to electricity will remain a major constraint in improving the living conditions for
rural people.

Another method to provide electricity to rural areas would be to install diesel generating units,
which have a low investment cost when compared to other sources. However, the rise in fuel
costs has made the operation of diesel plants more expensive and less attractive. In addition,
diesel engines emit smog-forming pollutants and their impact on public health is undesirable.
Sulphur dioxide (SO
2
), nitrous oxides (NO and NO
2
) and other particulate matter (PM) emitted
by diesel engines contribute to greenhouse effect (Silveira, 2007:524-535). Therefore, this study
forms one step that will lead to small-scale hydropower playing a significant role in increasing
electrification levels and reducing green house gas emissions in Malawi.

1.5 Research objectives and questions
The overall objective is to promote increased access of the population to electricity in rural areas
in Malawi. This study investigates the potential contribution of small-scale hydropower to
national electrification coverage as well as improving environmental quality. It further promotes
decentralization of electricity generation in Malawi.

The specific objectives are as follows:
Chapter 1: Introduction
10
1. To assess the feasibility of using small-scale hydropower for rural electrification;
2. To determine supply and energy demand requirements in the target communities ;
3. To examine the linkage between households income and willingness to pay for
electricity;
4. To determine the green house gas (GHG) emission mitigation by the use of small –scale
hydropower;
5. To identify policies and measures that promote small-scale hydropower based rural
electrification programmes.

To achieve these objectives, the following tasks were undertaken:
1. Preliminary site survey and stake holder consultation on the need for the project;
2. Energy supply and demand study and socio-economic survey;
3. Assessment of the hydrology, geology and topography of the site;
4. Conduct techno-economic studies for community electrification in the target area.

Research questions
The study is designed to answer the following key research question:
What is the potential of utilising small-scale hydropower to increase electrification level and
reduce green house emissions in Malawi?
The following subsets of questions have been posed to seek answers to address the above
objectives:
How much small-scale hydropower potential exists and which category can make the best
contribution to rural electrification in Malawi?
What are the energy demands and how much of these can be met by small-scale
hydropower?
To what extent can small-scale hydropower contribute to the reduction of environmental
degradation in Malawi?
At what price should electricity be sold so that most rural households can afford
connection?


Chapter 1: Introduction
11
1.6 Study hypothesis
The study is based on the following hypotheses:
1. Small-scale hydro schemes in areas with hydro potential could play a significant role in
meeting energy needs of rural areas;
2. Small-scale hydro schemes can contribute to reduction in environmental degradation;
3. Rural electrification levels in Malawi could be improved through local generation of
power;
4. Effective policies and measures lead to successful rural electrification programmes;
5. Income levels determine the probable source of energy used in households.

1.7 Scope of work
The study investigates the potential of small-scale hydropower in improving the rural
electrification levels in Malawi. The study is confined to the assessment of one potential site to
meet energy needs of the community surrounding the area. However, results of this study will be
extrapolated to other sites listed in the Master plan for Rural Electrification in Malawi. The
following future work is beyond the scope of this study but is needed before implementation of
the project.
• Conduct a strategic environmental assessment
2
and environmental impact assessment
3
of
the site;
• Establish a stream gauging station and monitor discharge flows for a period of not less
than one year;

1.8 Assumptions
The following assumptions were made in the study:
• The project poses no negative impacts on the social and natural environment;
• Water abstraction at the proposed site will be licensed;
• The national utility will not electrify the area at least the next ten years.

1.9 Significance of the study

2
Strategic Environmental Assessment refers to issues covering a larger geographical area
3
Environmental Impact Assessment has a greater focus on a particular project at a particular location
Chapter 1: Introduction
12
Scenario projections indicate that Malawi’s primary energy use will grow at an average annual
rate equivalent to 15MW
el
(Venendaal, 1996:11). Demand for electricity is forecast to grow at an
annual rate of 6 - 8% (DoEA, 2003). The increasing trend is due to the combined effects of its
expanding economy, growing population and higher disposable income, which provides a strong
growth in energy demand. Increased utilisation of renewable energy technologies such as small-
scale hydropower will not only boost the energy supply base but also reduce adverse
environmental impacts of energy usage.

Furthermore, investing in small-scale hydropower will invariably derive important benefits at
local level. The key benefits would include among others: (1) improved household food security
through increased agricultural production, (2) provision of electricity for small-scale industries
and social services such as education and health care. (3) Electricity, will to some extent
substitute the use of paraffin and diesel for cooking and lighting, (4) it will also reduce the time
spent in collecting wood fuel and this contributes to the reduction in drudgery. A study of this
nature that promises to improve the quality of life among rural households cannot be overlooked.
Energy planners can use results of this study as a reference in local production of energy
compared to conventional energy sources.

1.10 Limitations of this study
The major problems experienced in this study relate to data availability, time available for the
research, and inadequate funding. This section will explore each of these in turn.

Data: The study is limited by the quality, consistency and extent of data available.
Meteorological data (rainfall, pan evaporation, sunshine) and topographical maps of sufficient
detail for the area of interest were not available. The nearest gauging station located on Nswazi
River was relocated 5 km away. This makes river flow data inconsistent. Key documents such as
Evaluation of Small Hydropower Potential in Malawi and the Power Sector and Operation Study
and the so-called TAMS report could not be found from ESCOM, UNDP offices or the
Department of Energy Affairs. As a result, this study has used information contained in both
master plans for rural electrification and water resources respectively.

Chapter 1: Introduction
13
Time and Funds: The limited funding and timeframe in which to conduct this research has
affected the amount of data, available to the research. The lifespan of this project was five
months. In addition, insufficient funds were made available to this research. Therefore, some
activities were streamlined to accommodate the timeframe and available funding.

Sample size: The study was conducted in one village. This is insignificant considering that there
are over 40,000 villages in Malawi. This will negatively affect the outcome of any statistical
inferences drawn from results of this study.

1.11 Structure of the thesis
This thesis consists of seven chapters and is organised as follows:
Chapter 1 provides background information leading to the statement of this study. It defines the
objectives, methodology, scope of work and limitations.

Chapter 2 presents an overview of the prevailing energy situation in Malawi as well as water
resources available that are relevant for development of small-scale hydropower for rural
electrification. Also presented in this chapter, is a brief discussion on the national energy policy
and rural electrification in Malawi.

Chapter 3 discusses some issues and concepts that are essential for rural electrification. It
attempts to backup the study with present state of knowledge on the subject. The focus is on an
international survey on rural electrification. This is very important to this study as it sets out a
scene that describe conditions that led to success in the implementation of rural electrification
programs cited through the case studies presented in this chapter.

Chapter 4 looks at the theoretical aspects which must be considered when assessing the
hydropower potential of a site, designing and costing of small-scale hydro projects. Methods
applied in carrying out the study are presented in chapter 5 and this is followed in chapter 6 by
results of the socio-economic survey, energy demand study as well as hydrological studies of the
site under study. Chapter 7 summarizes the research findings, results, conclusions and
recommendations for future work.
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

14
CHAPTER 2
REVIEW OF ENERGY AND POWER SECTORS IN MALAWI


This chapter presents a brief review of the energy and power sector in Malawi. The review is
necessary in order to provide useful information to energy planners for them to assess ways of
integrating the use of small-scale power generation to achieve part of the rural electrification
needs of the country. An overview of the present and future energy situation and related energy
policies in Malawi is provided. Energy resources, their current potential and factors affecting the
resources themselves are also included.

2.1 Geography and Demography
Malawi covers a total surface area of 118, 484 km
2
. The country is landlocked, and borders
Tanzania to the north, Mozambique to the east and south, and Zambia to the west (Figure 2.1). It
occupies a narrow strip of land along the East African Rift Valley and stretches from north to
south for about 900 km and its width varies from 90 to 161 km. The average elevation is about
1200m, with a maximum elevation of 2600 m in the north and 3000 m in the southern Shire
Highlands (NRCM, 1999).

Lying between latitudes 9° 40' and 17° 30'S and longitudes 32°41' and 35°56'E, Malawi has a
subtropical climate. There are three distinct seasons: cool and dry season (May to August); warm
and dry season (September to November), and a warm and wet season in (November to April).
The main rain bearing system is the Inter Tropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ). This is a broad
zone in the equatorial low-pressure belt towards which the north-easterly and south-easterly trade
winds converge. This produces wide spread rains throughout Malawi (Kamdonyo, 1988: 5- 9).

According to the latest Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) estimates, the population is at 13.6
million people, and 85% of them live in rural areas (CIA, 2007). This is slightly more than the
projected figure of 13.2 for the year 2007. The annual growth rate is at 2.383% compared to
historical average of 3.2% (NSO, 2007; CIA, 2007). However, based on the current trends, it is
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

15
projected that the population will reach 22,245,431 million by 2023 (NSO, 2007). This increase
in population will undoubtedly present major challenge to the energy sector in Malawi.


Source: Banks &Gondwe (2005:85)
Figure 2.1: Location Map of Malawi
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

16
2.2 Energy Situation
This section gives an overview of the present energy situation in Malawi.
2.2.1 Overall present energy situation
The energy situation is characterised by a huge gap between supply and demand, high domestic
consumption, insufficient electricity supply and expensive commercial fuels. This leads to
extreme dependence on non-commercial fuels, high pressure to use biomass fuels and
environmental degradation. The country’s key energy indicators presented in the table 2.1 below
illustrate the low energy development, in terms of either consumption or connection to the grid.

Table 2.1 Key Energy Indicators for Malawi
Total primary energy supply/capita/year 0.29 toe/capita (1998)
Electricity consumption/capita/year 88.362 kWh/capita (2007)
Percentage of people connected to the electricity grid 7.5% of the population
Average annual growth rate of electricity use 6%
Percentage of energy consumption met through biomass energy 93%
Percentage of renewable energy in total consumption based on
primary energy use (excluding biomass and large hydro)
0.2% solar and
geothermal
Source: DoEA (2001:9), DoEA (2006:4), CIA, 2007

Energy Markets and Governance
As stated above, Malawi has a population of about 13.6 million people and a GDP of about
US$170 per capita. Hence, its energy consumption per capita is relatively smaller than most
SADC countries and therefore, has a small energy market. The Electricity Act, 1998, that was
based on a liberal market structure, was repealed in 2004 to accommodate the reform structures
proposed by the National Energy Policy of 2003. As a result, the Department of Energy Affairs,
which falls under the Ministry of Energy and Mines (MEM), is now responsible for formulating
policy and off-grid electrification. Electricity Supply Corporation of Malawi (ESCOM) is the
government-owned entity that generates, transmits and distributes grid electricity nationally
(where financially and economically viable).

Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

17
The National Electricity Council (NECO) regulates the electricity sub-sector; issues licenses for
generation, transmission and distribution; sets and controls electrical standards; and approves
electricity tariffs. Petroleum Importers Limited (comprising BP Malawi, Exxon Mobil, Total
Malawi, Caltex and Petroda) imports petroleum products in Malawi. The Petroleum Control
Commission (PCC) establishes and enforces prices for petrol, diesel and paraffin.

Energy resources and perspectives on its utilisation
As is the case in most developing countries, Malawi’s energy sector comprises of three
subsystems: traditional (biomass), conventional (petroleum, coal and electricity) and non-
conventional (alternative) energy sources. Energy consumption is mainly based on biomass. A
recent report published by the Department of Energy Affairs shows a primary energy profile in
which biomass still remains the predominant source of energy and accounts for 93% (DoEA,
2006:1). Commercial fuels account for the remaining 7% in the following proportions: imported
petroleum products (including ethanol) 3.5%, electricity 2%, and coal 1%. Non-conventional
renewable sources (excluding biomass) are not developed and account for 0.2%. Hence, their
impact on the overall energy balance is still insignificant. Figure 2.2 shows the distribution of
various energy sources.


Source: DoEA, 2006:1
Figure 2.2- Distribution of energy resources
Distribution of energy sources
Coal
1.0%
Other
0.2%
Petroleum
3.5%
Biomass
93.0%
Electricity
2.3%
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

18
Coal
Energy resources in the country are substantial and diverse but little has been exploited so far.
Probable coal reserves are estimated at 1 billion metric tonnes, 22 million tonnes of which are
proven reserves of a bituminous type. Coal deposits occur in 12 dispersed locations in the
country, the largest being at Ngana in the north, where proven
4
reserves have been estimated at
16 million tonnes and possible reserves of 70 million tonnes (MEM, 1996:2). Although coal
mined in the country is of high quality, Malawi remains a net importer of coal mainly from
Moatize in Mozambique. Table A.1 presents details of coalfields, quality and estimated
quantities. Major factors limiting maximum utilization of this resource include; thin coal seams
covered by thick overburdens which makes excavation expensive, lack of appropriate technology
for use in household settings, and due to the fact that most of coal users are located in Blantyre
(900 km to the south). Moatize is only 90 km from Blantyre. In addition, poor road infrastructure
and lack of suitable ships makes transportation of coal very expensive (MEM, 1996:2).

The landed cost of coal is uneconomic relative to substitute fuels. For example, in 1997, the
landed cost of coal from Mchenga coal mine in Blantyre was US$55 per tonne. This was three
times higher than coal from Moatize which was at US$17 per tonne (MEM, 1997:13).
Furthermore, the TAMS report found it uneconomical for Malawi to consider using this coal for
thermal power stations (UNDP/GoM, 1986:39).

Petroleum
Malawi has no known oil or gas reserves and thus imports 97% of its petroleum products (diesel,
petrol, paraffin, LPG, jet-A1 and avgas). The remaining 3% is met by ethanol, produced locally
and blended (20:80 ratio) with petrol (GoM, 2001:25). The prices for the imported fuels are
strongly dependent on the global economic and political conditions and threaten the energy
security of the country. For example, in 2004, Malawi spent about MWK11billion (USD75,
940million) for 258.5 mega litres, which represents around 10% of its foreign exchange on oil
imports (MoEPD, 2006). The total annual cost for paraffin imports is around MWK862.92
million (USD 5.95 million) for 22.026 mega litres. Tables A.2 and A.3 show the annual fuel


4
Proven reserves are those for which further exploration is not required for mine planning
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

19
imports and associated costs from the year 2000 to 2005. As is evident from the table A.3,
energy imports significantly drain the scarce foreign exchange for this poor country.

Renewable energy resources
Renewable energy resources (except for large hydropower and biomass) account for 0.2% of the
country’s total energy consumption (GoM, 2003). However, Malawi has abundant solar energy
resources. The whole country receives an annual total insolation that exceeds 2139 kWh/m
2
with
more than 3000 hours of sunshine a year (ibid). Average solar radiation is 21.1 MJ/m
2
(244
W/m
2
). The level of solar radiation is highest during November-December with an average of
300 kWh/m
2
and lowest June-July 210 kWh/m
2
. Peak hourly solar radiation is more than 1000
kWh/m
2
during November – December (Chima, 1998:3-8).

Hydropower potential is assessed at 900 MW. A major assessment of the prospects for large
scale production of biomass for energy has been carried out. The assessment shows that
plantations could be established on about 53,000 hectares of land. If that much biomass were
solely to generate electricity using gasifiers, it could provide 50 MW of electricity per year
(SADC, 2003). However, this figure seems to be inaccurate since the calculations were based on
Viphya plantations only. Given that forest area covers 37% of total land area in Malawi, the
potential is more than what has been reported in literature.

Electricity
Electricity is generated locally at the following hydroelectric plants: Nkula Falls (124 MW),
Tedzani (91.6 MW), Kapichira (64 MW), Wovwe (4.5 MW) and thermal plants; gas turbine unit
(15 MW), three diesel units (6.4 MW). At present, the total national installed capacity is 355.3
MW. ESCOM’s total combined installed electricity capacity is 304 MW. Out of this, 285 MW
(94%) comes from hydropower and 51.3 MW from thermal. ESCOM has a length of 8,500 km
of distribution lines (4500 km for 33kV and 11kV, and 4000 km for 0.4 kV and 0.23kV lines)
and 1800 km of transmission lines (960 km for 132 kV and 820 km for 66 kV) and currently
maintains the above power stations serving just over 100,000 customers nationwide
(DoEA,2003). Electricity from photovoltaic (PV) systems is relatively insignificant; about 4582
systems, equivalent to 165kWp has been installed (Banks &Gondwe, 2005).
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

20
Energy consumption in Malawi
A summary of consumption per fuel group is given in table A.4. The figures show an increase in
annual total primary energy consumption from 177 PJ in 1997 to about 207 PJ in the year 2003
(DoEA, 2007). The per capita energy consumption is only available for 1998 and is estimated at
0.29 toe per year (GoM, 2001:9). This is significantly lower than the SADC per capita energy
consumption average which is estimated at 0.65 toe per year (SADC, 2003). As is evident from
table A.4, biomass meets 93.7% of the energy needs followed by petroleum (4.4%), electricity
(1.6%), coal and other renewables (0.3%) respectively. There is a slight increase in the
consumption of biomass and petroleum, largely attributed to increase in population. Electricity
consumption has decreased significantly from 2.3% to 1.6% at the end of the reference period. A
probable explanation to this reduction is lack of a comprehensive database on energy production
and consumption.

According to DoEA, biomass comprises firewood (80%), charcoal (8.8%) and crop/ industrial
residues (11.2%) and satisfies 99% of household energy. The remaining 1% comes from
electricity (lighting and cooking), paraffin and candles (lighting). At present, electricity
consumption in Malawi is estimated at 930.6 GWh and represents an approximate per capita
consumption of 88.362kWh/year (CIA, 2007). Estimates show that electricity demand has been
growing at 6-8% per annum. About 60% of electricity is consumed by the industry and large
commercial consumers, while domestic users account for 25% (GoM, 2001:19).

Sectoral consumption of energy
Figure 2.3 shows the breakdown of energy consumption by sector. The household sector
accounts for 84% of total consumption. The remaining 16% is used in agricultural and natural
resources sector (8%), transport (4%), industry, construction and mining together (2%), and 2%
for other social services. Of commercial energy (liquid fuels, electricity and coal), transport is
the largest consumer (43%), followed by industry and mining (19%), other services (18%),
agriculture (12%) and households (8%) (GoM, 2001:17).
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

21

Commercial energy usage by sector
8%
12%
43%
19%
18%
Residential Agriculture Transport Indust ry Ot her

Figure 2.3: Total energy use by various sectors in Malawi
2.2.2 Energy demand and supply projections
Figures 2.4 and 2.5 present the projected energy demand and supply situation in Malawi over a
period of 35 years. Detailed discussions of the scenarios for particular demand and supply
sectors are provided by Alfstad (2005). As the forecast shows, the total primary energy supply is
expected to increase from about 200 PJ to 400 PJ. Similarly, the final energy demand increases
significantly from about 15 PJ to 75 PJ at the end of forecast period. A key observation to be
made is that biomass will remain the dominant form of energy use in Malawi and its relative
contribution to the total energy supply decreases from 93% in 2000 to 80% in 2030 (Alfstad,
2005). While this study finds difficulties in ascertaining the accuracy of data used to model the
demand side, the forecast results however, suggest that energy policies will impact considerably
on future energy demand in Malawi. Household income, availability of alternative fuels, their
costs and availability, and affordability of rural people would determine the extent to which
biomass consumption will decrease.
Energy consumption by sector (2001)
84%
8%
4%
2%
2%
Residential Agriculture Transport Industry Other
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

22

Source: Alfstad (2005)
Figure 2.4: Total primary energy supply


Source: Alfstad (2005)
Figure 2.5: Final energy demand
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

23
2.3 National Energy Policy
The national energy policy was finalised in 2003 and approved by cabinet in 2004. The overall
goals of the energy sector are: to promote overall socio-economic development; improve
Malawi’s competitive edge in the global economy; and contribute to poverty reduction through
sustainable provision of reliable, efficient, affordable and equitable energy services in a
liberalised market and; efficient utilisation of the available energy resources without
compromising environmental, health and safety concerns (GoM, 2003).

The policy stresses the significant role of rural electrification in improving the quality of life in
the rural areas. At the same time, the task of electrifying the rural areas is left to DoEA-with
neither a mandate nor an appropriate budget provision from core government sources. Such
inconsistency is reflected in the unsatisfactory performance of rural electrification programmes.
However, government has an ambitious plan of increasing the level of contribution of renewable
energy technologies in the energy mix from 0.2% in 2000 to 7.0% in 2020. National electricity
coverage of 30% is expected to be achieved during the same period (GoM, 2003). It has
identified solar photovoltaic (PV) and small-scale hydropower as potential contributors to off-
grid electrification in rural areas.

The government has enacted legislation, which allows private power generation, transmission
and distribution. It encourages small electricity generation capacity of up to 5 MW by the private
sector. Despite this enabling policy and legislation, there is virtually no private sector generation
now. Major reasons given include (1) lack of interest, (2) restrictive tariffs currently set for the
country’s national utility and monopoly in distribution, and (3) lack of clarity on market
arrangements, asset ownership, and regulation (DoEA, 2001:54). No comprehensive study has
been undertaken to analyse the current policy documents and advise government on the best way
to motivate private power generation.

With respect to small-scale hydropower development, the Energy Policy White Paper (2001:55-
58), recognises the need to reduce green house gas emissions. It seeks to promote the use of
clean fuels to replace high green house gas emitting fuels e.g. diesel power generating systems;
and develop programs for carbon trading under the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM). Five
Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

24
mini/micro hydro projects are expected to be implemented by 2020. However, going by the
current electrification statistics, it appears the targets set are quite ambitious and unattainable.
The policy is not clear about the effective mechanism through which the programme can be
delivered.

2.4 Hydropower resource potential and development in Malawi
Hydropower potential in Malawi is relatively small, and limited. The estimated gross theoretical
hydro potential is estimated at 15 000 GWh per annum. Technically and economically feasible
hydro capacity has been estimated at 6000 and 7000 GWh per annum, respectively (WEC,
2002). Previous studies have concluded that there exists a significant potential for development
of all categories of hydropower in the short and medium term in specific areas of the country.
Table A.5 summarises the characteristics of large scale hydropower in Malawi. However, there is
a large discrepancy in hydro resource development potential estimates for Malawi. DoEA
conservatively estimates that the hydro resource is 900 MW (GoM, 2003). International
publications show the potential to range from 900–1600 MW. This study has calculated the
potential to be about 982 MW, which is reasonably within the 900–1600 MW limit estimated for
Malawi.

As concluded by the past studies, analysis of results confirms that indeed, hydropower potential
of Malawi is concentrated on Shire River. The capacity ranges from 18 MW to 140 MW. The
estimated hydro potential of Shire River is about 600MW, equivalent to an annual production of
3500 GWh. Several smaller rivers such as the Songwe, South Rukuru, Dwangwa and Bua (figure
2.1), have limited potential at a number of sites estimated to total about 300-400 MW.

A number of government publications have given the impression that Malawi is relatively well
endowed with huge micro and mini hydropower resource. The reports however, appear to be
inaccurate and misleading. A study on hydropower potential in Malawi carried out by Kennedy
and Donkin (MEM, 1997) clearly showed that there few micro, mini, and small hydropower
generating sites along the rivers of the country. The potential project sites identified are shown in
table A.6. Most of the sites are located in the northern part of the country. These have a capacity

Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

25
potential of 7 MW which corresponds to an annual energy production of 28 GWh
(DoEA/DANIDA, 1999:11). Lack of specific details posed a major challenge to come up with
reasonable calculations and vet findings of the DANIDA study. As a result, the study has
adopted Kennedy and Donkin’s findings to represent practical mini hydro potential for the
country.

2.5 Rural Electrification
Rural electrification projects have been implemented in phases, since 1964. The first phase
installed a total of 600 km of high voltage transmission and distribution lines. The second phase
developed the 4.5 MW Wovwe Mini-Hydro Plant located in Karonga (in northern Malawi), with
a total of 212 km of transmission and distribution lines completed by 1996. The third phase
focused on major trading centres and tobacco growing areas. This project involved the
installation of both high and low voltage distribution lines and utilized soft loans from Spain.
The fourth phase however, has not been completed partly due to the commercialization of
ESCOM in 1995. ESCOM found the project uneconomic and therefore, had no obligation to
continue with rural electrification due to its large social component with low returns on
investment. The Department of Energy has since then assumed responsibility for managing rural
electrification.

DoEA is now implementing phase five of the rural electrification project guided by the master
plan developed with technical and financial support from the Japanese Government. This master
plan has been developed to serve as a roadmap to prepare action plans for achieving the national
target of 30% electrification by 2020. A total of 249 trading centres are planned expected to be
connected to the national grid, by the year 2020. 52 trading centres will be electrified in each
phase. Given that a large proportion of investment costs is to be provided by donor funds, in the
form of grants, it is unlikely that the plan will be achieved within the planned period.





Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi

26
Summary and conclusion
An overview of the energy situation in Malawi has been presented. The overall energy situation,
particularly in rural areas, is undesirable. The energy indicators illustrate high dependence on
biomass, low energy consumption and access to electricity. The current pattern of energy
consumption and the growing energy requirements on account of economic growth, and
population increase is clearly unsustainable.

The review has shown that Malawi has significant energy resources that could be utilised to meet
specific energy demands for the majority of people living in rural areas. Among these energy
resources, small-hydropower has been identified as an option for rural electrification. The
potential for large -scale hydropower is considerable. In contrast, there are few sites suitable for
micro and mini hydro development, especially in the southern and central parts of the country.
Although it is impractical to provide all energy needs of people in rural areas through small-scale
hydropower, the available potential is significant, when considering that many villages in
Malawi can not be economically supplied from the national grid in the medium to long term.
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

27
CHAPTER 3
RURAL ELECTRIFICATION: CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK



The first two chapters of this thesis provided relevant background information and stressed
the growing importance of electricity to achieve rural transformation, increase rural incomes
and eradicate poverty. This chapter presents a brief review of some of the concepts of rural
electrification. The first part of this chapter discusses the linkages between poverty and rural
electrification. It then reviews the literature on social and economic impacts of rural
electrification. The study also looks at some key factors that contribute to successful program
design and implementation. The second part examines three case studies that have
demonstrated that small-scale hydropower offers one of the promising approaches for rural
electrification and socio-economic development. The case studies focus on China, India and
Nepal.

3.1 Energy poverty and rural electrification
This section discusses the linkage between poverty and rural electrification.

3.1.1 Energy Poverty
Reddy(2000:44) defines energy poverty “as the absence of sufficient choice in accessing
adequate, affordable, reliable, quality, safe and environmentally benign energy services to
support economic and human development.” This definition entails the use of traditional
fuels such as biomass, dung and paraffin to meet basic energy services typically: cooking,
lighting, space heating and drying among others. Traditional fuels require considerable
expenditure of time for their collection and processing, and are known to have low energy
content per unit volume. In contrast to these fuels, modern energy forms such as electricity
has other applications that make it more convenient to use. Cooking using electricity
however, tends to be unaffordable to most people, and consequently, they resort to using
biomass, which is freely available.

Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

28
Lack of energy services correlates with many elements of poverty. These include low
education levels, inadequate health care and limited employment possibilities (Karlsson and
McDade, 2001:7-8). Rural electrification contributes indirectly to poverty reduction through
economic growth (DFID, 2002; TERI, 2001). It plays a vital role in the living standards of
people, ecological environment protection as well as increasing employment opportunities.
There is a clear indication that availability of energy services determines the level of poverty
among rural people.

As Cecelski (2003: 8) points out, “the poor use energy and other scarce resources to eke out
livelihood strategies. Poverty influences and determines which source of energy is chosen in
a household. It is also one element that can enhance or detract from survival strategies of the
poor”. This is particularly true for the poor as they hardly maintain the survival demand
because of their economic status. There are few opportunities for them to engage in
productive activities and thus increase income. They can only choose more convenient
energy sources when their incomes grow. It is therefore a great challenge for the government
to solve the energy requirements of the poor to help them move out of poverty and develop
the economy.

However, it is important to note that electrifying rural areas does not reduce household
poverty but promises to power appliances that increase income. In this context, small
hydropower-based electrification is expected to play an active role in addressing poverty
issues.

3.1.2 Definition of Rural Electrification
Several authors have defined rural electrification in different ways. Monerasinghe (1992:395)
defines rural electrification as the “provision and use of electricity in rural areas, whether
through the central grid or as a result of decentralised generation.” This definition is more
encompassing as it includes the use of electricity in agriculture, in rural industries and in
homes.

Vogel (1993), cited in Zomers (2001: 40), argues that the definition should not be confined to
rural areas as defined in country statistics but should rather include small to medium-sized
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

29
towns which are service centres for the surrounding rural areas in a given region. The use of
statistical data to delimit urban and rural areas is inaccurate and to some extent unreliable. In
the same report, Maillard et al., (1985) propose a definition that looks at all activities aimed
at enabling users situated outside major cities to have access to electricity.

Zomers (2001:40) study quotes a number of definitions that have broader applications. He
has compiled definitions given by Munasinghe (1987), Vogel (1993), Maillard et al.(1985),
Mason(1990), Yason et al.(1994) and Barnes (1988) and Foley (1990). He further argues that
rural electrification should encompass areas that show specific features and opportunities.
This agrees with Mason’s (1990) definition which considers areas that require special
financing, technical and institutional approaches.

According to the Rural Electrification Act (2004:6), rural electrification refers to “grid
extension or off grid electrification and/or renewable energy resources electrification whose
internal rate of return is 6% per annum and line capacity is lower than 66 kV and/or
generation capacity is up to 5 MW. The definition clearly places emphasis on utilities to
make a return on investment and therefore, does not have socio-economic or poverty
alleviation as the main objective. It limits the amount of power supplied to an area; while it
does not define areas suitable for such electrification.

This study suggests that from a poverty reduction perspective, a broader definition of rural
electrification must be adopted in Malawi. The definition should consider the use of multiple
criteria such as (1) electricity infrastructure made available in each village (2) public facilities
such as schools, clinics and dispensaries, trading centres, and community centres that are
connected to electricity (3) at least a conservative figure of 1% of the village households
should have access to electricity. This will ensure that by 2025, all households are electrified.
Vigorous efforts are required to deploy decentralised power generation technologies in areas
that are not financially and economically viable.

3.2 Rural electrification objectives
Reviewed literature shows that motivations for rural electrification programs are fourfold:
economic, social, political and environmental (Gaunt, 2003: 45-50; Munasinghe, 1987:45;
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

30
Zomers, 2001: 44-46). As a result, the objectives vary from country to country. The section
gives a brief discussion of these objectives.

3.2.1 Economic objective
This requires that users meet the cost of electricity supply in full (Gaunt, 2003:45-50).
Electric energy supplied contributes to productive output (ibid). This approach, however, fails
to recognise the strategic role which electrification can play in developing rural areas, as well
as neglecting the encouragement of a demand driven approach to electrification. In addition,
the majority of rural people cannot afford to pay initial connection cost demanded by the
utility. For instance, the cost of connection for some projects in Nepal averages US$35 while
the minimum cost of internal wiring is at US$25 (ESCAP, 2005:117). Combined costs paid in
advance for connection are more than 10% of the average annual household income (ibid).
This clearly shows that such electrification is meant for people with moderate incomes.

3.2.2 Socio-economic objective
This kind of electrification assumes that electricity will derive tangible social and economic
benefits to the rural communities. The full costs of electrification are borne by both
consumers and government in the form of capital subsidies. It aims at supporting employment
creation, or extending the scope of productive activities, or improving agricultural
productivity (Gaunt, 2003:45-50).

A relevant observation made by Saunders et al. (1980:134-136) is that rural electrification
objectives has to look at the uses and benefits of electricity to rural people, and how the net
benefits depend upon investments and policies in other fields. This raises the issue of how to
quantifying non-monetary benefits. In this context, socio-economic driven rural
electrification has to be based on meeting the needs of the rural population.

3.2.3 Poverty alleviation objective
Rural electrification with a view to alleviating poverty provides electricity to rural areas for
consumptive purposes only. According to Gaunt (2003, 48-50), this kind of electrification
does not in any way make significant contributions to financial or economic development to
the supplier, but rather, avails important social benefits to the poor. These benefits, among
others, include ability to refrigerate food and medicines, lighting for households, power for
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

31
small electric motors, and provision of education and communication opportunities for the
rural population.

Sceptics argue that social electrification is “a social ‘hand-out’ with desirable side effects
which might reduce population growth rates, and trigger investments in other areas. They
observe that rural electrification is far too expensive to be considered the least-cost energy
option and would be used for little more than lighting for which paraffin lamps, candles, or
even for a small community, small generators would suffice” (Saunders et al.,1980:134-136).
The arguments carry considerable weight in the face of available evidence. However, if one
considers the poor living conditions of people in rural areas and the gain in benefits accruing
from electrification, these deserve more merit than casual dismissal. This study argues that
economic development is necessary to alleviate poverty through growth, which in turn,
improves the living conditions of the poor. Therefore, government must at all costs, provide
electricity to rural areas based on socio-economic, poverty alleviation objectives or both.

3.3 Social and economic benefits of rural electrification
This section details some of the benefits of rural electrification. These are broadly categorised
into two: direct and indirect benefits. Various authors have discussed the benefits of rural
electrification and these include Ramani and Heijndermans (2003:61-99), Munasinghe (1987:
85-88), Foley (1990: 89-101) and Ramani (1992: 39-49). A table summarising these benefits
is provided in Munasinghe (1988:85) and is reproduced in appendix B of this report.

3.3.1 Social Benefits
Improvement in the quality of education
There is a distinct positive effect on the quality of life in rural areas through the introduction
of electricity, especially in the form of improved lighting. Studies show that when rural
consumers are newly connected, lighting becomes their first priority (Ramani &
Heijndermans, 2003:65; Barnes & Waddle, 2004: 9; Foley, 1990:32). Lighting plays a
significant role in the education sector. Barkat et al., 2002:219) found that lighting improves
the quality of education. Children have more time available for study after sunset. Sufficient
light and fans for comfort improves the quality of that study time.

Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

32
Access to television strengthens their knowledge base and this in turn increases the appetite
for learning. In addition, parents devote more time in assisting children’s education
compared to before electricity (Barkat et al., 2002: 219; Barnes &Waddle, 2004:9). For
instance, in Bangladesh, the average time spent on study after sunset (6 pm) was 126 minutes
in the electrified households. It was 16% less in the non-electrified households of the non-
electrified villages (109 minutes), and 22% less in the non-electrified households of the
electrified villages (Barkat, 2004:19). Further, around 51% of women reported that they now
give, on average 37 minutes more time assisting children’s study as compared to before
electricity (ibid). The overall literacy rate was at 70.8%, 54.3% and 56.4% for electrified
households, electrified villages and non-electrified villages (Barkat, 2004:19).

The introduction of electricity to communities results in increased use of appliances such as
radios, television, cookers, refrigerators, irons and small power tools, to cite a few (Ramani &
Heijndermans, 2003:65; Barnes & Waddle, 2004: 9; Foley, 1990: 99-101). However, due to
disparities in income level for these people, only few people could afford to purchase any of
these appliances. Use of electricity for appliances varies from place to place. For example, in
Indonesia, televisions and irons are the two most common appliances identified (Barnes &
Waddle, 2004: 9).

Health care
Greater availability of entertainment facilities like television enables dissemination of crucial
public health issues to both urban and rural population. Examples of public health issues
include, among others, sources of knowledge, disease and treatment patterns, health care,
attendance at child delivery, access to antenatal care (ANC) and postnatal care(PNC), tetanus
toxoid (TT) immunization, maternal morbidity, child immunization, infant death and use of
family planning (Barkat, 2002:220). Awareness of these invariably influences people’s
behaviour and health practice. For instance, a study conducted in Bangladesh found that 56%
of those having knowledge on public health issues attributed television as the main source. It
was 28% in the non-electrified households in electrified villages and 17% in the non-
electrified villages (Barkat, 2004:21). This is a clear indication that at household level, rural
electrification increases the knowledge base in public health issues among the poor.

Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

33
Additionally, access to electricity enables rural hospitals and clinics to operate refrigerators,
store medicines and other vaccines as well as provide modern diagnostic facilities. Where
applicable, electricity replaces or has the potential to replace the use of traditional energy
sources. Subsequently, this reduces the adverse health effects, emanating from continued use
of these sources of energy.

Security
Electricity provides safety and security benefits to women in rural communities. In Indonesia,
the World Bank’s EnPoGen study found that most women attributed lighting to have
improved security in the streets at night, as well as freedom from fear of fire from kerosene
lamps (Madon and Gardener, 2002:11-13). A similar study undertaken by USAID to assess
the impact of rural electrification programs in Bangladesh found that 98 % of the sampled
households irrespective of electricity access highly valued electricity to improve in security
(Barkat et al., 2002:223).

3.3.2 Environmental Benefits
Environmental quality is one major benefit accrued through the use of electricity. Electricity
provides clean and virtually pollution - free energy when used for lighting, cooking and other
domestic purposes. As a result, shifting from the use of traditional biomass-based fuels to
electricity promises to improve indoor air quality, lower wood fuel consumption, and
consequently reduce deforestation (Barnes & Waddle, 2004; Foley, 1990: 98). Field studies
however, reveal that electrification of rural areas does not have any impact on fuel wood
consumption.

A fuel switch study conducted in eight countries found that rural people rarely use electricity
for cooking. It is the upper rural deciles who are potential candidates for fuel switching. The
results do help to confirm the hypothesized “energy ladder” model which suggests that “with
increasing affluence, a progression is expected from traditional biomass to more advanced
and less polluting fuels” and that income and relative fuel prices are the main driver affecting
the movement up in the energy ladder (Heltberg, 2004: 869-887). This is a clear indication
that the ability of rural people to make an energy transition is invariably circumscribed by
their economic status. Unless the income levels of these people grow, fuel switching and
consequently saving in wood-fuel and preventing deforestation is a pipe dream.
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

34
Commenting on the same, Davis (1998: 207-217) concludes “evidence exists that the
presence of an energy transition in rural households, is largely driven by income. Access to
electricity affects the nature of this transition, but there is weak evidence to suggest that it
accelerates the process”. Given that the majority of people in developing countries have
relatively low incomes, it is clear therefore, that rural electrification will not reduce
deforestation during the early years after electrification.

3.3.3. Economic Benefits
Increased incomes and improved productivity of businesses
The most obvious benefit derived from rural electrification programmes is income generation
and job creation. Several authors unequivocally conclude that electricity stimulates the
emergence and growth of businesses. Productive use of electricity raises incomes, creates
jobs and leads to increased productivity of businesses. For example, Khan (2001:29-33) has
demonstrated the significance of lighting for increased income generation attributable to
extension of business hours into the evenings. In Bangladesh, women with tailoring
businesses at home worked an additional four hours, which increased their income by 30%
(Khan, 2001:33). Shops increased trading hours by three more hours on each day. He
concluded that adequate lighting is a deciding factor in whether or not people opened home-
based business (ibid).

Foley (1990:91) adds that increased economic activity and higher living standards follow
electrification and concludes “the arrival of an electricity supply in certain areas seems to be
a crucial factor in precipitating decisions by local entrepreneurs to invest in a variety of
productive uses.” This assertion provides ample evidence that indeed, providing electricity to
rural areas leads to significant economic and social benefits to rural people.

Commenting on micro-enterprises and rural electrification, Allderdice and Rogers (2000:3-4)
add “access to even limited amounts of electricity for micro-enterprises in areas not
connected to the grid can be important for the establishment and growth of businesses. New
electricity supplied to rural areas can increase the number of operating hours and thus
generate more income, offer cleaner and safe working conditions, facilitates the preservation
of products for export or retail, ease the use of machinery.” This implies that the use of small
amounts of energy like pico-hydropower cannot be overlooked.
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

35
Poverty Reduction
With regards to poverty, there is strong support that shows supplying electricity is likely to
reduce poverty. IDS (2001:9) asserts that the “vicious cycle of poverty will only be broken by
combining improved energy services with end-uses that generate income”. China’s example
reinforces these claims. Investment in rural infrastructure, specifically electricity supply
reduced the number of poor people from 260 million (27.2% of total population) in 1978 to
30 million (2.3% of total population) in 2000 (Yang, 2003:283-295). Increased incomes that
contributed to the reduction in poverty were attributed to increased agricultural productivity
(ibid). However, Yang notes “electrification is not a panacea for poverty, since other
conditions must be satisfied in order to take advantage of the benefits from which access to
electricity offers”. Thus, rural electrification alone is unlikely to reduce poverty. There is
need to integrate other infrastructure programmes. Examples of such programmes among
others include roads and transport services, health facilities, rural markets, potable water and
communication facilities.

3.1 Key Success factors for rural electrification
Studies have shown that success or failure in the implementation of rural electrification
programs largely depends on the policies, management systems and strategies adopted.
Examples of such factors include: clearly defined goals, favourable income-growth
conditions and integration with complementary programs (Barnes & Floor, 1996:504; Barnes
& Waddle, 2004:46).

Zomers (2001: 269-278) has aptly summed up critical factors for successful rural
electrification programmes. These are: (1) a politically and socially stable environment, (2)
proper administrative conditions (appropriate legislation, regulation and subsidy schemes),
(3) support from the international community, (4) integration with other complementary
programs, (5) a well developed strategy which might include among others; close relationship
with all stakeholders and deployment of renewable energy technologies, and (6) decentralized
programmes with operational autonomy. The following section discusses the factors in detail.

Institutional frameworks are necessary in the implementation of rural electrification
programs; such frameworks include the use of a separate rural electrification authority,
enabling the establishment of independent power producers, establishing a rural
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

36
electrification department within the utility (Barnes & Floor, 1996:497-530; UNESCAP,
2005:41-48; Barnes & Foley, 2004: 1-17). Having a separate rural electrification authority
within the utility ensures clearer lines of responsibility and to some extent achieves financial
discipline (Foley, 1990:126-127). However, this depends upon circumstances and
organizational preferences for a particular country.

There is also need to set up clearly defined criteria to rank areas for electrification. Capital
investment, the level of contributions, the number and density of consumers and the likely
demand for electricity are among the factors normally taken into account (Barnes & Waddle,
2004:46). As an example, Thailand developed a numerical ranking system taking into
account the variety of factors such as level of income, number of commercial enterprises and
the government’s plans for other infrastructural investments in the area. Costa Rica used
population density, level of commercial development and potential for electricity load.
Vietnam considered proximity to the grid and number of potential consumers.

Financing the up-front costs of connections is central in ensuring that rural people access new
electricity supply (Saghir, 2005:12). This is because the up-front costs of acquiring a service
as well as per-unit rates that are charged once they have the connection are absolutely beyond
the affordability of the rural poor. For example, World Bank studies have shown that
connection fees to grid electricity in developing countries ranges from US$20 to US$1000
(ibid). The costs are prohibitive for rural households with relatively low disposable incomes.
As a result, they have to depend on subsidies or get loans from micro-financing institutions.
In the case of Malawi, it is indispensable for government to subsidise rural households in
order to access small hydro based electricity.

Local participation in the planning, design and implementation of rural electrification
program is imperative. Studies have shown that voluntary participation by local people
enhances the project sustainability, as a sense of ownership is developed (World Bank, 2005;
Barnes & Waddle, 2004:49). Therefore, projects have to ensure that there is active
participation of local people to achieve desired results and long-term viability.

Another key factor identified in the literature is decentralization of rural electrification
projects. A growing body of knowledge seems to suggest that rural people must be drawn
into the decision–making process so that decisions can be better informed and reflect rural
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

37
people’s needs (ESCAP, 2005:72-75; Barnes and Waddle, 2004: 51). As stated by Barnes and
Waddle (2004: 51), decentralization should involve setting up of rural electrification
committees drawn from the local community.

Decentralised planning and operation whether at national, provincial, district or village level
facilitates smooth implementation of the program. For example, in Sri Lanka,
decentralization of generation technologies (wind power, micro and mini hydro, solar PV
systems, etc) is attributed to the remarkable increase in electrification levels from 44% in
1990 to 63% in 2000 (ESCAP, 2005:72). However, it has to be noted that the programme
mainly focused on lighting, communication and refrigeration.

Cost recovery is another aspect that has to be considered in the implementation of rural
electrification programs (Barnes & Waddle, 2004: 47). Projects which recover operation and
maintenance costs are more likely to succeed than those that do not. Given the low level of
income for rural people, the need to set realistic tariff levels plays a significant role.

High up-front costs are a major barrier that prohibits rural people from accessing electricity
once supplied to the areas. Innovative approaches such as micro-financing and subsidies
could contribute to an increase in electrification level in a country. However, the design of
subsidies that benefit the rural poor presents a major challenge. Specific policies on
connections fees and monthly tariffs are essential to ensure that low income rural households
access electricity.

Additionally, community participation and decentralised rural electrification programs are
some of the conditions necessary for their success and sustainability. Community
participation reduces the costs of small hydro plants. This is achieved in the form of
contributions (land or labour). Involvement of the whole community enables the richer
people (maize mill owners, shop owners) in that community to shoulder a substantial part of
the costs and thereby make a service available to the poorer people in the community.
Furthermore, increasing the number of people involved in small-scale hydro schemes
invariably reduces the cost to everyone when the scheme exhibits economies of scale. In view
of the above reasons, it is highly desirable that active involvement of communities in small
hydro schemes is encouraged.
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

38
3.2 Case studies
This section presents case studies on small-scale hydro systems in developing countries. The
case studies have been carefully selected based on the success achieved in the recent past and
availability of information on small-scale hydropower based rural electrification.
Unfortunately, however, due to difficulties in accessing information on rural electrification in
virtually all African countries, the study has been forced to consider other developing
countries outside this continent. This study, therefore, examines rural electrification programs
in China, India and Nepal. The concluding section summarises the key findings that provides
lessons for Malawi.

China

In the early 1949’s, about 0.6% of the Chinese living in rural areas had access to electricity
(PESD, 2006). The wide dispersal of the un-electrified communities made large-scale
centralized generators and extension of electric grid networks uneconomic and therefore,
impractical. Due to the continued low level of rural electrification, the Chinese government
initiated the rural electrification programme with special focus on small-scale hydropower.
An administrative agency of small hydropower was established in 1953 under the then
Ministry of Agriculture to coordinate the programme.

The electrification programme has been implemented in stages. The first stage (1949-1978)
focused on domestic lighting and agro-products processing (HRC, 2007:1).The second stage
(1979-1998) encompassed large-scale development of small hydropower. The focus was on
poverty-relief in poor areas. Each year, China allocated about 100 million Yuan (US$12m)
for subsidies for primary electrification in selected counties
5
. The third stage (1999-2004)
concentrated on reforms, consolidation and upgrading (PESD, 2006:15-21).

The implementation of small-scale hydro based electrification has resulted in higher levels of
electricity access. Within 50 years of implementation, over 900 million people have accessed
electricity (Peng and Pan, 2006: 71-84). Access rate increased from virtually zero in the late
1940’s to 86.9% (rural townships), 61.1% (villages) and 53.3 % (households) by late 1970’s
(PESD, 2006: 26). Small hydropower sector employs about 1.2 million people and supplies

5
County is third administrative level hierarchy. China divides its administrative system into province,
prefecture, county, town and village.
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

39
electricity to 300 million people across 760 counties (Jiandong, 2003: 97-102; Hicks, 2004:
36-40).

In the early 1949, there were only 33 small hydropower stations in rural areas with a total
installed capacity of 3.63 MW. This figure has significantly increased to 26,262 MW in 2002
(HRC, 2004). A summary of the number of small-scale hydropower stations and their
installed capacity is given in table 3.1 below.

Table 3.1 China SHP stations by installed capacity (2001)
Type Micro Mini Small Total

Station Number 18,944 19,609 4427 43,027
% 44 45.6 10.4 100
Installed capacity MW 687 7171 18,404 26,262
% 2.6 27.36 70.1 100
Annual output GWh 1860 20,245 65,036 87,141
% 44 45.6 10.4 100
Source: Renewable Energy World, Jan-Feb 2006:130

As can be seen from table 3.1, there were over 43,027 small hydropower stations installed
across the country by the end of 2003. These had an aggregate installed capacity of 26,262
MW and generated 87.1 billion kWh annually (Jiandong, 2003: 97-102; Hicks, 2004: 36-40).
By the end of 2004, the total installed capacity had increased to 34.661 GW, generated more
than 110 billion kWh of energy, and accounted for about 40% of the installed capacity and
annual output of combined large and small hydro in China.

The programme played a significant role in the restructuring of the economy. Industrial
output in the typical agricultural counties increased from 36.6% in 1985 to 77.5% in the year
2000. Area under irrigation increased by 1,686, 700 ha, with a corresponding increase in
grain yield of 30 billion kg (ERI, 2005:33). Electrification of 100 isolated pilot-districts by
700 MW produced by SHP plants resulted in supplying 580,000 families with electricity, and
savings of over 400,000 tonnes/year of wood fuel (HRC, 2007:5). This contrasted findings of
most studies which concluded that rural electrification does not have any effect on wood fuel
consumption.

Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

40
In addition, about 90 million tons of carbon dioxide (CO
2
)

and other greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions resulting from burning of coal were avoided. An equivalent of 130,000 ha of
forests which could have been felled was reduced as a result of about 20 million households
in the small-scale hydropower supply areas utilising electric stoves (ibid). Thus, rural
electrification has the potential to positively impact on the local and global environment.

There is copious literature that discusses reasons for China’s success in its electrification
programme. Barnes and Floor (1996: 497-530) have cited the creation of a decentralized
development and management system that focused on economic, social and environmental
benefits to local stakeholders, favourable policies that support and encourage local
governments and local people to develop their nearby, rich small hydro power resources
under the policy delivery mode of “self-construction, self -management and self-
consumption.”

Yang et al. (2003: 283-295) observes that it was the central government’s favourable policy
that encouraged the development of rural electrification. Peng and Pan (2006:71-84) advance
the argument that it is “the use of funds from multiple channels, multiple levels and under
multiple modes” that led to the development of rural electrification. They contend that the
“effect of institutional structure and its reform on different investors would have been
overlooked if the rapid progress of rural electrification had been attributed only to
government investment and its favourable policy”. Given the amount of evidence by several
authors, it appears the policy played a significant role. Therefore, by extension, the multiple
channels, levels and modes argued by Peng and Pan are implied in the policy.

Barnes and Floor (1996: 497-530) have cited localized manufacturing whereby rural
entrepreneurs have built and run small-scale hydropower stations with funding from
agricultural banks. Standardization of the small-scale hydropower (SHP) industry has also
facilitated interconnection of multiple stations into country level grids (ibid).

In China, the total investment required for a small hydropower station with an installed
capacity of 10 MW is about US$12 million (Hicks, 2004: 36-40). Studies have also shown
that average specific construction costs for large thermal power plant is 4000-5000 Yuan/kW;
that for SHP, 6000-8000 Yuan/kW; wind power generation is 9000-12000 Yuan/kW. The
average specific energy cost (in Yuan/kWh) is 0.20-0.30, 0.30-0.40, and 0.40-0.50 for large
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

41
thermal power, SHP and wind power respectively (HRC, 2007:1-7). The studies however, do
not state whether externality costs are considered. Nevertheless, they demonstrate that SHP is
among the least expensive stand-alone electrification options.

Rural electrification in China faces a number of challenges. First, the decentralized
management mechanism is not in agreement with the development of the market economy.
Given that there are multiple investors, it is difficult to optimize the allocation and
restructuring of resources. As a result, there is no competition in the market (HRC, 2007:1-7).
Second, there is severe shortage of funds for exploitation. HRC (ibid) further cites the
traditional nature of management as a major reason for increase in costs and low efficiency.
This in turn results in prolonged period for capital accumulation and circulation,
consequently, causing slow development and expansion through self-generated funds.

India
About 474,982(80.8%) out of 587,556 inhabited villages in India were electrified by the end
of March 2004. About 78 million people (56.6% of rural households) had no access to grid-
supplied electricity. A further 24,500 villages were classified in the category of remote
villages where extension of conventional electricity grid supply may not be possible in the
near future (Banerjee, 2006: 101-111).

In order to overcome the situation, the Indian government through the Ministry of Power
(MoP) and Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Resources (MNES) embarked on a rural
electrification programme. As reported by Chaurey et al. (2004: 1693-705), the programme
attempts to: trigger economic development; generate employment by providing electricity as
an input for productive uses in agriculture and rural industries; and improve the quality of life
of rural people through lighting of rural homes, shops, community centres and public places
in all villages.

The MoP also launched a Rural Electricity Supply Technology Mission with an annual
resource allocation of Rs.20 billion (US$435m). The mission’s primary objective is to
accelerate electrification through both grid and stand-alone distributed generation options,
and to encourage decentralized management by rural cooperatives and non-governmental
organizations (ibid).
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

42
By the year 2004, the total installed small hydro capacity in India was estimated at 1693 MW.
Estimates of MNES place the potential at 15,000 MW (Banerjee, 2006: 101-111; Chaudhuri,
2007:23). Information on small hydro’s role in rural electrification in India is however,
scanty. Nouni et al. (2006: 1161-1174) show that 11 SHP electrification projects were
implemented by the MNES in 2001 and 2002 in the states of Uttaranchal and Arunachal
Pradesh. Twenty four electrification projects are under consideration.

The cost of generation of electricity from small-scale hydropower in general and micro hydro
under Indian conditions has been studied and reported in literature. A recent study conducted
by Nouni et al. (2006: 1161-1174) found that for schemes 10 to 100 kW category, the unit
capital cost of 124,000-216,000 Rs. /kW (US$2715-5095/kW). The values compare well with
the range of US$1136- US$5630 reported for Sri Lanka, Nepal, Peru and Zimbabwe. The
levelised unit cost at 40% plant load factor falls between 4.56 and 8.31 Rs. /kWh (Nouni et
al, 2006: 1161-1174).

Factors that impede penetration small-scale hydropower in India include, the high
investment cost due to terrain inaccessibility and lack of suitable transportation linkages in
locations where the potential exists Gosh et al.(2002: 481-512). In addition, MNES cites
regular maintenance expenses, employees cost, repair and maintenance costs, interest on
working capital and taxes as issues contributing to higher operational and maintenance
(O&M)expenses for small hydro.

Nepal
Nepal is an underdeveloped country having 27.6 million people, of which 85% live in rural
areas (Zahnd et al., 2006:2). The country is endowed with enormous hydropower resources.
Gross theoretical hydro potential is estimated at 83,000 MW. Technically and economically
feasible potential is about 43,000 MW (51%). However, this potential remains untapped, as
evidenced from the fact that only 576 MW (1.37% of technically feasible potential) has been
installed (Zahnd et al., 2006:5). Currently, 40% of the population has access to grid-supplied
electricity, but the rural areas estimates vary from 5 to 15% (Ross, 2001).

According to Zahnd et al.,(2006:4), “the geographical remoteness, the harsh climatic
conditions, low population density with minimal energy demand and low growth potential
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

43
make electrification costs prohibitive and the isolated mountain villages in Nepal will not be
reached within the foreseeable future through grid extensions alone.” This situation clearly
calls for deliberate efforts to be made to bring electricity to rural areas with a view to
improving the living conditions of the people. The Nepalese government has implemented
rural electrification for the past 30 years albeit with slow progress and not at pace with
population growth.

Off-grid electrification is implemented under the Ministry of Environment, Science and
Technology through the Alternative Energy Promotion Centre (AEPC), Energy Sector
Assistance Program (ESAP), and Rural Energy Development Fund (REDF). In addition, a
number of independent power producers (IPPs) and NGOs are engaged in rural electrification
largely with assistance from bilateral donors.

Small-scale hydropower has proved itself to be a major contributor to electrification for rural
communities in Nepal. A general lack of statistics has made it difficult to assess what has
been achieved so far. However, recent studies show that a total of 1956 micro hydro schemes
(ranging from 0.5 kW to 100 kW) with an installed capacity of 13.064 MW have been
installed since 1962. There are currently an estimated 576 small hydro schemes serving
76,500 people. Table 3.3 illustrates current status of small hydro installations. Average
connection rating per household is 70 W (Meier et al., 2003). Schemes with capacity bigger
than 20 kW are often supported by local NGOs and owned cooperatively by user groups.

According to Meier et al. (2003), the cost of generation for such plants range from
US$1200/kW to US$3000 (NPR 80,000 to 145,000/kW of installed capacity) (ibid).

Table 3.2 Installed capacity for small hydro systems in Nepal
Type Total
number
Installed
capacity
kW)
Household
served
Traditional watermills (ghatta) 25,000 12,000 500,000
Improved watermills (ghatta) 650 1,200 50,000
Micro-hydro milling 900 5,000 270,000
Peltric sets 600 600 6,000
Micro-hydro electricity 300 4,200 42,000
Mini hydro 35 8,000 34,000
Small hydro-on the grid 12 40,000 69,000
Source: Pandey, 2006:4
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

44
A number of factors have contributed to Nepal’s success harnessing of small-scale
hydropower. These include the availability of credit from public sector agricultural banks,
simplified licensing procedures to reduce transaction costs, unrestricted power tariffs, private
financing from commercial banks and government. Technical assistance provided by bilateral
donors (Norway, Germany, and Sweden) and some non-governmental organizations has also
led to technology development and manufacturing within Nepal’s industry (Barnes and Floor,
1996: 497-530).

A comparison of results of rural electrification programmes for China, India and Nepal is
shown in table 3.3.The disparities in electrification levels, investments and generation costs
are evident. As can be seen from table 3.3, China has been more successful in providing
electricity to around 98.6% of the population. India and Nepal have both achieved 54% and
40% electrification access, respectively. Although the electrification rates in India and Nepal
are low, they should still be viewed as positive. It has to be noted that the development of
small hydropower in particular has been carried out within the case study’s background of
political, economical, social and other technical features, which are not similar among
themselves. However, they provide reliable evidence that small-scale hydro will undoubtedly
increase rural electrification levels.

Table 3.3 Comparison of results of rural electrification programmes in China, Nepal
and India
Rural electrification statistics China India Nepal
Implementation period (years) 50 30 30
Rural electrification level in recent year (%) 98.6 54 40
Annual investment in rural hydro
electrification ( million US$)
2,600 3,800 n/a
Capital cost (US$) n/a n/a 714
Investment/kW (US$/kW) 600-950 2175-5095 1200-3000
Cost of energy produced (US$/kWh) 0.04-0.05 0.10-0.18 0.05-0.2
Source: Adapted from ERI, 2005



Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

45
3.7 Summary of key findings
Analysis of the case studies of rural electrification programs in China, Nepal and India has
identified the following general issues:

3.7.1 Long term planning and government commitment
Each of the three countries developed long–term an integrated infrastructure development
programme, and rural electrification formed one major component. In each country, the
government led the electrification process and made significant investment towards the
development of small-scale hydropower. The driving forces were poverty reduction through
economic growth, improved standards of living, and environmental and ecological quality.
During the early stages of implementation, the primary focus was to provide lighting to the
rural communities. The emphasis was on access as opposed to use. Economic activities were
promoted as by-products of the supply of electricity. Therefore, strong government
commitment is crucial in achieving significant levels of electrification.

3.7.2 Policies and strategies
A common factor shared by these successful programmes can be attributed to strong
government support in terms of policies and strategies. Governments prioritised development
of small-scale hydropower through regulation and favourable policies. These supported and
encouraged local governments and people to develop their own nearby rich small hydropower
resources. For instance, in China, government set up policy under the theme “self-
construction, self-management, and self- consumption.” Local authorities were encouraged
to plan and construct small hydro schemes using local resources, technologies and raw
materials. The local authority or local people who invested and constructed the power stations
owned them and got benefits from them. Central government provided a subsidy for rural
hydro electricity.

To sustain the programme, innovative income generation methods were applied as follows:
electricity was sold within the area covered by the hydropower supply; a levy of two cents for
each kWh generated was allocated for rural hydropower development. Profits from small-
scale hydropower and local grids were retained by the enterprise for further development.
This was governed under the “electricity generates electricity” policy. Other supporting
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

46
policies formulated include: a preferential rate of value added tax rate of 6% instead of the
normal 17%; loan policy where the agricultural banks provided special funds as loans for
developing rural small hydropower. Government also offered loans at subsidized interest
rates. Therefore, success of rural electrification depends on the policies used and the
institutional structure adopted. A supportive government policy in terms of financing rural
electrification is crucial.

3.7.3 Decentralised approach for small hydropower development
Rural electrification was largely implemented using the county or state as a management unit
and assisted and guided at provincial or county level. The countries established autonomous
bodies to oversee and coordinate electrification programmes in each state or county. These
bodies set design standards and monitored progress of programmes. They also laid down
general policy guidelines. In every county, a rural electricity leading group led by a county
governor was also established to make key decisions in the construction, fundraising and
other key elements of the programme.

Project planning, development, implementation and management, equipment manufacturing
and operation and maintenance were carried out at county level. In Nepal, the
decentralization process focused on local participation in the form of organization
development, skill enhancement, capital formation, technology promotion, women’s
empowerment, and environmental management. Planning was based on what communities
felt they needed whereas project identification was through local participation approach.

3.7.4 Capital investment and financial support mechanisms
In China, various sources of financing were used in the implementation of rural electrification
projects. These included individual farmers, groups, enterprises, and to some extent, loans
from the World Bank and International Monetary Fund. In India and China, the government
invested in small-scale hydropower construction. Each country provided subsidies to enable
more people to afford an electricity connection. In addition, development banks set up special
funds for construction projects. In Nepal, agricultural development banks provided subsidies.
The banks also supported small-scale hydro through credits and soft loans. Non-
governmental organisations also drove the sector, and combined capacity building of the
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

47
local manufacturers with technical improvements such as electronic load controllers and the
use of electric motors as generators.

3.7.5 Standardisation of small-scale hydropower plants
The countries emphasised reliability, standardization and simplicity. This is view of the fact
that small-scale hydropower plants are required to meet appropriate conditions in which they
work. Such conditions include ability to cope with the load pattern in different climatic
conditions, level of skills likely used in their operation, and capability of expansion or
replacement (Foley, 1990:147). Technical standards, rules and criteria in each process of
work from initial stage to construction, installation through to operation guaranteed quality,
cost effectiveness and timely completion of projects. In addition, standardization of the small-
scale hydropower plants enabled interconnection of multiple stations.

Summary and Conclusions
This chapter has argued that rural electrification is an indispensable tool for alleviating
poverty, transforming rural economies and improvement in living standards of people in rural
areas. Different objectives for electrification exist i.e. economic, social and environmental. It
has been observed that electrification to meet economic objectives require the use of
electricity as an economic resource to maximize output and growth. This places much
emphasis on the productive uses of electricity. As a result, areas which promise to generate
industrial, commercial activities are favoured.

Given the need to satisfy the basic needs of rural people coupled with the desire to improve
the distribution of income and quality of life in rural areas, poverty alleviation electrification
is inevitable. There is no doubt that this could lead to the subsequent introduction of other
services that initiate significant economic development in the long term. In the short term,
rural electrification has to be approached from the poverty alleviation perspective,
irrespective of whether the investment will make a return or not.

The chapter has also discussed the social and economic impacts of rural electrification. Social
development issues like poverty, education, security, public health, gender are well linked to
access to electricity. Briefly, electricity significantly leads to improved security, education,
reduced in-door air pollution, reduced human drudgery, and increased recreation
Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

48
opportunities and health services. Other impacts could be on extended working hours,
improved agricultural productivity as well as the emergence, and growth of businesses.
Therefore, it is highly desirable that rural people access electricity to enjoy its benefits. The
benefits are both quantifiable as well as non quantifiable. Government failure to provide
electricity to its rural people is tantamount to violation of the right to basic services.

Key success factors for successful implementation programmes have been discussed. Success
can only be achieved if there are clearly defined goals, appropriate institutional structures as
well as integration with other complementary programs. Strong government support in terms
of policies, regulation, and subsidies provide the basis for improving access to electricity by
rural people. However, they vary from country to country and depend on the objectives of the
programme. Decentralised approach to development, programme financing of up front costs,
and local participation, among others are crucial for success.

The reviewed case studies have showed that with an appropriate policy framework supported
by adequate institutional mechanisms, access to electricity in rural areas could be improved.
The governments paid particular attention to small hydropower development; offered a series
of enabling policies; invested in SHP construction, and provided subsidies for electricity
access. A major theme in the SHP development has been the effort put in to participative
approaches to create, nurture capacity of local communities to build, own and operate their
own small hydro schemes. The evidence shown by the three case studies suggests that strong
government support for small hydro development is central to the achievement of meaningful
rural electrification.

In China, government recognised the role of the agricultural sector in supporting industrial
development in the form of raw materials for industrial production. In addition to household
consumption, the government encouraged supply of electricity for irrigation and drainage for
agricultural productivity. Economic activities were promoted as by-products of the supply of
electricity in the subsequent phases. Therefore, rural electrification must begin with social
objectives, mainly to provide basic needs and services for households and communities.

Finally, the varying degree of achievements of the case studies reflects need to explore cost
effective electricity generation technologies to improve quality of life, economic well being
and environmental quality.
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
49
CHAPTER 4
THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS



This chapter describes the theoretical and technical issues considered in the planning, design and
evaluation of small-scale hydro systems. The chapter starts with a brief look at the basic concepts
and principles of hydropower generation. The different hydraulic power development
technologies are described, followed by a discussion on hydro resource assessment, stream flow
measurement methods and economics of hydropower. The final section looks at load forecasting
methods.

4.1 Basic concepts of hydropower
Water constantly moves through a vast global cycle, in which it evaporates (due to the activity of
the sun) from oceans, seas and other water reservoirs, forms clouds, precipitates as rain or snow,
then flows back to the ocean (figure 4.1). The energy of this cycle, which is driven by the sun’s
energy, is tapped as hydropower.

Source: http://www1.eere.energy.gov/windandhydro/hydro_how.html
Fig. 4.1 The hydrological cycle
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
50
The principal advantages of using hydropower are: it is continuously renewable, non-polluting
and efficient (Srinivasan, 1981). The technology is mature, and reliable. Running costs are very
low as compared to thermal or nuclear power stations, hydraulic turbines can be switched on and
off in a matter of minutes, and gives very high efficiency over considerable range of load
(Dandekar and Sharma, 1979: 6).

According to IEA (2003), hydroelectric plants operate at efficiencies of 85 to 95%. This
compares with about 55% for combined-cycle gas turbines (CCGT), 30 to 40% for coal or oil
fired plants, 30% for wind power and 7 to 17% for solar photovoltaic panels. Direct conversion
of mechanical energy into electricity gives higher efficiency electricity production. The
disadvantages of hydropower include high initial capital costs and potential site-specific and
cumulative environmental impacts. The exploitation of hydropower is dependent upon the
topography, rainfall and the availability of funds, since a large capital outlay is required.

Generally, hydropower plants fall into two categories: conventional (large hydro) and non-
conventional (small-scale hydro). This study will be confined to the second type. Small – scale
hydropower refers to hydraulic turbine systems having capacities of less than 10 MW
(www.itdg.org). The principles of operation, types of units, and the mathematical equations used
in the selection of small-scale hydropower are essentially the same as for conventional
hydropower. The global installed capacity is currently about 66 GW (REN21, 2006). In Malawi,
small-scale hydropower covers stations up to 5 MW (DoEA, 2004).

4.2 Energy conversion principles
Hydropower captures the energy released from falling or moving water. Water falls due to
gravity which causes the pressure and kinetic energy to be converted into mechanical energy
then electrical energy. A water wheel or hydraulic turbine is used as a prime mover to transform
the energy of water into mechanical energy (Twidell and Weir, 2000:183; Begamudre,
2000:259). The potential energy lost by a volume of water falling down a slope in each second is
given by the equation:
o P = H g Q ρ (Equation 4.1)
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
51
where o P
,
is the potential energy in (kW); Q
,
is the volume of water falling per second
in(m
3
/s); H
,
is the height through which water falls in (m); ρ = density of water (kg/m
3
); and
g = acceleration due to gravity (= 9.81 m/s
2
). Given that the density of water is 1000 kg/m
3,
o P
can be written as:
o P = H Q 81 . 9 (Equation 4.2)
The vertical head through which water falls takes into account of friction losses and is usually
expressed as the effective or net head.

4.3 Small-scale hydropower system components
A small-scale hydropower plant consists of the following structures and essential features: weir
or dam, intake structures, penstocks, power house, and tailrace. Figure 4.2 shows the sketches of
the plan of small-scale hydropower plant.

Source: Inversin, 1986:63
Figure 4.2 Main components of a small-scale hydropower plant

Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
52
• A dam or weir to control the flow of water and increases the elevation to create the head;
• Intake-acts as a buffer between the water supply and the hydropower electric plant;
• Power canal: conveys water from intake to the fore bay, usually made of earth or
concrete;
• Fore bay: this is a tank that holds water between the power canal and the penstock;
• Penstock- which is a pipe connecting the fore bay to the power house. It conveys the
water under pressure from the reservoir/fore bay to the turbine in the power station;
• Power house: is the facility for converting the fluid energy into the electrical energy. It
stores and protects all the power- producing equipment and control devices;
• Turbine provides the mechanical energy from the water pushing against its blades to
drive the generator;
• Generator converts the mechanical energy produced by the turbine into electrical energy;
and
• Tailrace: is a channel leading back to the river below the power station into which the
turbine discharges.

4.4 Small-scale hydropower scheme configurations
4.4.1 Run-of- river type
This type of project allows generation of electricity without the impact of damming the water
way. A portion of water flow from a river or stream is diverted through channel to fore bay tank
and then led via penstocks to drive hydraulic turbines after which, the water is redirected back to
its original source (Dandekar and Sharma, 1979: 94-96). There is no water storage and the
power fluctuates with the stream flow.

According to Sawyer (1986:30-39), run-of-river plants (ROR) are employed where topography,
environmental concern, or other factors prohibit large reservoir construction and where natural
river flows are reliable enough to justify the large capital costs that characterize hydropower.
They are often suited to supply electrical needs of an isolated area or industry, if the minimum
flow in the river or stream is sufficient to meet the load’s peak power requirements (Dandekar
and Sharma, 1979: 94-96). Compared to storage schemes, ROR have less environmental and
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
53
social impacts (Schleicher, 2003). However, at times flows become too high or too low, for the
utility’s capacity and this necessitates shutdowns until flows return to within the acceptable
range.

4.4.2 River power plants
River power plants are built directly in the river. The water is not diverted as is the case with run-
of-river projects. Usually they have a low head.

4.5 Water Turbines
A turbine extracts energy from moving water and converts it directly into rotating shaft power.
Typically, a hydraulic turbine has vanes, blades or buckets that rotate about an axis by the action
of water. Traditionally hydraulic turbines are classified into two types groups: impulse and
reaction.

In an impulse turbine, the flow enters the runner at nearly atmospheric pressure in the form of
one or more jets spaced around the rim of the runner. The force of the jet hitting the blades turns
the turbine and strips the jet of its kinetic energy. Therefore, only the impulse forces being
transferred by the direction changes of the flow velocity vectors when passing the buckets create
the energy converted to mechanical energy on the turbine shaft. There is no suction on the
downside of the turbine, and the water flows out the bottom of the turbine housing after
impacting the runner. They are suitable for high head, low flow applications. Examples include
the water wheel, Pelton, Turgo, crossflow and multipurpose turbines. For a complete discussion
of different types of turbines, refer to Inversin (1986:171-194).

A reaction turbine creates power by reacting to the fluid’s pressure or weight. It extracts energy
from the water by lowering the water’s pressure as it passes through the turbine. Changes in the
directions of the velocity vectors of the flow through the canals between the runner blades
transfer impulse force. The pressure drop from inlet to outlet of the runner is obtained because
the runner is fully immersed in the water flow and closed to the outside pressure. A casing is
used to direct the water flow through the turbine and contain the pressure of the flow. Examples
of commonly used reaction turbine types are: Francis and Kaplan.
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
54
4.5.1 Choice of water turbine
The choice of water turbine for a particular site depends on the site characteristics, the dominant
factor being the net head available and power required (Inversin, 1986:191; Boyle, 2004:172).
Other deciding factors include range of discharges through the turbine, rotational speed,
cavitation (turbine setting height) and cost. Figure 4.3 indicates which turbine is most suitable for
any particular combination of head and discharge. As can be seen from this figure, reaction
turbines have no limit with flow rates and work better with lower heads. For example, Kaplan
turbines are well suited for low head and large discharges (e.g. run-of-river sites) and Francis
turbines are usually preferred for large heads and large flows, e.g. dams. Cross flow turbines
overlap between the high and low heads.

In view of the fact that small-scale hydropower sources available in most rural and remote areas
are low head and small capacity, it is appropriate to use either cross flow or propeller turbines. A
cross flow turbine, because of its simplicity and popularity is used for this study. A useful
parameter for choosing the most suitable turbine is the shape number, described in appendix C.


Source: ESHA, 2004:176
Fig.4.3 Choice of turbine in terms of head and discharge
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
55
4.6 Resource assessment and evaluation
The water flow rate and the pressure (hydraulic) head through which the water falls are the two
most important factors that determine the inherent power potential of the water flowing in a river
or stream. Head may be natural due to the topographical situation or may be created artificially
by means of dams. Water flow on the other hand is a direct result of the intensity, distribution
and duration of rainfall, but is also a function of direct evaporation, transpiration, infiltration into
the ground, the area of the particular catchment, and the field moisture capacity of the soil
(Mandeville and Batchelor, 1990). The maximum amount of power available in theory from the
flow is related to the speed of flow and the head. This relationship is expressed by the formula
shown annex C.

4.7 Flow Duration Curve
A flow duration curve represents the relationship between stream flow and the frequency of
stream flow. It provides a measure of the percentage of time a given flow is equalled or exceeded
over that time interval (Vogel and Fennessey, 1995:1029-1039). The curve provides a graphical
and statistical view of the overall historical variability associated with stream flow and is the
complement of cumulative distribution function of daily stream flow (Vogel and Fennessey,
1995:1029-1039; Lane et al, 2005:253-265). Empirical flow duration curves are constructed
from daily discharge data by (1) ranking the observed daily flow values in ‘ascending order’ and
(2) plotting each ordered observation versus its corresponding duration. There are no specific
guidelines for time series. Flow duration curves are constructed for other time series such as,
weekly, monthly or annually stream flows. The present study focuses on daily stream flows.

4.7.1 Hydrological flow indices
According to Smakhtin (2001:147-186), important indices extracted from the flow duration
curve are those that are exceeded more than 50% of the time. He notes that generally, the Q90
and Q95 flows have been used as low flow indices. However, since power available depends on
discharge, four indices are useful for the calculation of the energy potential as follows:
100 Q
- Flow which is exceeded 100%. The minimum potential power computed from the
minimum flow available for 100% of time (365 days or 8760 hours) is presented as Pp
100
;
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
56
95 Q
- Flow which is exceeded 95%: small potential power computed from the flow available
for 95% of time (8322 hours). This is represented as Pp
95
;
50 Q
- Flow which is exceeded 50%: average potential power computed from the flow available
for 50% of time (4380 hours). This is represented as Pp
50
; and
m Q
- flow which is exceeded m%:
mean potential power computed from the average of mean yearly flows for a period of 10 to 30
years, which is equal to the area of the flow-duration curve corresponding to this mean year. This
is known as gross river power potential and is represented as Ppm.
In Malawi, techniques for estimating flow duration curve using the relationship between mean
flow and rainfall have been developed. A study conducted by Drayton et al. (1980) mapped
values for of the low flow statistic Q
95.
This method enables estimation of low flow statistics and
flow duration curves at any point in the country. Based on the regression equations analysed for
49 stations, the study recommended use of the Q
75
flow statistic (flow which is exceeded 75%
(Patel, 2007:41-46) and this is adopted for this study. More details of these analyses are given in
Meigh and Fry (2003), and Drayton et al. (1980).

If the specific run-off method is used, the flow duration curve is expressed in normalised form,
i.e. relative to the mean flow. The mean flow Q is calculated as:
Q = D RA (Equation 4.17)
where R is the specific run-off and D A is the drainage area. Then the actual flow data n Q (n =
0.5,…, 100) is computed from the normalised flow data n q extracted from country database
through n Q = n q Q (Equation 4.18)

4.7.2 Environmental flow considerations
For environmental reasons, there is need to allow a portion of flow in a river or stream to by-pass
the small hydro plant. This caters for aquatic life in the streambed between the intake to the
power plant and the outlet where the flow is returned to the stream. There are no specific
restrictions on the amount of residual flow required, but generally, it varies from site to site and
with specific site concerns. BHA (2005:8) gives an estimate of between Q90 and Q99 values of
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
57
river flow. This residual flow r Q is subtracted from all values of the flow duration curve for the
calculation of plant capacity, firm capacity. The available flow ' n Q ( n = 0, 5,…, 100 is then
defined by:

' n Q = max( n Q - r Q ,0) (Equation 4.19)

4.7.3 Capacity Factor
For run-of-river schemes, the turbine design flow is normally smaller than the mean flow and
therefore, not environmentally acceptable and economically attractive (BHA, 2005:9). There is
need to choose a design flow that takes into account of the recommended capacity factors. The
capacity factor is calculated using the formula given below:
Capacity Factor ( ) CF =
( )
( )
/
8760 /
Energy generated per year kWh year
Installed capacity kW x hours year
(Equation 4.20)
The capacity factor varies with design flow. For example, given the design flow at Q
mean
, the
capacity factor is 40%, at 0.75Q
mean
= 50%, 0.5 Q
mean
= 60%,

0.33Qmean

= 70%. Values between
50 and 70% would give satisfactory return on investment (BHA, 2005:10). Typically most
turbines operate between 20 – 40% of their rated flow. The rated or peak power is estimated
from the design flow 0 Q

and the head as follows:

( ) ( )
3
7 o
s
m
P kW x Q x H m
| |
|
|
\ ¹
= (Equation 4.21)
with P = net power and 0 Q as the arithmetic mean discharge.

4.7.4 Energy output from a power plant
The energy output is then estimated using the capacity factor ( ) CF as follows:
( ) ( ) / 8760 Energy kWh year P kW x CF x = (Equation 4.22)

4.7 Stream flow characteristics
The purpose of hydrologic evaluations is to provide accurate values for river or stream flow. The
values of flow have to be taken for over a long period usually at least one year and preferably
eight to ten years (Feibel, 2003: 21). It is however, seldom the case that adequate historic data is
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
58
available to a developer when specific site investigation commences. In this case, on-site stream
flow measurements are necessary.

There are several methods of measuring flows in rivers or streams. Five methods, namely the
velocity- area, the salt dilution method, bucket method, the weir, and slope-area etc are described
in Inversin (1986:9-20), ESHA (1998:57-65) and Harvey et al (1993:51-60). Accordingly, the
velocity-area methods employ the principle that the volume of water passing a particular point
per second in a known cross sectional area is equal to the product of average velocity of the fluid
at that point and the cross section area. Velocity is measured by a floater or current meter
(propeller or electromagnetic) (ESHA, 1998:57-62). It is an expensive but more accurate
method.

According to ESHA (1998:62-63), the dilution technique “involves the injection of a chemical
into the stream and sampling of the water some distance downstream after complete mixing of
the chemical in the water has occurred. The chemical is added by constant-rate injection until the
sampling downstream reveals a constant concentration.” The technique is expensive and
specialised (ESHA, 1998:62) and has negative implications on the ecology. However, recent
development in use of salt seems to offer a better alternative with respect to ecological concerns.
With this new method, the discharge is measured by gradually discharging a known volume of a
strong salt solution into the stream at a known rate, and measuring at short intervals, the change
in conductivity of the water at the downstream end of the mixing length.

The weir method involves construction of a low wall or weir across the stream to be gauged,
with a notch through which water in the stream flows (Inversin, 1986: 16). Several types of notch
are used: rectangular, vee, or trapezoidal etc. The weir method is regarded as the most accurate
means of measuring discharge over a long period. Similarly, flumes are used. With flumes, the
stream is channelled through a particular geometrically regular channel section for some distance
before entering a length of different cross section.

Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
59
The slope –area method depends on hydraulic principles and is useful for high flows where other
methods discussed above are impractical (ESHA, 1998: 65). The method uses Manning’s
equation given below:

n
S AR
Q
2
1
3
2
= (Equation 4.23)
where S is the water slope, A is the cross- section area, R is the hydraulic radius of the section
(A/P), n is the roughness coefficient and P is the wetted perimeter in metres. This equation
utilises a roughness coefficient that depends on the characteristics of the channel and is subject to
errors (ESHA, 1998:65). This study utilises the velocity- area method to establish the stream
flow in the study area as well as the slope-area method in the design of the headrace.

4.8 Estimation of stream flow characteristics at ungauged sites
Estimates of daily stream flows are required for a number of water-related applications such as
water supply, irrigation, hydropower, recreation and watershed management (Patel, 2007:41-46;
Vogel et al., 1999:148-157). However, the majority of streams particularly in remote areas are
not gauged. Practically, it is impossible to gauge all rivers and streams in a country because the
size of many potentially interesting catchment areas does not warrant the cost of operating a
regular flow monitoring station (Naidas, 2005:48-66). As a result, systematically recorded flow
data at the site of interest is unavailable.

A common approach used is the regionalisation of hydrometric zones, which seeks to transfer
hydrological information from gauged sites to ungauged ones. The approach identifies regions
with similar behaviour so that the hydrological effects can be compared. According to Smakhtin
(2001:147-186), such hydrological effects may include unit run off from the catchment area,
average monthly flow distribution, duration of certain flow periods, frequency and magnitude of
high and low-flow events in similar sized catchments.

Flow characteristics at ungauged sites are estimated by applying a predictive equation developed
for a particular hydrometric zone (IH, 1980). However, concerns have been raised that
catchments that belong to the same hydrometric zone, do not necessarily have similar
hydrological responses since geographical proximity is not considered as a sufficient condition
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
60
for hydrological homogeneity (Acreman & Sinclair, 1986:365-380). Therefore, it is crucial that
homogenous regions of catchments with similar characteristics are well defined.

Hosking &Wallis (1993:1745-1752) present several statistics that can be applied to assist with
the process of defining regions of reasonably homogenous sites. Furthermore, working with a
homogenous region enables “historical data available within that region to be pooled to get an
efficient estimate of parameters of a chosen distribution and hence a more robust quantile
estimate” (Kachroo & Mkhandi, 2000: 437-447).

The delimitation of regions with hydrological responses has been done using multivariate
techniques such as multiple regression, cluster and discriminant analysis. Nathan & McMahon
(1990:217-238), and Burn & Boorman (1993:429-454) observe that catchments that influence
flow characteristics should be used for cluster analysis. This enables determination of
membership of ungauged catchment characteristics, to a region with a known relationship
between flow and catchment characteristics.

There are several methods for estimating stream flow characteristics from gauged to ungauged
catchments. These include (1) a catchment or drainage-area ratio relation, (2) a correlation of
measured stream flows with concurrent daily-mean stream flows from nearby continuous-record
stream gauging stations, and (3) regression equation relating stream flow statistics to drainage
basin characteristics (Flynn,2003:7-8).

4.9.1 Catchment-Area Ratio
This method is used to estimate low-flow statistics at an ungauged site on the basis of low-flow
values from stream gauging stations on the same stream (Flynn, 2003:7). It assumes that the
catchment basin for a proposed site displays characteristics (topography, land use,
geomorphology, and lithology) similar to those of the gauged site in the vicinity, on either the
same stream or one in a neighbouring catchment. The low flow values are transferred from a
gauged site to ungauged site using the following formula:
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
61

n
gauged
ungauged
gauged ungauged
A
A
Q Q |
¹
|

\
|
= (Equation 4.24)
where ungauged Q is the discharge value at the ungauged site, gauged Q the discharge statistic of
interest at the stream gauging station, ungauged A and gauged A are the catchment areas at the
ungauged site and the gauged site respectively, n is an exponent that is computed by analysing
low flow characteristics at paired long-term continuous –record stream gauging station.

4.9.2 Flow correlation method
A number of discrete measurements of discharge are made at the ungauged site. The flows are
then related to the concurrent flows at a nearby gauging station by regression analysis to
determine the flow statistic at the ungauged site (Flynn, 2003:7). A correlation of measured
stream flows with concurrent daily mean stream flows from a nearby stream gauging station
requires numerous measurements of stream flow in order to establish a relation between low
flows at the stream gauging stations and a partial-record location.

4.9.3 Regression Equation Approach
Regression equations that relate stream flow statistics at gauged stream-gauging stations to basin
and climatic characteristics are used to estimate stream flow statistics for ungauged sites. Ries
and Friesz (2000:26) have described the multiple non linear regression models for estimating
stream flow characteristics from gauged to ungauged site. Details are given in the annex C.

4.10 Economic analysis

4.10.1 Tools for economic analysis
In order to make informed decisions about investing in small-scale hydropower development,
potential investors need to know all relevant cost factors. These factors include plant data, such
as its initial capital cost, operation and maintenance costs, predicted lifetime and load factor
(Boyle, 2004:186). There is also need to consider other external factors such as the discount rate,
or the cost of borrowing money over a period. A number of criteria are used for evaluating
projects from the economic point of view. These include the net present value (NPV), internal
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
62
rate of return (IRR) and net benefit cost ratio (Subroto et al. (1981:339-342). A brief discussion
of the tools used for the economic analysis hydropower projects is presented in annex C.

4.10.2 Costing
There are two categories of costs in small-scale hydropower development: investment and annual
costs (Hosseini et al, 2005:1948-1956). Investment costs include civil costs, electromechanical
equipment, power transmission line, and other indirect costs. Annual costs include the
depreciation of equipment, O&M, and replacement costs (Nouni et al., 2006:1161-1174).The
specific investment cost depends on the type and size of the small hydropower project. Generally
the smaller the hydropower scheme under consideration, the higher the specific costs, i.e. per
kW installed, are likely to become.
The power generation cost u h h C x P C = (Equation 4.31)
where h h e H Q x P 81 . 9 = is the power output of the site (refer to equation 4.2)
( )
|
¹
|

\
|
=
365 D x F
C
d
LCC
u C
is the unit cost of power (US$/kW)
d F = discounted factor =
( ) ( )
( )
n
n
r i
r
+
− +
1
1 1
, i = discounted rate or project cost escalation rate ( ) r i
n = number of years, D = systems daily demand (kW) = unit consumption community size
and LCC C = Life Cycle Cost (US$) .

The cost of the equipment, including the turbine, generator and transmission equipment
constitute 20% to 40% of project costs, site related civil costs generally vary between 50% and
70% of project costs, while 5% to 15% is devoted to engineering costs (Gordon and Noel, 1986).
Given that site specificity of hydropower (hydrology, geology, topography) influence the
investment cost, a formula that incorporates all site-specific conditions is more useful than its
current form. Gordon and Penman (1983:30-37) proposes an empirical specific cost correlation,
based on the cost of previous projects as follows:
( )
β
α
f
h k Cp
3
10 . = (Equation 4.32)
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
63
where p C = total initial project cost, P is plant capacity (kW), f h design head over turbine (m),
k is a constant (US$) and depends on installed capacity and head, α exponent (α = 0.3), and
β power component ( = β 0.82). Table 4.1 gives k values based on 1983 prices.

Table 4.1 k-values for calculation of total project costs
Project type according to
installed capacity
Project type according
to design head
Factor Max Average Min
Pico to micro-hydro
(1 kW – 100 kW)
> 50 m K 46.25 12.04 5.63
S 5.14 1.33 0.63
> 50 m K 49.10 10.93 3.05
S 5.46 1.22 0.34
15 m K 39.57 6.77 2.22
S 4.40 0.75 0.25
Mini to Small-hydro
1 MW – 10 MW
> 50 m K 46.79 24.53 8.38
S 5.20 2.73 0.93
> 50 m K 58.77 28.38 9.33
S 6.53 3.15 1.04
Source: Adapted from Ramesh (2004:39)

Equation 4.32 is adjusted to suit the conditions in Malawi and becomes as follows:
3 . 0 82 . 0
10930

= h x kW x C (Equation 4.33)
where C = minimum capital cost in Malawi Kwacha, kW installed capacity of turbine in kW,
and h net head in metres. As a basis for comparison, the standard plant is taken as a diesel
plant. Subroto et al. (1981:339-342) has provided a formula for calculating the annual fuel cost
as follows:
Annual fuel cost = P x x x CkWh α 8760 (Equation 4.34)
where
η
f
x CkWh 860 = = cost of fuel (US$/kWh), 860 = conversion factor, α = annual
utilization factor (97%), η is annual average operating efficiency (35%), and f = cost of fuel
per K cal (US$/ Kcal).
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
64
Factors which influence the economic analysis for the small hydropower plant include service
life, period of construction and financing expenditure schedules, interest rates and O&M costs
(Subroto et al. (1981:339-342; Hosseini et al, 2005:1948-1956). The service life for SHP is 35
years, 15 years and 40 years for diesel power plant and transmissions and substations. These
have to be taken in consideration.

4.11 Tariff Setting
Small-scale hydropower projects require an organised system to collect payments from users.
Payments must be sufficient to cover the operation and maintenance costs. An inflow of revenue
is necessary to ensure that a project can continue to meet its recurrent costs without being
continually being subsidised. To determine the appropriate tariff, there is need to have some
form of regulation. Various regulatory methods have been discussed by Conteh (2003). This
study adopts return on investment method since it covers the cost of delivering an energy service.

The price of electricity is calculated from the following formula:

( ) [ ] T d E r D V RR + + + − =
*
(Equation 4.35)
where: RR = Revenue requirement;
D V − = book value of the useful fixed asset (rate base);
V = original book value of plant;
D= accumulated depreciation;
r = allowed rate of return (weighted average cost of capital);
E = operating expenditure;
d = annual depreciation expenses; and
T = taxes paid by the utility.

The revenue requirement is expressed by the formula below:
) ( ) ( Pr Re kWh in sold units of quantity Quantity x currency of unit per kWh in ice venue=
(Equation 4.36)
Depreciation is assumed constant and is calculated from the formula:
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
65
n
F P
Dt

= , where t D is the depreciation charge per year, P = original cost of asset, F is the
salvage value, and n is the estimated life. Given that the asset is financed by both equity and
debt capitals (Conteh, 2003), the rate of return is determined based on the weighted average cost
of capital (WACC), computed from the formula given below.
( ) [ ] [ ]
r r d e
x g x g WACC + − = 1 (Equation 4.37)
where
rd
is the cost of debt finance;
re
is the cost of equity finance; and g is the level of
gearing or leverage in the utility i.e. proportion of debt in the total capital structure. The actual
average tariff is given by:
) (
Re
Pr
kWh volume sales Total
t requiremen venue
ice Average = (Equation 4.38)

4.12 Consumption patterns and load forecast
4.12.1 Consumption patterns
Three aspects that are treated as important in as far as the determination of consumption patterns
of a community is concerned are the penetration rate, peak factor, and load factors. According to
Feibel (2003:42), the penetration rate indicates the percentage of the population, commercial
establishments and other consumers which are connected to the system. He observes that few
people can afford a connection once electricity is introduced to the rural community. Therefore,
the power supply system has to be designed with adequate consideration of the proportion of the
population at a planning horizon in year x, when the total of the installed loads on the consumer
side is expected to finally reach the plant capacity.

Clearly, this entails that the number and size of all installed loads and the consumer behaviour in
applying these loads must be known. He further observes the need to know at what time of the
day and in what combination the applications are used (ibid). The peak factor represents this
degree of simultaneous use.
[ ]
[ ]
[ ] − =
kW h n consumptio daily average
kW eously simul on switched really loads of imum
factor peak
24 /
tan ) ( max

Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
66
(Equation 4.39)
If the demands of the loads actually switched on is replaced by potential load (maximum
possible), the result is the reciprocal of load factor. By definition, the load factor is the ratio of
energy actually consumed [kW] to the potential demand for energy if power were consumed
continually at peak levels [kW]:
[ ] % 100 .
24 . max
) / (
100 .
h installed load imum
day time n consumptio load
factor load
E
E
pot
act
= = (Equation 4.40)

Feibel (2003:42) defines the load factor “as the time aspect, according to the number of hours per
day that the different loads are switched on.” In other words, if all loads installed in the system
were continuously switched on 24 hours a day the factor would be 100%. The reference value is
the total kW load installed on the consumer side and not on the generation side since this would
be the reference value for the so-called plant factor or plant utilization. The plant utilization is
the ratio of consumed kWh’s to producible kWh (ibid). It is affected by the load factor, the
growth of population and the penetration rate.

4.12.2 Load forecasting
Load forecasting develops from estimates of actual population, population growth and household
size, percentage of people connected and consumption per connection (Feibel, 2003:45). Three
types of electricity demand forecasting methods are extensively covered in literature. These are
trend analysis, end-use analysis and econometrics. A brief description for each method is
presented below:

Trend Analysis
Trend analysis uses historical consumption data and extends into the future by applying
numerical analysis tools to identify trends, seasonal changes and other patterns (Feibel, 2003:45).
It focuses on past changes or movements in electricity and uses them to predict future changes in
electricity demand. It is however, appropriate for short-term forecasts and produces only one
result-future electricity demand. But does not explain why the demand behaves the way it does
Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
67
nor provides the means to accurately measure how changes in energy prices or policies influence
electricity demand.

End-Use Analysis
This method works based on the idea that demand for electricity depends on what it is used for.
Historical data is studied to find out how much electricity is used for individual electrical
appliances in homes. This appliance rating is multiplied by the projected number of appliances in
each home. The result is further multiplied by the projected number of homes; an estimate of
how much electricity will be needed to run all household appliances in a geographical area
during any particular year in the future can be determined. It identifies exactly where electricity
goes, how much is used for each purpose.

Reddy et al. (2001:94) relates the total electricity consumption in a household and the
appliance-wise consumption using the formula below:
where is the electricity consumed by the jth appliance in the ith household. Also
in the ith household, , where is the electricity consumption of the jth
appliance category and is the number of electrical appliances in the jth category. can be
written as where is the wattage of the jth appliance category and is the
number of hours per month for which the jth appliance is being used. Substituting in the
previous equation, the following expression is obtained for the electricity consumption of the ith
household:

h W X E ij ij j ij i
x x

= (Equation 4.41)

One disadvantage of this method is that it assumes a constant relationship between electricity and
end-use. This mostly holds true over a few years, but over 10 years or so, it is highly likely that
energy prices or technologies change and the relationship will not remain constant. The method
also requires extensive data since all the relationship between electricity loads and many end-
uses are calculated.

Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations
68
Econometric methods
Econometric methods estimate the relationships between multiple variables. The basic
assumption is that the behaviour of a dependent variable such as electricity consumption is
described as a function of several independent variables including population, gross domestic
product and electricity price (Feibel, 2003):

Consumption = function (population, gross domestic product, electricity price…)
It aims to find the data series and the form of equation which best explain the historical data and
thus allow an optimized forecast. However, for rural areas not electrified, data is unavailable, so
that it is impossible to find the relationship that provides a forecast. Based on the issues raised in
the preceding paragraphs, it appears the end-use analysis is more appropriate and employed in
this study.

Summary and Conclusions
Small-scale hydropower is the most environmentally benign means to produce electricity for
rural electrification. This is why it has been extensively developed in China, Nepal, Philippines,
Papua New Guinea, Indonesia, Colombia and Peru, to cite but a few. It is a resource well proven
that is there for taking to increase electricity access levels. The adverse effects of large
hydropower on the environment and local people can be prevented if small scale hydropower is
developed. These would invariably cause minimal changes in natural habitats. Therefore, for
evaluation of projects, it is essential to identify and consider all direct and indirect benefits and
costs, including environmental costs.

The economics of small hydro systems are highly dependent on specific site conditions such as
topography, hydrology and geology and the energy requirements of a particular community. The
cost per kWh of energy produced is significantly higher than conventional large hydro, or
thermal stations. This is largely due to the initial capital costs of the civil engineering works. In
contrast, operating costs are very low because there are no fuel costs and the additional fixed
costs of running the station are comparable with large hydro as well as thermal station. As a
result, investments in small hydropower stations are justified in the context of the social and
economic benefits to be derived by the community.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
69
CHAPTER 5
MATERIALS AND METHODS


This chapter presents an overview of the area identified for the study. It discusses the research
methods used in this study. These include desk studies, onsite measurements and a field survey.
Figures, which illustrate the onsite measurements, are also included.

5.1 Study Area

Nkolokosa village located approximately 10 km south of Thyolo Boma
6
was selected for this
study. It is situated on 16° 09' east latitude and 35° 13' longitude (figure 5.1). The area is densely
populated (400-500 inhabitants per km
2
) and under close cultivation. The village under study has
457 households, with a total population of about 2758 people, of whom 60% are women (NSO,
1998). The majority of the villagers are subsistence farmers growing crops such as maize,
bananas and legumes.

The proposed weir site is located on Nachipere River, which is a tributary of Nswazi River and is
at an elevation of 820 m above sea level. The location of the site can be found in figure 5.1. The
site is chosen because it has a steep slope (>12%) and considerable flow which creates an
excellent condition for small-scale hydropower. Other factors include easy access to the site,
favourable environmental conditions and geological stability. The site has a gross head of 33 m.
The calculated size of the catchment area at the hydro site is approximately 21 km
2
. The area
receives significant amounts of rainfall. The annual rainfall ranges from 800 mm to 1500 mm
while the average mean annual temperature varies between 20°C and 22°C. Humidity level
varies between 40% and 80%. The potential evaporation estimated by the Penman method is
1483 mm/year (Department of Meteorological Services, 2007).

A geological map of the area was obtained, and it indicates that the area is dominated by intense
faulting associated with the development of the southern section of the Malawi Rift Valley

6
Local name for district administrative head quarters
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
70
(Geological Bulletin No.22:17). The village forms part of the greater area, which is underlain by
impervious rocks. Red-brown and residual clay are the most significant soil types identified on
the site. According to the Department of Geological Surveys, the site selected for the
construction of hydraulic structures is stable and there is no danger of landslides. However, there
is need to dig test pits and study the conditions of the soil, in view of the fact that it will be used
as base soil for the foundation of buildings.


Figure 5.1: Location of the Study Area and Catchment Area of the Project Site
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
71

Figure 5.2: General Plan of the Proposed Nkolokosa Hydropower Station


5.2 Methods

This section describes the methods of study used to estimate the hydropower potential of the site,
energy consumption of the village and forecast demand. Specific descriptions of the various
methods are detailed in the respective sections.

5.2.1 Research Design
This study has pursued a quantitative approach to explore some of the objectives of this study.
Gall et al. (2003:287-431) define quantitative research as “a formal, objective, systematic
process in which numerical data are utilized to obtain information about the world.” It is inclined
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
72
to be deductive. Put simply, it tests theory. In carrying out this research, quantitative data on
demographics, hydrology and socio-economic has been collected to test the null hypothesis
“small -scale hydropower can increase electrification levels in rural areas.” In the event that the
collected data does not support the hypotheses, the theory will be modified to take into account
of the findings.

5.2.2 Data Collection Methods
The data in this study were collected using the following approach:

Desk study
The first step of this research process was review of literature on small-scale hydropower, rural
energy and development and rural electrification. The study used both primary
7
and secondary
data
8
sources. Most literature was obtained from online journals, conference proceedings, theses,
government policy documents, published books as well as project reports. Specific information
for the area under study was obtained from the following key government ministries and
departments: Department of Energy Affairs (DoEA), Ministry of Irrigation and Water
Development (MoIWD), National Spatial Data Centre, Department of Geological Services,
Meteorological Department, and National Statistical Office. Information collected from the
above sources included: (1) topographical and geological maps, (2) meteorological data (rainfall,
sunshine, temperature, evaporation, and wind), (3) demographic data (population), (4) digital
elevation model (DEM- land use/cover, soil types and classes), (5) stream flow gauging data, and
(6) energy balances (1999-2005), energy policy and the rural electrification act of 2004.

Topographic map studies
A topographical map on a scale of 1:50 000 that includes the planned area, was obtained. The
study was conducted according to the ``THYOLO MALAWI 1:50 000 SHEET 1635A1. The
map was used to provide information such as location of the village, slope of the river, catchment
area of the site and access roads. Digital data was collected from Water Department, National

7
Data collected through observations, questionnaires, interviews, and focus group discussions.
8
Information by others which is in archived form
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
73
Spatial Data Centre and Compass II. This data was then processed using GIS software which was
used to calculate the catchment area, slope and identify soils at the proposed site.

Site selection
A preliminary study of sites listed in DoEA’s Master plan for Rural Electrification in Malawi
was carried out. Due to funding constraints, only five sites were visited. The sites visited were
Nswazi at Sandama, Zoa Falls on Ruo River, Ruarwe in Nkhata Bay, Lingoni falls on Nswazi
and Nachipere site near the Tea Research Foundation in Thyolo. The purpose of the visit was to
(1) assess the gross head at each site (2) consider access problems (3) identify possible
consumers of electricity within one kilometre radius, and (4) consider the proportion of flow in
the river that was likely to be available for power. Nachipere, a site located near Tea Research
Foundation (figure 5.1) met the above criteria and was selected for this study.

Stakeholder consultation
The study also held a round table discussion in May 2007. The purpose of this meeting was to
alert various stakeholders of the study, its broad objectives and the kind of information that the
study would usefully provide to the actors in both policy arena and programs. The stakeholders
for this meeting were drawn from the district assembly, local community organizations working
in the areas as well as representatives from village development committee (VDC) and an
irrigation committee.

5.2.3 Field surveys
This section outlines specific activities carried out during field surveys. Included are the socio-
economic study, topographic survey and on site stream flow measurements.

5.2.3.1 Socio-economic study
One of the hypothesis of this study was that small-scale hydro in areas with potential could play
a significant role in meeting energy needs of rural areas. It was therefore important to assess the
energy requirements of the community and evaluate their ability to sustain the scheme.
Determining the energy requirement for each household would be useful in matching the demand
with exploitable potential available on site. It is also useful in formulating the rural household
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
74
energy demand prediction model. Understanding their socio-economic status would direct the
study to assess issues like affordability and sustainability of the project in the wake of abject and
pervasive poverty existing in rural areas in Malawi. In order to elucidate this knowledge,
structured interviews with close-ended questions were used.

Questionnaire
A household energy questionnaire was developed to gather data on household energy use, and
other socio-economic characteristics. The questionnaire included six sections; (1) general
information about each household; (2) income and expenditure on energy sources; (3)
information on fuels the household was using; (4) future indication of appliances the household
will likely purchase once electricity is introduced and (5) individual attitude on expected benefits
of electricity and (6) household willingness to contribute towards project construction costs. The
questionnaire is provided in an annex D1.

Sample Selection
The sample survey included 118 (24%) representative households. These were randomly selected
from total household population of 457 registered in that village. The survey on energy
consumption interviewed a representative of the family who had a good knowledge and
understanding of incomes and expenditure. To process data to 95% level of confidence, the
margin for error was set not to exceed 10%.
9
The minimum number of household samples
required for the survey was calculated using the equation below:
( )
2
1
1
1
1 . 9 6 1
N
n
N
x
ε
π π



= +

− | |
+
|
− \ ¹



9
This means that for a any given random sample there is a 95% chance that the true value x being measured will fall
within the interval x^ 10%, where x^ is the estimate of x derived from the sample data. More generally, the
relationship between sample size, confidence level, and margin of error are given in terms of proportions is
described by the formula: where n is the sample size, is the standard normal value for
confidence level , is the margin error and p is the population proportion. The true proportion is unknown. The
standard way to handle this is to set the value of p to the proportion that would result in the largest sample size. This
occurs when p=0.5

Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
75
where n was necessary sample size, N = population, ε = target (0.1), and π represented the
sample proportion ( π = 0.5). Computing into the above formula the minimum number of
households is 96. Therefore, the 118 surveyed households were representative.

Data Analysis and Presentation
The survey data collected from households through the questionnaire were coded in Excel and
converted for use in Statistical Package for Social Scientists (SPSS) where it was analysed and
presented in tables and charts. Inferences were used to explain the cause-effect relationship
between income and fuel use as well as willingness to pay. A t-test was used in establishing
statistical significance of mean differences.

5.2.3.2 On-site measurements
Measuring head
The head between the intake point and the fore bay tank and between the fore bay tank and outlet
position was measured. A level was set at the centre of a line between two points. Staves were
placed vertically at these points and a telescopic sight was levelled. The height difference
between the two points was calculated as the difference of the relative height of each of these
two points to the level. Figure 5.3 below shows survey of weir and fore bay tank. Results of the
topographic survey are given in tablesD.1 and D. 2. The results were also verified with GPS
readings.

Fig 5.3 Survey of river cross section at the proposed intake weir site
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
76
Measuring discharge
The most important aspect of the field measurement was to determine the total flow rate of the
river. The method to measure discharge is one of several described by Inversin (1986). This
study used the grid point method, commonly known as velocity-area method. To measure
discharge, flow velocity and cross section was required. A convenient position was selected
along the river. Two rivers banks connected by a scaled tape or rope were used. Using a
graduated meter, depths were taken across the river and recorded. The section profile was scaled
on paper and uniformly the grid points were located at uniformly lateral vertical points. A current
meter was then lowered at different points across the river and the number of revolutions was
recorded. A stop watch was used to time the number of revolutions. Elemental flow on each area
was given by equation: . The total discharge was then calculated from the
equation . Results of the discharge measurements are presented in annex 7.
Fig. 5.4 below illustrates how river discharge measurements were conducted.

Fig 5.4: Measuring discharge of river using velocity-area method

5.3.4 Analysis of stream flow data from gauged site
The Nswazi River discharge data used in this study was obtained from the Ministry of Water
Development, Hydrology Section. The record spans the period from 1954 to 1982 and was
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
77
processed. Due to interference with abstractions for Thyolo water supply project, the station
(14B5) was in 1989 relocated 5 km upstream of the bridge on Nswazi River and it was renamed
14B9. The location of the gauging station is shown on figure 5.1. The data was computed to
estimate minimum flows at the proposed project site located almost 8 km from the gauging site.
The monthly as well as daily mean flows were analysed for dependability. Flood retention
periods were also computed. Results of the analyses are given in the next chapter.

5.3.5 Demand Forecasting
Average daily load curves per household were obtained during the field survey. The unit average
daily load curve was multiplied by the number of existing facilities in the village. These were
then added together to produce the daily load curves and daily peak demands were estimated. A
linear regression model to estimate the forecast demand in the village was derived from the
relationship between number of households and estimated peak demands.

5.3.6 Results output
The results of this study are presented using, tables on one hand and graphs drawn using the
primary and secondary data in Microsoft Excel and Statistical Package for Social Scientists
(SPSS) spreadsheets. Data, not shown in the text for presentation purposes, can be found in the
appendices.


Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
78
CHAPTER 6
RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS


This chapter presents the findings of this study, structured into five sections. It provides answers
to the research questions posed in accordance with the objectives of the study. The first section
gives the analysis of data collected from the household energy survey. The second section
discusses results of hydrological evaluations, followed in section three by results of the energy
demand study. Section four provides a summary of the economic analysis of hydro, diesel and
hybrid energy supply options. The last section presents results of calculations of greenhouse
gases emitted through use of different energy sources.

6.1 Socio-economic characteristics of households
6.1.1 Demographics
Survey estimates indicate that the average household consists of 5.3 people, with the highest
number of people being 9, and the lowest 1. This is higher than the national average of 4.1 (NSO,
1998). The population structure is 39% male and 61% female. About 74.6% of households are
subsistence farmers, while the rest 25.4% own micro-enterprises (figure 6.1) Thus agricultural
activities play a major role in that rural economy as the main source of income.


Figure 6.1 Categories of households
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
79
6.1.2 Household Income
Figure 6.2 shows the distribution of household income groups.


Figure 6.2 Distribution of household income groups

According to the survey results on income earned in May, 2007, five net monthly income groups
were established. These include the very poor (< MWK1000), poor (MWK1001-5000), near
poor (MWK5001-10000), middle (MWK10001-20000) and affluent (>MWK20000). About one
quarter (25.4%) of the people in Nkolokosa village belongs to the poorest bracket and subsists on
less than US$7 in a month (or less than 1000 MWK); while 39% earn more than US$43 (more
than 6000 MWK). Nearly 11.9% of the households have income between US71 and US$143 (or
10,001 – 20,000 MWK), in the middle class stratum. The income state shows that the higher
income levels (more wealthy) constitute a mere 1.7% which is insignificant. The average
disposable income per month for households with no business was US$20.39 (2853.93MWK),
business entities US$38.92(5448.28 MK). The average monthly income for the village was
US$25 (or 3438.59 MK). Real household incomes were difficult to capture since the majority of
rural households do not maintain book keeping.


Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
80
6.1.3 Energy sources and end uses
Table E.1 shows the different types of fuel and end-uses in Nkolokosa. Firewood is the major
source of energy of the households for cooking. Results show that all income groups (100%) rely
on one type of fuel (firewood) to meet specific end-uses (i.e. cooking, heating and lighting).
About 12.7% of the households use charcoal as a secondary source of energy. Paraffin as a
domestic lighting fuel is used by 95.76% of the households. This is slightly higher than the
national average of 93.1% (NSO, 1998; DoEA, 2003:17). 23% of households cook using
paraffin. Other end-uses such as refrigeration are insignificant at the overall village level. Apart
from these fuels, dry cell batteries, candles and car batteries are used by 2.5%, 8.5% and 15.3%
of the households respectively.

6.1.4 Household energy expenditure
Table E.2 summarises the results of the analysis of monthly energy expenditure and expenditure
share of all households by their monthly net income group. According to the survey results,
households in Nkolokosa village spend about 15% of their net monthly income on energy, which
is a very high proportion. The poorest group are earning less than US$7 per month and spend
between 18.5% and 43% of their income on energy. The more wealthy, who have an income of
US$143 (20,000MWK) per month, spend a maximum of 7.6% of their net monthly income on
fuels which represents a lower share compared to the poor.

These findings do not agree with those obtained during the 1998 Integrated Household Survey
10
.
This is so because of differences in the methods used to collect the data. It must be pointed out
that results from one village may not give a true representative picture of the whole country.
However, the results suggest that fuel use is not determined by income in itself. Whilst income is
one of the deciding factors when choosing the type of fuel, clearly, it is the nature of activities
such as cooking, lighting and entertainment that determined their fuel use and expenditure.

6.1.5 Household energy consumption
A summary of the estimated energy consumption by household income is provided in table E.3.

10
Source: Government of Malawi (2000), Profile of Poverty in Malawi: Poverty Analysis of the Integrated
Household Survey, 1998, Table 36. According to this survey, at national level, the poor spend 4.3% on fuels. The
non-poor spend about 3.4%. In rural areas, this translates to 3.5 %( poor) and 3.4 %( non- poor).
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
81
According to survey results, the average daily consumption of paraffin is 0.015 litres per person
or a monthly consumption of 2.31 litres. The consumption of firewood is 110.27
kg/household/month. Annually, each person consumes 253.13 kg of firewood for cooking and
heating. On average, a household uses 43 kg of charcoal per month. Given that households use
more than one type of fuels, as well as different end-uses, it is likely that the calculated values
are not accurate. It was observed that the amount of energy used depended on many factors such
as the type of food cooked, the number of meals cooked, household size, combination of energy
source and cooking equipment used.

6.1.5 Household willingness to pay for electricity
The household energy survey established the average quantities for fuels that were displaced by
electricity. Using data from tables E.5 and E.6, the gross energy consumed has been calculated
and the results are presented in table E.4. The results show that the total energy expenditure
replaced by electricity is MWK 1,786.00 and the energy replaced is equivalent to 320 kWh of
electricity. Therefore, the average willingness to pay is given by, (Davis and Horvei, 1995):
] [
] [
] / [
kWh n consumptio y electricit Equivalent
MWK es alternativ on e Expenditur
kWh MWK s willingnes Average =


The average willingness to pay is calculated as MWK5.58/kWh of electricity.

Figures 6.3 and 6.4 respectively, show the distribution of people’s willingness to pay for the
maximum connection fee and in-house wiring costs and monthly electricity tariffs.
Income group
MK
20001>
MK
19001-
20000
MK
10001-
11000
MK
9001-
10000
MK
8001-
9000
MK
7001-
8000
MK
5001-
6000
MK
4001-
5000
MK
3001-
4000
MK
2001-
3000
MK
1001-
2000
MK 1-
1000
P
e
r
c
e
n
t
50
40
30
20
10
0
Willingness to pay for connection fees

Figure 6.3 Maximum connection fees and in-house wiring costs
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
82
According to the survey results, both households with and without micro enterprises are willing
to pay for the connection fees and in-house wiring costs and monthly electricity bills of
MK2454.74 and MK551.11, respectively. About 45.3% are willing to pay less than MK1,
000.00, 20.5% at MK1500.00 and 18.8% up to MK3, 000.00 for connection fees and in-house
wiring costs. The amounts are considerably less than the actual costs, MK12, 000 (GoM, 2003)
charged to ESCOM customers. This demonstrates the need for government provide subsidies for
upfront costs of electrification as indicated in chapter 3.
actual amount willing to pay
4000 2500 2000 1500 1400 1000 950 900 850 800 750 700 500 400 350 300 200 150 100 30 0
P
e
r
c
e
n
t
30
20
10
0
actual amount willing to pay

Figure 6.4 Amount willing to pay for monthly electricity consumption

As illustrated by figure 6.4, the very poor (26.5%) have expressed a willingness to pay up to
MK200.00 per month, 10.3% at MK300 and 21.4% at MK500 per month for electricity bill.
Micro-enterprises currently spending on average MK901.33 on energy sources are willing to
spend up to MK4000.00. These figures are confirmed by results of similar studies undertaken by
the DoEA (2003). The study found that on average, the monthly fuel cost for paraffin lighting
was MK300. By contrast, the monthly electricity tariff of MK200 was for lighting. It was
however, difficult to ascertain the results considering that household incomes may not have been
accurately captured during the survey. Nevertheless, the results confirm that indeed, a significant
portion of household income could be used to pay for the monthly electricity tariffs.


Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
83
6.1.6 Appliances and end-uses of electricity
A number of appliances are expected to be purchased once electricity becomes available. Figure
6.5 indicates the distribution of the desired end-uses of electricity. The desired power usage
differs according to the categories of households. Of the sample of 118 households, all
households intend to use electricity for lighting, 86 (73%) for cooking, 91 (77%) for radio, and
48(41%) television. This confirms the proposition that lighting becomes the first use and
entertainment follows. Fifteen (12.7%) expressed desire to buy refrigerators, 16 (13.6%) videos,
and 5 (4.2%) electric heaters. For productive uses, the survey found that demand for maize mills
and barber shops were considerable. Fourteen households (11.9%) desired to use electricity for
maize milling and barber shops.

Figure 6.5 End-uses of electricity

6.1.7 Behavioural attitude towards electrification project
The survey attempted to establish household’s perceptions about the benefits of introducing
electricity to the village. Results of the expected effects of electricity are shown in figure 6.6.
Most households perceive electricity as a catalyst that will improve security of their business
premises and dwellings, increase business opening hours and entertainment. More importantly,
households hope the cooking activities and other tasks performed at night will become easier.
Those engaged in some form of income generating activities desire to diversify into other forms
of businesses. About 11.9% will start hair dressing activities (barber shops), groceries (8.5%),
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
84
poultry keeping (4.2%), and battery charging (6.8%). Nearly half (48.3%) have no desire to start
businesses.

Figure 6.6 Behavioural attitudes towards electrification project

6.1.8 Community Participation
Survey results indicating willingness of the community to participate in the electrification project
are presented in table 6.6. The results indicate that the majority of households in Nkolokosa
village are willing to participate in the project. About 97% households are willing to provide
labour, construction materials (81%) and work as plant operators (64%).

Figure 6.7 Willingness to contribute to project activities
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
85
6.2 Hydrological Study

This section presents results of the hydrological investigations. This study was necessary in order
to know the characteristics of the flow of the river, which are essential for estimating the
capacity and the energy which will be provided by the hydropower plant.

6.2.1 Meteorological data
Meteorological data such as precipitation, temperature, humidity, wind and sunshine data is
recorded, processed and published by the Department of Meteorological Services. As stated in
chapter 4, the average annual yield of a drainage area heavily depends on the average rainfall
(Drayton et al., 1980:18). This suggests that average rainfall is a strong determinant of water
flows in rivers and streams. Therefore, meteorological data was examined with a view to
assessing the economic viability of the project. Figure 6.8 shows the monthly and yearly rainfall
for Thyolo weather station. Rainfall values are given in the annex E.11.

Nkolokosa Monthly and Yearly Rainfall (1961-2006)
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Season
R
a
i
n
f
a
l
l

(
m
m
)
Mean Max Min

Source: DMS, 2007
Fig 6.8 Thyolo Monthly and Yearly Rainfall (1962 to 2006)

Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
86
The data collected covered a 44 year period from 1962 to 1997. The analysis shows that the
mean precipitation is 1308.1 mm. The maximum and minimum precipitation is 2701.4 mm and
736.9 mm respectively. Results show that flows will be greatly affected between August and
October, since the precipitation is almost zero. Precipitation values between November and
March is adequate to give a significant amount of run off for hydropower generation.

6.2.2 River flow rate data
A number of indirect methods were used to determine the hydrological parameters such as the
design flow, low flow and flood flow of the Nachipere River, currently not gauged. Records of
daily water stage measurements for the Nswazi River at Kautuka, near Magombe Estate about 8
km upstream of Thyolo-Makwasa Bridge from the site was obtained from the Water Department.
A rating curve modelled using Manning’s equation (4.23) was developed for the gauging station.
The stage-discharge relationship computed and used in this study is expressed as follows:
Q = 3.364 (H – 0.101)
1.764
where Q is the discharge and (H – 0.101) represents for the water depth at the cross section, a (=
3.364) and b (=1.764) are coefficients
11
specific to a channel cross section (Rantz et al,
1982:284). Computed daily discharges using preceding equation are provided in the CD
accompanying this report. However, the monthly mean flow data was analysed for dependability.
The statistical properties of the monthly mean flow data for the Nkolokosa River are given in
annex E.9. Results show that the mean flow for the entire period under consideration is
0.707m
3
/s, which is quite considerable.

6.2.2.1 Minimum Water Flows
The drainage-area ratio method proposed by Flynn (2003:7) was used to convert the daily data
observed at Nswazi River into discharge data at the ungauged site on the Nachipere River. The
drainage area at both the gauged and ungauged site were 94.1 km
2
and 21 km
2
, respectively
giving an effective area ratio of 4.5. There were no significant differences in the annual average
rainfall for the two drainage areas. As a result, the flow was not adjusted. Figure 6.9 shows the

11
a is a scaling factor that encompasses the section width, the bottom slope and Manning coefficient, b includes the
geometry of the river banks, in particular the departure from vertical banks and generally an indicator of the type of
control acting on the stage-discharge relation (Rantz et al, 1982:284)
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
87
flow-duration curve for the Nkolokosa River, elaborated using equation (4.24), and on the basis
of the monthly mean discharge data.


Figure 6.9 10-day flow duration curves for Nachipere River (1995-2004)

Drayton et al.(1980:26) suggest that the point on the flow duration curve to be used as a low-
flow index is the 75 percentile 10 day discharge, Q75(10), expressed as a percentage of the
annual daily flow (ADF)
12
. The minimum flow at the ungauged site is 0.051m
3
/s and was
adopted for this study. However, it must be pointed out that the flow duration curve at the
ungauged site was approximated and is valid only insofar as the assumptions hold for this
particular situation. Thus a second approach was required to compare the consistency of the
results.



12
Average daily flow is the long term average rate of run off from the catchment and is expressed in cubic meters
per second.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
88
6.2.2.2 Average Daily Flow/Mean Annual Flow
A more accurate way to calculate the mean annual flow is to use the specific run-off method
proposed by Inversin (1986). Using runoff data provided by the Department of Meteorological
Services, the average daily flow was computed from the relationship between average annual
yield (AAY)
13
and average annual rainfall, given by: ADF = where AREA is the
drainage area in km
2
. Analysis of precipitation data and average annual runoff
14
led to a simple
linear regression model as follows:
AAY = 1.225AAR – 995 (R
2
= 0.735)
A plot of the relationship between average annual yield and rainfall as well as average daily flow
and rainfall are shown in figure 6.10.


Figure 6.10 Relationship between average annual yield and rainfall

13
Average annual yield is the average annual run off volume expressed as a depth in millimeters per year over the
catchment
14
Runoff is the rainfall that actually does enter the stream or river as either surface flow or subsurface flow.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
89
Average annual rainfall (AAR) values are given in the appendix B and shown in figure 6.10.
Substituting the value of 1308.1mm into the above equation resulted in an average daily flow of
0.405m
3
/s. The runoff coefficient was calculated to be 0.46. The flow-duration curve elaborated
using the specific run-off method, is considered more accurate, and is shown in figure 6.11.


Figure 6.11 Flow duration curve at intake on Nachipere River

The curve reveals that 0.05m
3
/s of discharge is available at 95% of the period, 0.217m
3
/s for
75% of the overall period and 0.357m
3
/s for 50% of the overall period. The lean period flow
reveals that a discharge of 0.044m
3
/s is available for 99% of the total duration of the lean period.
This gives an indication that the flow at the proposed site is adequate for hydropower generation.

6.2.3 Flood Flow
Using annual maximum instantaneous flows given in annex J and applying the Log Pearson
Type III Distribution method, the flood discharge at the ungauged site has been calculated and
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
90
presented in table E.10. Figure 6.12 shows the flood frequency analysis at Kautuka and
Nkolokosa. The 100 years return period
15
flood at Nkolokosa was calculated to be 40m
3
/s and
was used for this study to design intake structures to be constructed at the proposed project site.


Figure 6.12 Flood frequency analyses for Nswazi and Nachipere at Kautuka and Nkolokosa

6.2.4 Flow Correlations
Direct correlations of discharge at Nachipere River to Nswazi were not available due to time and
financial limitations. Therefore, the two indirect methods (runoff and catchment-area) were
applied for the hydrological computations. To ascertain the results, direct onsite river flow
measurements were undertaken. The minimum water flow at the proposed site was calculated
based on river section drawings obtained from the river section survey and flows measured using
a flow current meter. Results of the flow measurement are presented in annex D.3 together with

15
Return period is defined as the average interval (in years) between occurrences of a flood greater than or equal to
a given value-it is also the reciprocal of the exceedance probability of a flood in any given year.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
91
the record sheet utilized for the river flow measurement. The actual river flow recorded was
0.387m
3
/s. This compares well with the value of 0.405m
3
/s obtained using the runoff method.
Flow duration curves derived using the drainage area and specific runoff methods gave low flow
values of 0.051m
3
/s and 0.217m
3
/s respectively. These methods yielded substantially different
results because of poor quality of flow data collected at the gauging station. Although the flow
measured in May does not represent the minimum flow through the year, local residents reported
that the river has not dried up in the past. The results however, show that river flow for power
generation should be available in the dry season.

6.2.5 Water Availability
An investigation was made to assess water demand for the local industry, agricultural, and the
local community. Consideration was given to the various possible purposes for this water, such
as irrigation, power generation, and water supply for industrial and domestic use. The primary
purpose of the assessment was to determine the power features of the designed hydro plant such
as flow regulation, firm power, installed capacity and mean annual power output etc. These
indexes reflect the power benefit of the hydro electric plant and the extent of utilisation of the
water resources. Using the computed data of Nachipere River from 1995-2004, a hydrograph
has been drawn and is shown in figure 6.13. Applying the flow duration curve presented in figure
6.11, the following results are obtained:

Minimum discharge : 0.217m
3
/s (75% exceedance probability)
Peak flood discharge : 40m
3
/s (estimated from flood marks)
Irrigation discharge : 0.02m
3
/s (estimated from size of agricultural land available)
16

Residual flow : 0.022m
3
/s (10% of minimum discharge)

The discharge available for hydropower development thus becomes 0.197m
3
/s. Assuming
flushing requirement of 0.020m
3
/s, the hydraulic structures are designed for a discharge of
0.177m
3
/s. Interview with the villagers showed that Nachipere River is at present used for
domestic purposes by few households. However, one kilometre upstream of the proposed power

16
Department of Irrigation intends to establish an irrigation scheme and area to be irrigated is 5 hectares. This is
equivalent to pumping 20 litres per second
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
92
station, there is a small irrigation group which uses water from the same stream. The installation
of the small scale hydropower plant at the proposed site will not affect the demand for water.



Fig 6.13 Hydrograph for Nachipere River at Nkolokosa

6.3 Energy Demand Study
6.3.1 Maximum Power Demand
Energy requirements for Nkolokosa village were estimated based on the desire for electrification
expressed during the socio-economic survey. A summary of the existing electric appliances,
future purchase of appliances and desire for installation is presented in table F.1.An end-use
analysis approach described in section 4.12.2 was used to estimate electricity consumption for
different end-uses in the households. Using equation (4.39) and data from tables F.1 to F.2, the
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
93
power demand for different end-uses were obtained for households
17
, public facilities, groceries
and rural workshops. The numerical value was adjusted using an estimation reduction rate called
a control factor. The results are depicted in tables F.5 to F.9. It is found that the peak demand
was approximately 40.4kW in the daytime and 67.2kW in the night time. The demand for
lighting constitutes 44% of the maximum power required. The maximum power demand of
general consumers is 143.19 kW, public facilities (1.26kW), groceries and shops (0.68kW) and
rural workshops (6.43kW). As shown in table F.10, the maximum power demand for the
Nkolokosa village is presently at about 150 kW.

It was pointed out in section 4.12, that not all households can afford a connection once electricity
is introduced into the rural community. Empirical evidence suggests that the official market
penetration is around 10% per year during the first five years of operation and about 6 %
thereafter (Feibel, 2003: 49). An initial connection rate of 10% which increases to 50% in 20
years, representing a linear increase of 2% per year, is adopted for this study. With this
assumption, the maximum power demand in the village is at 23 kW (in 2007), but increases to
about 65 kW by the year 2027. In view of the fact that the data on ownership of different
household appliances and the effects of increases in appliance penetration on future electricity
demand has not been studied, the results of this study should be taken with care. A more rigorous
analysis could be conducted if data on appliance stock and elasticities were available.

6.3.2 Peak load
The peak load for different household sizes was calculated, with sizes ranging from 20 to 500
households. The average and minimum loads were assumed to be 55% and 30% of the peak load,
respectively. Figure 6.14 shows a plot of energy demand under different household sizes. Given
that the potential at Nkolokosa is about 40 kW, it is evident from this graph that between 100 and
115 households (22%) can access electricity. This is valid insofar as the above assumptions on
peak values holds true.

17
Three types of households with different consumption behaviour are distinguished: poor, near poor and affluent.
In this study the poor constitute 61%, near poor 37.3% and the affluent 1.7%.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
94

Figure 6.14 Power demands under different household sizes


Figure 6.15 Average daily load curves for Nkolokosa Village
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
95
6.3.3 Required Output of Power Station
In order to meet the power demand of 65kW to the community in Nkolokosa, taking into
consideration the distribution loss of 10%, the output of the power station should be set at 72
kW. A flow rate of 0.312m
3
/s would be required. The design flow which matches the site
conditions clearly shows that demand is one and half times the potential. The flow rate of the
river decreases in the dry season, and the power station output will drop to 20.33 kW when the
discharge is 0.088m
3
/s (when the flow rate exceeds 90% of time [328 days] and to approximately
11.55 kW when the discharge is 0.050m
3
/s (when flow rate is 95% of the time [347 days]).
Therefore an approximate load limitation is necessary during the dry season.

6.4 Estimation of future electricity consumption
Electricity consumption depends on appliances ownership, utilisation hours, and power ratings of
each appliance. Household income plays a crucial role as it signifies the possibility of switching
from traditional energy sources to commercial ones such as electricity. However, data on
appliances ownership and utilisation were not available since the village is currently not
electrified. As a consequence, this study carried out a regression analysis using data from the
surveyed households. Household incomes, size and monthly energy expenditure have been
analysed and the results are presented in annex J. The result of the analysis was a model that can
be used to evaluate the daily peak demand, and is represented by the following equation:
Y = -0.0002B
1
+1.744 B
2
- 2.376
where Y represents the daily peak demand ,B
1
is the household income, B
2
is the number of
households in the village and B
3
(=0) is the household size. The result indicates a coefficient of
determination (R
2
) value of 0.673, meaning that 67.3% of the variation in electricity
consumption is explained by the number of appliances used. Thus only the number of appliances
is significant at 95%, and that eliminating income and household size does not significantly
improve the model fit.

Electricity consumption for shops, public facilities and maize mills were added to the regression
equation. The known unitary capacity of a maize mill is 20 kW. A 50% diversity factor
18
was

18
Diversity factor is the ratio of the sum of the individual maximum demands of various parts of a power
distribution system to the maximum demand of the whole system.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
96
also introduced into the model to cater for situations where not all appliances are turned on. The
following modified equation was obtained: Y = (1.7443B
2
- 2.376) x D+2.2B
4
+20B
5
where D: diversity factor (D = 0.5), B
4
is the number of business enterprises,

and B
5
is the
number of maize mills installed in the village.
Forecasted number of households was calculated from the equations given below:
B
2[2012]
= B
2[2007]
x (1 + 0.0127)
5
B
2[2012+n]
= B
2[2012]
x (1 + 0.0127)
n
= B
2[2007]
x (1 + 0.0127)
n+5
where B
2[2007] :
number of households registered

in a mid-year census
B
2[2012] :
number of households in the village in 2012


B
2[2012+n] :
number of households in the village in n years after 2007.
Forecast demand for all households in Nkolokosa village for every five years is given in table
F.10.

6.5 Economic Analysis
This section aims at comparing the economic viability of small-scale hydropower, diesel and
hybrid systems. The analysis was carried out using the life cycle costing approach. This approach
allows systems to be compared on an equal basis by reducing all future costs, which occur at
different intervals of the systems life, to one value referred to as life cycle cost (present value) of
the system. Three cases were examined: construction of small-scale hydropower, installation of
diesel power plant, and installation of diesel/hydro hybrid system. The basic assumptions made
in this study were as shown in table G.1.

6.5.1 Capital costs
Capital costs for the small-scale hydropower plant were calculated and are shown in table
G.2.They include the cost of construction, equipment and accessories, the cost of installation and
transportation. All the construction costs assumptions were developed after reviewing the master
plan for rural electrification in Malawi. Construction costs were estimated by the unit price
method.
19
The quantity of each works was estimated using drawings prepared in the preliminary
design.


19
Cost = work quantity x unit price
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
97
The construction cost is MWK88, 679,714 (including transmission and distribution lines).
Results of the calculations show that with the firm potential of 40kW the capital cost for small
hydro is MWK2, 216, 992.86/kW (US$15,835.66/kW). Table G.3 presents facility specifications
and construction costs for diesel generators and diesel/hydro hybrid systems. For the hybrid
system, the constructed costs calculated for the diesel generator were added to those for hydro.

6.5.2 Annual energy production

According to the results of the survey of power demand the daily load factor was found to be
30% during the day and 55% at night. To calculate the amount of energy generated, it was
assumed that the daily load time in the planned site operates for 11 hours (7.00 am -18.00 pm)
during the day and 6 hours (6.00 pm -12.00 am) at night. With the available capacity and using
the above load factors, the energy delivered was calculated from equation (4.21). The results are
given in table G.4. As seen from the table, the total electric energy generated throughout the year
is 192,337 kWh. The total electricity generated energy in the day time is 124,453 kWh and that
in the night time is 67,884 kWh. Diesel-generated electric energy amounts to 273,600 kWh in
total when electricity that meets the demand shown is supplied throughout the year.

6.5.3 Fixed Annual Operating and Maintenance Costs
Operation and maintenance costs are estimated based on the percentage of investment and staff
allocation. The yearly operation costs after starting operation of the power station were set at
1.5% of the annual capital cost for hydro, 5% for diesel, and 2% in case of the hybrid system.
Given that costs increase with time as the system gets older, an initial value of 1.5% was used in
this study. This was increased every five year interval up to 5.5%. The operating and
maintenance costs are provided in annex J. The O&M costs for diesel power plant are expected
to be higher than hydro due to high costs of imported fuel. The average annual O &M cost is
MK257, 160 per annum and MK 478,750 for hydro and diesel plant, respectively.

6.5.4 Fuel cost
The unit fuel consumption was calculated using the formula given in the master plan as shown
below (DoEA, 2003):
Consumption (litre/hour) = 0.1476 x P
p
,
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
98
where Pp is the installed capacity of the diesel generator. The unit price of fuel (K250/l) was
valid when the study was made.

6.5.5 Unit energy cost
The unit energy cost reflects the cost of electricity and provides a measure for the cost at which a
particular installation would be sold in order to recover the inclusive costs for providing the
electricity service. Results of the life-cycle cost for the three options are presented below. Details
of such calculations are appended in this report. For the hydro option the results are based on
BWG cross flow turbine and generator set, both of which are not available in Malawi, but could
be imported from South Africa. Similarly, for the diesel generator option, this study considers
Cummins or Perkins Engine type also currently available on the Malawi market. Table G.7
provides a summary of the levelised cost of power for the three options.

It is observed that there is a wide variation in levelised cost of rated capacity in the three power
supply options considered. The resulting electricity costs range from MWK7.72- 46.93/kWh for
the hybrid, diesel and hydro. It is evident from the table that with the exception of investment
costs, the hybrid system is cheaper than hydro and diesel supply options. The diesel supply
option though has the lowest investment costs, is the most expensive in terms of unit energy cost.
This is largely due to high fuel costs and relatively low capacity factor. However, the diesel
option meets the demand imposed by all households in the village, whereas the hydro meets
about one fifth.

6.6 Sensitivity Analyses
Equipment prices, construction costs, market interest rate, fuel cost etc change with time and
place of application. Their values directly affect economic viability. This implies that an
economic study conducted for a certain location at a particular time may not be applicable for
another location. To generalise results for different circumstances, the effects of these parameters
were studied. Table G.8. shows the parameters that were varied by certain percentage from the
base case. Results of the sensitivity analyses are presented in figures 6.16 to 6.20
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
99

Figure 6.16 Variation of capital costs with rated capacity of projects


Figure 6.17 Variation of unit cost of electricity with rated capacity
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
100

Figure 6.18 Variation of investment level and interest rate on unit cost of electricity


Figure 6.19 Variation of unit cost of electricity with different plant load factors
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
101

Figure 6.20 Variation of annual operating hours and maintenance on cost of electricity


Figure 6.21 Variation of unit cost of electricity with discount rate for different load factors
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
102

Figure 6.22 Sensitivity analysis of IRR with load factors for different discount rates

According to the calculation results shown in figure 6.16, a strong relation between capital
investment and rated capacity of project is observed. As expected, an increase in capital cost
increases significantly with the capacity. The capital costs are estimated to vary from
MWK69.5million (US$495,896) to MWK146 million (US$1,046,020) for installed capacities of
20 kW and 100 kW, respectively. Based on the above capital cost, the specific costs per kW are
estimated to range from MWK1.46 (US$10,460) to MWK3.47 (US$24,795). The values are
relatively higher as compared to US$1136 to US$5630, reported by Khennas and Barnett
(2000).The huge variation is attributed to differences in hydrological, geological and
topographical conditions for sites chosen in this study. The investment is not viable if the
investment costs decreases by the value of 50%.

Figure 6.17 shows the sensitivity of the unit cost of electricity to rated capacity of the
hydropower plant. It can be seen that there is a strong correlation between these two factors
resulting in a highly linear reduction of the unit cost with increasing capacity. This is can be
attributed to higher capital costs (i.e. civil construction costs and transmission costs) which
largely depend on the capacity of the hydro plant. These costs in turn, are affected by location
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
103
and nature of a site, as well as the construction methods and specifications. It is evident from
figure 6.17 that construction costs play a significant part in determining the final economic
viability of a small-scale hydropower plant.

A sensitivity analysis of plant load factor from 10% to 90% has been calculated and the results
are shown in figure 6.19. The variations in the unit cost of electricity for projects rated between
5kW and 100 kW were calculated and shown in the same figure. The results show that for a
given project, the unit cost of electricity is strongly influenced by the plant load factor. The cost
per kWh for various load factors shows reduction in cost from MWK1326.07 (US$9.47) to
MWK6.63 (US$0.05) for load factors between 10% and 90%. For a load factor of 30% the cost
per kWh is estimated to be in the range of MWK22.10 (US$0.16) to MWK 441.99 (US$3.16) for
capacities of 20 -100kWh. As is evident from figure 6.20, the unit cost of electricity is
considerably higher for small size projects than large ones. The same is true for lower the plant
load factors. This implies that high loading of small-scale hydropower plants would in significant
terms, increase economic viability.

The effect of variation in the discount rates on the unit cost of electricity has also been examined
and the results are shown in figure 6.21. As expected, the unit cost of electricity reduces
significantly with increasing discount rates and plant load factors. For example, the unit cost of
electricity for a 40 kW small-scale hydropower plant varies from MWK39.63/kWh to
MWK104.73/kWh (mean value MWK66.64) for a discount rate of 2%. It ranges from
MWK35.03/kWh to MWK92.58/kWh (mean value MWK58.91) and MWK32.63/kWh to
MWK86.23/kWh (mean value MWK58.91) for discount rates of 6% and 12%, respectively. The
results of this study show that the unit cost reduces from MWK39.63/kWh to MWK32.26/kWh
for a plant load factor of 50%. Similarly, it decreases from MWK52.37/kWh to MWK42.62/kWh
and MWK85.25/kWh to MWK1042.73/kWh for load factors of 40% and 20%, respectively. The
sensitivity analysis provides clear evidence that discount rates and plant load factor are crucial
parameters that could affect the viability of a small-scale hydropower scheme.

A sensitivity analysis of the internal rate of return (IRR) with plant load factors from 20% to
50% has been calculated and the results are shown in figure 6.22. As can be seen from this
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
104
figure, the IRR values decrease with increasing discount rates. For plant load factors (20% to
50%) and at a discount rate of 2%, the IRR ranges from 14.62% to 15.63%. Ranges of 5.16%-
5.96% and 2.55% - 3.34% have been found for discount rates of 8% and 12%, respectively.
According to the results obtained, the selected discount rate is 8% which gives the IRR value of
5.98% and benefit-cost ratio of 6.25. The net present value was calculated to be MWK4,
490,389.08 (US$32,074) and corresponds to a payback period of 11 years. The analysis
demonstrates that parameters such as IRR, plant load factors and discount rates are crucial to the
financial viability of small-scale hydropower projects. Plant load factors and IRR values greater
than 30% and 5% could bring positive returns on SHP investments.

6.7 Green house gas emissions (GHG)
Green house gases emitted through use of existing energy sources were calculated using the 1996
IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventory. The following formula was used for
estimating the emissions:
E (tCO
2
/year) = ∑Fuel consumption (TJ) x Carbon Emission Factor - Carbon stored x Fraction
of Carbon Oxidized x
12
44
. (Equation 6.5)

6.7.1 CO
2
Emissions
Using equation (6.5) and data from tables E.3 and H.1, emissions generated from burning
paraffin and biomass fuels have been calculated and presented in table H.2. The results show that
the household sector in Nkolokosa emits 45 Gg of CO
2
per year. Use of paraffin accounts for
44.80 GgCO
2
emissions, firewood (876.26 GgCO
2
), and charcoal (683.41GgCO
2
). Apart from
CO
2
emissions, the use of biomass as well as fossil fuel products like paraffin also produces
significant amount of other green house gases. It has to be noted however, that the IPCC
methodology assumes zero CO
2
emissions

from biomass fuel since CO
2
is re-absorbed during
plant growth. Thus the computations have been undertaken just for completeness.

6.7.2 Non- CO
2
Emissions
Figure 6.22 shows the estimated non-CO
2
emissions by source categories. As shown in the graph
carbon monoxide (108 Gg) represents the largest non-CO
2
gases emitted by the sector. Estimated
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
105
quantities for other gases are as follows: methane (5.0 Gg), nitrous oxides (2 Gg) and non-
methane volatile organic compounds (7Gg). Values for sulphur oxides (SO) and nitric oxides
(N
2
O) are negligible and are registered as zero. These are significantly low since their emission
invariably depends on the types of fuels and technologies, and perhaps existing pollution control
policies.

Figure 6.23 Estimated non-CO
2
emissions by source categories

6.7.3 Emission reductions
The substitution of paraffin and biomass fuels with small-scale hydropower would reduce air
pollution and help mitigate global warming by CO
2
reduction. To estimate the potential
reductions in CO
2
emissions, this study calculated baseline emissions using ESCOM’s current
generation mix data presented in table H.4. Rules specified in Type I (renewable energy projects)
of the United Nations Framework Convention for Climate Change (UNFCCC) recommend
application of one of the following options to calculate the emission coefficient
(http://unfccc.int/cdm/ssc.htm):
(a) The average of the approximate operating margin
20
and the build margin
21
;

20
The average of the approximate operating margin is the weighted average (in kg CO
2
eq./kWh) of all generating
sources serving the system, excluding hydro, geothermal, wind, low-cost biomass, nuclear, and solar generation.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
106
(b) The weighted average emission (in kg CO
2
/kWh) of the current generation mix.
The average was calculated by dividing total CO
2
from every power generation source by the
total generated output. The average GHG emissions were computed from using equation (6.5)
and emission coefficients for each fuel given in table H.3. Based on results of this study, the
installed capacity will be 40 kW and the plant operating capacity (load factor) is 50%. The
project has an annual generation of 192,337 kWh per year, calculated using equation (4.20). The
baseline emissions are computed as shown below.

[3.276 (TJ/yr) x 20.2 (tons C/TJ) x 0.99 x 44/12] + [1.404 (TJ/yr) x 15.3 (tons C/TJ) x 0.995 x
44/12] = 319 kt CO
2
/year

Dividing this figure by the total generated output of [(319 kt CO
2
/year)/1032.4 GWh/year] gives
an emission rate of 0.31 tons CO
2
/MWh (or 0.31kgCO
2
/kWh). This shows that about 0.31 kg of
CO
2
was produced per generated kilowatt-hour in 1999 in Malawi.Therefore; about 59.62 tons of
CO
2
could be avoided annually. Projections of emission reductions in tons of CO
2
equivalent are
summarized in table H.5. The cumulative emission reductions are expected to be about
12,520.20 tCO
2
eq. in 2027.

6.8 Scenario analysis
Scenario analysis was adopted in this study in order to assess energy-economic and
environmental implications of utilising small-scale hydropower in the study area. Two scenarios
for the household sector namely, a business as usual (BAU) and basic electricity for pro-poor
(BEPP), covering the period from 2007 to 2027, were developed.

6.8.1 Business as Usual (BAU)
6.8.1.1 Final energy demand
This scenario assumes that energy intensity for the current sources of energy remains the same
for each end-use. The demand is largely driven by population, household size, population
growth, and energy resource availability. Average population growth rate was taken to be 0.6%

21
The build margin is the weighted average emissions (in kg CO
2
eq. /kWh) of recent capacity additions to the
system, which capacity additions are defined as the greater (in MWh) of the most 20% of the existing plants.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
107
(NSO, 1998). The number of occupants per household was assumed constant through the
forecast period. Using equation (6.4) and some input data from tables E.3 and E.4, the final
energy demand has been estimated and presented in table H.7. The results are depicted in figure
6.23.

Figure 6.24 Final energy demand by source

It is found that the total energy demand increases from 1622.8 GJ in 2007 to 2423.4 GJ in 2027,
corresponding to an annual increase of 1.96%. Firewood and charcoal consumption, which
represents 97% of the total energy consumption in the village, is expected to increase to 1130.4
GJ (65 tons) and 1211.5 GJ (25 tons) respectively (table H.7). Paraffin use contributes 3% of the
energy supply mix. Its consumption increases from 58 GJ in 2007 to 75.9GJ (1.4 tons). The
contribution of candles and batteries is insignificant.

6.8.1.2 Emissions
As shown in figure 6.23, an increase in emission levels is expected for the entire energy sector.
CO
2
emissions caused by the use of paraffin for cooking and lighting are expected to increase
from 45 Gg of CO
2
in 2007 and 50.7 Gg of CO
2
in 2027. The cumulative emissions for the study
period are estimated to about 1004 Gg of CO
2
.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
108


Figure 6.25 Estimated emissions under the business as usual scenario

6.8.2 Basic Electricity for Pro-poor (BEPP)
This scenario assumes a deliberate policy that aims at supplying basic electricity for rural areas.
Electricity consumption for the village depends on population, household size and population
growth (Feibel, 2003:46-47). The main parameters used are market penetration, average base
consumption, average growth rates, or peak factor. These are given in table H.6. Average
population growth rate was taken to be 0.6% (NSO, 1998). The number of occupants per
household was assumed constant throughout the forecast period. It was further assumed that the
initial connection rate would be 10% and this increases to 50% in 20 years, representing a linear
increase of 2% per year. Using Nepal micro hydro utilities as the model (Feibel, 2003) three
levels of connections hereinafter taken as scenario options were applied. BEPP1 limits loads up
to 14 W CFL for lighting (50kWh/year), BEPP2 includes the use of 14 W CFL bulb and radio
(80kWh/year). BEPP3 caters for 100 W loads (200kWh/year) and this connection will be
equipped with load control time switches to disconnect power during peak times.

6.8.2.1 Final electricity demand
Applying equation (6.6) and using data from table H.6, the total electricity consumption has been
calculated and shown in figure 6.25. The results show that implementing BEPP1 and BEPP2
scenarios, would lead to significant increase in the final electricity demand from 3.6 GJ in 2007
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
109
to 28.3 GJ in 2027. In the BEPP3 scenario, electricity demand increases from 5.8GJ to 43.8 GJ
during the forecast period. It is found that electricity meets between 1.2% and 1.8% of the final
energy demand (for BEPP1 and BEPP3 respectively). One possible explanation of the scenario
results is the limitation in the size of the load connected. Electricity is largely used for lighting
purposes and its impact on consumption levels is however, significant.


Figure 6.26 Final electricity demand for Nkolokosa

The policy measures are likely to reduce the consumption of paraffin. In the case of the BEPP1
scenario, paraffin consumption decreases from 93.79% in 2007 to 62.71% in 2007. In the BEPP2
scenario, electricity substitutes about 7.07% of paraffin consumption in 2007 and this grows to
37.42% at the end of the period. Similarly in the BEPP3 scenario, paraffin consumption
decreases from 90% in 2007 to 42.29% in 2027. It was difficult to estimate the useful energy
demand for productive purposes since the study could not establish the kind of business
enterprises to be established with such kind of load limitations and how fast these will penetrate.
Nevertheless, the results suggest that the higher the numbers connected, the higher the fuel
substitution will be.



Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
110
6.8.2.2 Reduction of GHG and other pollutants
Figure 6.25 gives a very useful comparison of emission reductions in Nkolokosa over a period of
over 20 years. Details are presented in table H.9. As the forecast shows, the largest impacts on
emission levels due to the proposed scenarios are expected to occur for CO
2
and CO emissions.

Figure 6.27a CO
2
emissions(Gg) Figure 6.27b CH
4
emissions(Gg)


Figure 6.27c NOx emissions (Gg) Figure 6.27d CO emissions (Gg)


Figure 6.27e NMVOC emissions (Gg)
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
111
Based on the calculation, CO
2
emissions will be reduced from 45 Gg in 2007 to 39.9 Gg in 2027.
Similarly, CO emissions will be reduced from 108 Gg to 95.8 Gg. Total green house gas
emissions are expected to decrease by around 11.3% for the BEPP scenarios, in comparison to
the base case. This value is considerably low given that the reductions occur over 20 years. This
is because the calculations were based on carbon emission rate of 0.31 kg CO2eq/kWh against
the default IPCC value of 0.9 kg CO2 eq/kWh derived from diesel generation (UNFCCC, 2003).
Although emission reductions is relatively low, this should be viewed as a positive impact since
the policy demonstrates significant potential to contribute to the emission reductions of green
house gases and other pollutants.

6.9 Installed capacity and number of households
Figure 6.26 shows the relationship between the installed capacity and the number of households
connected under different scenarios. As can be seen from figure 6.26, about 276 people (52
households) are expected to receive electric connection in 2007 and 1555 people (294
households) in 2027. In the BEPP1 scenario, a 5 kW system is required in 2007 and this grows to
39 kW at the end of the period. With 10% reserve margin, an estimated 1074 people will be
connected. Similar results are expected in the BEPP2 scenario. For BEPP3, an 8 kW system is
required at the beginning but requires an installed capacity of 60 kW if the same number of
people as BEPP1 and BEPP2 are to be connected.

Analysis of the results shows that 1kW would supply electricity to 8 households. Increasing the
subscription rate to 100 W per household would require 216kWh/year. For cooking, at least at
the rate of 2 hours per day with one 1000 W cooking appliance, about 720 kWh/year is needed.
For Nkolokosa village with a site potential of 40 kW, either BEPP 1 or BEPP 2 can meet the
electricity demand.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussions
112

Figure 6.28 System capacity and number of households connected under BEPP scenarios

6.10 Electrification rates
Using the available data, as shown in table A.6 and applying (equation 6.6), the potential to
increase the electrification level in Malawi has been determined and the results are presented in
table H.10. The results show that with an average subscription rate of 60 W per household
(85kWh/year), about 43,385 households will be connected. This represents about 1.9% of total
households in Malawi. Taking an average household size of 5.3, about 230,000 people (2.3%)
could be served with electricity. According to the results of this study access to electricity in
rural areas would increase from 0.8% (DoEA, 2003) to 2.7%. It has to be noted that the
installation of small-scale hydropower schemes is envisaged to utilize electricity for lighting,
entertainment and communication equipment like televisions and radios.

It is found that schemes with installed capacity of up to 100 kW would generate 1.2 GWh,
serving about 3283 households (0.13%) or 15,831 people (0.16%) which at national level are
insignificant. However, for villagers surrounding the hydropower plants and considering the
benefits expected from such basic electricity, this potential cannot be casually dismissed.
Conclusions and Recommendations
113
CHAPTER 7
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS



7.1 Summary of principle findings
This study has investigated the potential for utilizing small-scale hydropower for rural
electrification schemes in Malawi. It has examined three case studies to test the first hypothesis
that “small-scale hydropower schemes in areas with potential could play a significant role in
meeting the energy needs of rural areas.” Small-scale hydropower is found to be suitable for
enhancing the quality of life for rural people in numerous ways. Firstly, it provides a wide range
of services such as improved lighting, more entertainment and communication options and
operation of a range of appliances. Secondly, small-scale hydropower reduces environmental
pollution through replacement of paraffin lamps and other cooking fuels. Thirdly, it supports
rural enterprises, workshops, schools, clinics and production centres. These services are of great
importance to the people in need of such services, and should therefore be given due
consideration in energy planning.

Small-scale hydropower could play a key role in lowering wood fuel consumption, and
consequently reducing deforestation. However, the impact of electricity on wood fuel
consumption will depend largely on household incomes and relative fuel prices. The findings of
this study confirm that electricity would be used mainly for lighting and entertainment. It is
found that households with higher incomes are likely to shift from using traditional fuels to
electricity. A key conclusion from this is that household income drives the transition from the
use of traditional fuels to electricity. Therefore, supplying small-scale hydroelectricity to rural
areas will not replace wood fuel for cooking. It should be seen as a necessary but not sufficient
condition for reducing deforestation.

The study has identified critical issues for successful rural electrification programmes. Key
elements include strong government support in terms of policies, regulation and subsidies. The
removal of the affordability barrier on upfront costs (on connection fees), policies on monthly
Conclusions and Recommendations
114
tariffs and targeted subsidies are important strategies to ensure that poor households have access
to electricity. Government has a major role to play in mobilizing resources and encouraging
private sector investment in small-scale hydropower development.

The case studies have shown that a decentralized approach and local participation in all stages of
projects is central to achieving success. Involving the community with formation of community
committees and cooperatives who are pro-active in all stages can help reduce costs as well as
provide better services. The study concludes that effective policies and measures lead to
successful rural electrification. Validation studies are necessary before adopting these policies to
suit Malawi’s economic conditions and where necessary adjustments made.

A survey of 118 households in Nkolokosa village has shown that all households use firewood for
cooking and water heating. The average consumption per household per month for cooking
varies from 95.424 to 133.33kg (mean value 110.27 kg). Analysis of other sources of energy
shows that paraffin is used for lighting (95.76%) and cooking (23%). Paraffin consumption per
household per month for cooking varies from 1.232 to 3.585 litres (mean value 2.3litres) and for
lighting varies from 0.69 to 0.998 litres (mean value 0.93litres). Similarly, 12.7% of the
households use charcoal for cooking and the average consumption per household per month
varies from 31.667 to 66.667 kg (mean value 43.14 kg). This is equivalent to 320kWh/month
(3840kWh/year) of electricity. Based on the calculations of fuel consumption, the total firewood
required in the village works out to be 605 tonnes/year. Charcoal demand for cooking is about
236.6 tonnes/year and paraffin demand for cooking and lighting is about 17.8 kilolitres per year.

A testable hypothesis posed at the beginning of this chapter is that “small- scale hydro schemes
can contribute to reduction in environmental degradation.” In testing this hypothesis, the energy
consumption for the village and emission of greenhouse gases and their reduction have been
estimated for a period of 20 years. Results of the study have shown that the household sector
consumes 1622.8GJ per annum. This increases to 2423.6 GJ in 2027 corresponding to a 1.96%
annual growth rate. Paraffin use accounts for 3% of total energy supply. Currently, the village
emits 45 Gg of CO
2
per year. It further releases about 108 Gg of carbon monoxide into the
environment, 5 Gg methane, 2 Gg nitrous oxides and 7 Gg non-methane volatile organic
Conclusions and Recommendations
115
compounds. CO
2
emissions will grow to 50.7 Gg in 2027. The study has found that a policy
measure such as “basic electricity for the pro-poor” could reduce the emission of various
pollutants. For example, supplying the community would reduce CO
2
emissions from 45 Gg in
2007 to 39.9 Gg in 2027. Compared to the base case, the proposed policy measure could reduce
the total green house gas emissions by 11.3% over a period of 20 years. Although the reduction
is relatively low, this should still be viewed as positive, considering the low carbon emission rate
used for this study. To that extent, the results of this study should be taken with care. A more
rigorous analysis of greenhouse gas emissions could produce accurate figures if a detailed energy
survey were conducted.

More importantly, the study has found that installing a 40 kW small-scale hydropower plant in
the village would result in an annual reduction of 59.62 tons CO
2
, using an emission factor of
0.31 ton CO
2
eq/MWh derived from ESCOM’s current generation mix in 1999. Total cumulative
emission reductions for the period 2007 to 2027 are expected to be 12,520 tons CO
2
equivalent.
At national level, the results indicate that about 97,931.1 tons CO2 eq/year could be avoided
entering into the local atmosphere. It can thus be concluded that small scale hydropower has
potential to reduce fuel demand in the household sector, and consequently green house gases.

Analysis of the household energy demand indicated that electricity would be used mainly for
lighting. All surveyed households expressed the desire to use electricity for lighting and
entertainment. Approximately 24.6% of the households, mainly from the middle to affluent
income groups might use it for cooking, and 11.9% for maize mills. However, this depends on
the power output of the scheme. And the Nkolokosa scheme is not large enough to supply
electricity for cooking.

Results of the study have shown that developing a firm potential of 5.9 MW and pursuing the
basic electricity for pro-poor scenario (85kWh/year) would enable 43,385 households (1.9%) to
receive an electricity connection. About 230,000 people (2.3%) would have access to electricity.
However, the study has found that if schemes with an installed capacity of less than 100 kW are
considered, only 3283 (0.13%) or 15,831 people would benefit. But based on one of study
Conclusions and Recommendations
116
hypotheses, small-scale hydropower would increase the national electrification coverage by
2.3%.

However, investing in small-scale hydropower presents commercial and technical risks.
Commercial risks such as lack of appropriate collateral to secure bank loans, competition from
cheap biomass fuels as well as grid electricity are obstacles to be considered. Additionally,
importation of spare parts for generators and turbine parts is a barrier that might increase costs.
Increase in the rate of deforestation in river basins might affect the hydrology of the rivers
considered for small-scale power generation. Nevertheless, the potential rewards such as green
house gas mitigation, and empowerment of rural people, necessitates investment in small-scale
hydropower.

This study has calculated the total capital costs for different capacities ranging from 20 to 100
kW. The range of capital costs to develop a small-scale hydropower fall within
MWK1.46million/kW (US$10460/kW) to MWK3.47million/kW (US$24795/kW). The median
is MWK2.4million/kW (US$16975/kW) and this value represents the average capital cost per
kW installed. The variability in specific site requirements leads to the differences in costs. These
values are prohibitively higher as compared toUS$1000-US$3000/kW reported in Paish (2002).
This makes the technology to be uncompetitive if compared with conventional energy sources,
and necessitates the use of government subsidies.

A key observation made from the sensitivity analysis is that the cost per unit of rated capacity
decreases with increasing capacity. Based on the capital costs of US$16975/kW, for small-scale
hydropower, the installation of a 40 kW scheme in Nkolokosa necessitates US$679,000
(MWK95million). The break-even unit electricity cost has been determined using cash flow
projections, with an 8% discount rate and zero NPV. It has been found that to achieve an internal
rate of return of 5.98%, considering an interest rate value of 15% (assuming inflation stabilises at
7%), the unit cost of electricity should be sold at an average of MWK44.80/kWh
(US$0.32/kWh). Reported costs for produced electricity vary as low as US$0.025/kWh
(Inversin, 1986) to US$0.12/kWh (Jiandong, 2003).
Conclusions and Recommendations
117
For a plant load factor of 30% and useful life of 20 years, the break even unit cost of electricity
has been estimated at MWK59.73/kWh (US$0.43/kWh). The analysis indicates that projects with
plant load factors below 30% would not be viable. The study demonstrates that rated capacity,
investment level, interest rate, discount rates, plant load factors, annual operating hours as well
as maintenance have a major effect on the unit cost of electricity. Increasing any of these
parameters decreases the unit cost of electricity.

A preliminary economic analysis of the cost of supplying power to the village has been
presented. The study results indicate that small-scale hydropower would be a favourable option.
The specific construction cost per kW is MWK 2,216,992.86 (US$15,835.66). The net present
value was found to be MWK 4,490,389.08 with an 8% discount rate, and the economic rate of
return (EIRR) was 5.98%. The benefit cost ratio was 6.25. The break- even tariff is MWK 44.80
per kWh. The average willingness to pay is MWK 5.58/kWh. In order to make this project
viable, a subsidy of MWK39.22/kWh would be required. Despite this analysis, this study clearly
indicates that the project is economically viable and should be implemented. However, there
appear little evidence to support the hypothesis that small-scale hydropower is going to have a
huge impact on meeting the energy needs of rural people or rather, increasing the electrification
levels in Malawi, but it has a part to play in contributing to renewable energy targets and for this
reason should not be ignored.

7.2 Recommendations
This study has highlighted the need for Malawi to adopt rural electrification as a key policy of
government as it can improve the living standards of the people and reduce poverty by the
creation of new income sources in rural areas. It is clear that the utilization of small-scale
hydropower can provide a viable source of energy to increase the electrification levels in
Malawi. However, small-scale hydropower will only be able to fulfill this role if certain policy
and other issues are addressed before implementation of projects. As a result, this study has
made a number of recommendations, a summary of which is provided below:

(a) There is need to review the existing policy, legislation and regulatory framework in the
energy sector. It is suggested that the government should create a separate and
Conclusions and Recommendations
118
comprehensive pro-poor energy policy. This policy should focus on providing small-scale
hydroelectricity to rural households;

(b) It is proposed to launch the national energy programme for small-scale hydropower
development. However, there is need to constitute a separate rural electrification agency
whose mandate will be to facilitate small-scale hydropower development as well as
systematic investigation of its potential. The agency should be empowered to manage pro-
poor funds, use district development funds or constituency funds, where necessary.
Furthermore, this agency should be given the task of mobilizing resources from both local
and international donors for the development of small-scale hydropower.


(c) There is clearly a need for government to organize measurement of hydro-meteorological
parameters as well as the development of pre-project documents which will form a basis for
potential investors to make informed decisions on construction of small-scale hydropower
schemes on specific locations.

(d) The study has made it clear that the capital investment for smaller size projects are
prohibitively high for investors, low-interest would be significant incentives for private
investors. This could be achieved through tax and subsidies on interest rates for companies
that initiate projects. At household level, there is need for subsidies on connection fees as
well as monthly electricity tariffs;


(e) There is need to develop standards and guidelines for planning, design and construction
supervision of small-scale hydropower projects. This will ensure quality of construction at
low cost. There is also need to promote public private partnerships as well as encourage
private sector participation, non governmental organizations, financing institutions in small-
scale pro-poor electrification.

Conclusions and Recommendations
119
Areas of further research and development work have been identified which requires funding to
address the following areas:

(a) Carry out a more exhaustive feasibility studies to re-evaluate the previous studies and
establish the available potential and cost to develop these sites;
(b) Assess the potential of building small-scale hydropower plants at the existing canals and
irrigation schemes;
(c) Design and manufacture of low –cost turbines.

Finally, readers are reminded that the results of this study are merely indicative, and therefore
should be taken with caution. The study has reported results based on data available and used in
the preparation of the master plan study for rural electrification in Malawi. The data reported is
more conservative as the criteria used in the selection of sites rejected those with stream flows
less than 0.05 m
3
/s and 5 kW installed capacity (even where an on site demand existed), and 5
km from the existing grid connections. There is need to do more detailed hydrological,
topographical and geological studies at each candidate site. A more rigorous analysis of energy
consumption and future demand would be useful.

The spreadsheets model used in this study could give a better graphic interface if coded in Visual
Basic or Matlab. Further work is required to improve the interface. The hydrological data
analysis could be linked to the economic so that the complete site assessment can be made in one
program.

References
120
REFERENCES



Acreman, M.C. & Sinclair, C.D. Classification of drainage basins according to their physical
characteristics; an application for flood frequency analysis in Scotland. Journal of
Hydrology. 1986(84): 365-380.
AFREPREN. (2002). Africa Energy Data and Terminology Handbook. Africa Energy Policy
Research Network, Nairobi, Kenya.
Alfstad, T.(2005). Development of a least cost energy supply model for the SADC region, MSc
Dissertation, University of Cape Town.
Allderdice, A. & Rodgers, J.H. 2000. Renewable Energy for Microenterprise, National
Renewable Energy Laboratory.
Arpaillange, J. (1996). Urban Household Energy Demand Side Strategy, Analysis of the survey
findings. Report prepared for Ministry of Energy and Mining, Malawi
Banerjee, R. Comparison of options for distributed generation in India, Energy Policy
2006(34):101-111
Banks,D.I.& Gondwe, K.J.(2005). Barrier Removal to Renewable Energy in Malawi. Mid-Term
Review Report prepared for UNDP-Malawi
Barkat.2004. Bangladesh Rural Electrification Program: A Success story of Poverty Reduction
through Electricity, Paper presented at the 32
nd
Session of the International Seminar on
Planetary Emergencies, 19-24 August 2004.Erice, Italy.
Barnes, D.F. & Floor, W.M. Rural energy in developing countries: A challenge for Economic
Development. Ann. Rev. Energy. Environ. 1996(21): 497-530
Barnes, D.F. & Waddle D, Power Sector Reform and the Rural Poor in Central America.
ESMAP/World Bank, December 2004
Barnes, D.F.1988. Electric power for rural growth; how electricity affects rural life in developing
countries. Boulder 1988.
Barnes, D.G. & Foley, G., Rural Electrification in the Developing World: A summary of lessons
from successful programs, World Bank, Washington D.C., USA
Begamudre, R.D. Energy Conversion Systems. New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers,
New Delhi, India, ISBN: 81-224-1266-1, 2000.
References
121
BHA .(2005). A Guide to UK Mini-Hydro Developments. British Hydropower Association
Boyle, G. (2004). Renewable Energy: Power for a Sustainable Future. 2
nd
edition, Oxford
University Press, USA, ISBN: 0199261784
Bruce, N., Perez, P.R &Albalak, R. The health effects of indoor air pollution exposure in
developing countries. World Health Organisation, Geneva. [Online]. Available:
http://www.who.int/entity/heli/risks/indoorair/indoorair/en/ [2007, May 31].
Burn D.H., & Boorman, D.B. Estimation of hydrological parameters at ungauged catchments.
Journal of Hydrology.1993 (143): 429-454
Cabraal, R.A., Barnes, D.F., & Agarwall, S.G., Productive Uses of energy for rural development.
Annu.Rev.Environ. Resource. 30(2005):117-44.
Cecelski, E. Enabling Equitable Access to Rural Electrification: Current Thinking on Energy,
Poverty and Gender. A Report for the World Bank, by the Institute of Development
Studies, University of Sussex, United Kingdom.
Chaurey, A., Ranganathan, & Mohanty, P. Electricity access for geographically disadvantaged
rural communities-technology and policy insights. Energy Policy. 2004(32):1693-705.
Chima, T. (1998). In: Study on Assessment of Alternative Energy Resources in Malawi,
Consultancy Report, Prepared for Department of Energy Affairs and Danish Aid for
International Development Assistance
Chullakesa, C., Energy needs in Rural Development: The Case for Mini-Hydropower.
Proceedings of a Workshop on Small-Scale Hydropower Technology Applications in
Asian Rural Settings. 8-12 June 1981, Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok,
Thailand.
Conteh, M.A. (2003). Power Generation and Its Impact on Electricity Tariff: A Case Study of
Sierra Leone, MSc thesis, University of Cape Town
Dandekar, M.M.& Sharma, K.N. Water Power Engineering, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd,
New Delhi, India, ISBN: 0-7069-0700-0
Davis, M. & Horvei T. (1995). Handbook for the economic analysis of energy projects, Energy
for Development Research Centre, University of Cape Town.
Davis, M. Rural household energy consumption- the effects of access to electricity- evidence
from South Africa, Energy Policy .1998(26): 207-217
References
122
DFID .(2002). Energy for the Poor: Underpinning the Millenium Development Goals,
Department for International Development, Glasgow, United Kingdom.[Online].
Available: http://www.dfid.gov.uk/pubs/files/energyforthepoor.pdf [2007, March 15].
DoEA. (2003). Master plan study on Rural Electrification in Malawi-Technical Background
Report, Department of Energy Affairs, Lilongwe, Malawi, March 2003.
DoEA. (2006). Promotion of Alternative Energy Sources Project, Project Document, Department
of Energy Affairs, Lilongwe, Malawi.
Drayton R.S., Kidd C.H.R., Mandeville A.N., & Miller J.B.(1980). A regional analysis of river
floods and low flows in Malawi. Report No.72, Institute of Hydrology, Wallingford,
United Kingdom.
ERI. (2005). Renewable Energy Options in improving the life of Western Rural Poor Population
in China. Final report prepared for Global Network on Energy for Sustainable
Development.
ESCAP. (2005). Energy Services for Sustainable Development in Rural Areas in Asia and
Pacific: Policy and Practice. Energy Resources Development Series No. 40, United
Nations, New York
ESHA. (2004). Guide on How to Develop a Small Hydropower Plant, Part 1. European Small
Hydropower Association. Brussels, Belgium.
FAO. (2006). Energy and Gender Issues in Rural Sustainable Development, Rome
Feibel, H.(2003). An Inter Disciplinary Approach to the Dissemination of Mini and Micro
Hydropower- the Case of Ethiopia, PhD thesis, Darmstadt University of Technology,
Germany.
Fennessey, N., and Vogel R.M. (1990). Regional Flow Duration Curves for Ungauged Sites in
Massachusetts. J. Wat. Resource.Plan.Mang. ASCE 116(4):530-549
Flynn, R. (2003). Development of Regression Equations to Estimate Flow Durations and Low
Flow Frequency Statistics in New Hampshire Streams, US Geological Survey- Water
Resources Investigations Report 02-4298, Pembroke, USA
Foley, G. Rural Electrification in Mozambique, Tanzania, Zambia and Zimbabwe- Synthesis
Report for SEI/BUN Workshop on Rural Electrification. Stockholm Environmental
Institute, Sweden
References
123
Foley, G. (1995). Photovoltaic Applications in Rural Areas of the Developing World. World
Bank Technical Paper No. 304, Energy Series, Washington DC; USA
Gall, M.D., Borg W.R., and Gall J.P. (2003). Education research: An introduction, Part IV-
Quantitative Research Design, White Plain, Longman Publishers, New York
Gaunt, C.T. Electrification Technology and Process to meet Economic and Social Objectives in
Southern Africa, PhD thesis, University of Cape Town, 2003.
Gosh, D., Shukla, P.R., Garg, A., & Ramana, P.V. Renewable energy technologies for the
Indian power sector: mitigation potential and operational strategies. Renewable and
Sustainable Energy Reviews 2002(6): 481-512
GNESD. (2006). Regional Workshops on Electricity and Development in Africa, Asia and Latin
America. Consolidated Report. Global Network on Energy for Sustainable Development,
2006:4.
Gondwe K.J., & Chipofya V.H.(2000). Potential for electricity generation from biowastes: a
case study for Malawi. World Renewable Energy Congress VI. 2000:2437-2440
Gustard A., Bullock A., & Dixon J.M. 1992. Low Flow Estimation in the UK, Report No. 108.
Institute of Hydrology, Wallingford, UK
Harvey A., Brown A., Hettiarachi P., and Inversin, A Micro-Hydro Design Manual, A Guide to
Small-Scale Water Power Schemes, Intermediate Technology Publications, Southampton,
London, UK, ISBN: 1 85339 103 4
Heltberg, R. Fuel Switching: Evidence from Eight Developing Countries. Energy Economics
2004(26): 869-887.
Hicks, C. Small hydropower in China- A new record in world hydropower, Refocus. 2004; 6
(5):36-40
Holmes, M.G.R., Young A.R., Gustard A., & Grew R. (2002). A region of influence approach to
predicting flow duration curves within ungauged catchments. Hydrology and Earth
System Sciences. 6(4):721-731
Hosking J.R.M, & Wallis, J.R., (1993). Some statistics useful in regional frequency analysis.
Wat. Resour. Res. 29(6), 1745-1752
Hosseini S.M.H., Forouzbakhsh F, & Rahimpoor M. Determination of the Optimal Installation
Capacity of Small Hydropower plants through the use of technical, economic and
reliability indices. Energy Policy 33(2005):1948-1956
References
124
HRC. A Survey of small hydropower development in China, Hangzhou Regional Center (Asia-
Pacific) for Small Hydro Power.[Online]. Available: http://www.inshp.org

http://www.undp.org/wssd/wehab.html
IDS. (2001). Energy, Poverty and Gender in Rural China, Draft Final Report for the World
Bank, by the Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, United Kingdom
IEA. (2002). Energy and Poverty. In: World Energy Outlook 2002, International Energy Agency,
and Paris
IEA. Small-Hydro Atlas: Malawi, Small- Hydro Task Force for International Energy Agency.
[Online].Available: http://www.small-hydro.com [2007, March 10].
IEEA.(2005). Setting the enabling framework for accelerated delivery and improved access to
energy services for the poor in Southern Africa. Intelligent Energy Executing Agency,
Practical Action, Warwickshire, United Kingdom. [Online].Available:
http://www.practicalaction [2007, January 10].
IH. (1980). Low flow studies. Research Report No.1. Institute of Hydrology, Wallingford,
United Kingdom
Inversin, A. (1986). Micro-Hydropower SourceBook. A Practical Guide to Design and
Implementation in Developing Countries. NRECA International Foundation, Washington
DC, USA. ISBN: 0-89291-192-1
Jiandong, T.(2003). Small hydro on a large scale: challenges and opportunities in China,
Renewable Energy World 6(1):97-102
Jiandong, T., Small hydro and its organization in China. Water Power & Dam Construction, Vol
45, No 1-6, February 1993
JICA/GoM. (2002). Master plan Study on Rural Electrification in Malawi. Case study Report,
Prepared for Department of Energy Affairs, Malawi
Jumbe & Kamwanja.(1992). Proceedings of the National Energy Conservation Symposium, 20 –
25 September 1992, Club Makokola, Mangochi, Malawi.
Kachroo, R.K., & Mkhandi, S.H. Flood frequency analysis of Southern Africa I. Delineation of
homogenous regions. Hydrological Sciences, June 2000; 45(3):437-447
References
125
Kalitsi, E.A.K. Problems and Prospects for Hydropower Development in Africa, Paper
presented at the African Energy Experts on Operationalizing the NEPAD Energy
Initiative, 2-4 June 2003, New Partnership for African Development, Dakar, Senegal.
Kamdonyo, D.R.(1988). Evaluation of Wind Energy Potential in Malawi. MSc Dissertation,
University of Birmingham.
Kanagawa, M., & Nakata, T. Analysis of the energy access improvements and its socio-economic
impacts in rural areas of developing countries. Research report, Tohoku University,
Japan, 2005
Karekezi, S., Ranja, T., & Ottieno, F. AFREPREN/FWD, INfoSE-East Africa. [Online].
Available: http://solstice.crest.org/renewables/sen/mar96/africa.html [2007, July 5].
Karlsson, G.V. & McDade .(2001). Sustainable Energy and Women. In: Generating
Opportunities- Case studies in energy and women, UNDP, New York, USA
Khan, H.J., Battey-operated lamps produced by rural women, In: Misana,S.,& Karlsson,
G.V.,(eds) 2001, Generating opportunities: Case studies on energy and women, United
Nations Development Programme, Sustainable Energy, New York, USA
Khennas, S., and Barnett, A (2000). Best Practices for Sustainable Development of Micro
Hydropower in Developing Countries. Final Synthesis Report prepared for World Bank
and Department for International Development
Laguna M, Taylor S & Updhay D. Renewable Energy World, January-March, 2006, p31
Lane P.N.J., Best A.E., Hickel K. & Zhang Lu, The response of flow duration curves to
afforestation. Journal of Hydrology 2005(310): 253-265
Lew D., Ku.,J & Ma. S.(2003), Sending electricity to townships- China’s renewable programme
brings power to a million. Renewable Energy World, September-October, 2006:56
Madon,G., & Gardener., M.O.,(2002). EnPoGen Study in Indonesia, In: Energy News, 2002;
5(3):11-13
Malawi Government. 2002. Malawi Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper, Lilongwe: Ministry of
Finance and Economic Planning
Malawi Government. 2003. National Energy Policy for Malawi, Lilongwe: Department of
Energy Affairs
Malawi. 2004. Electricity Act of 2004 Malawi. Zomba: Government Printer.
References
126
Malawi Government.1973. The geology of the Thyolo area, Zomba: Department of Geological
Surveys, Zomba, Malawi.
Malawi Government.2004. Cap. 51:02 of Rural Electrification Bill, 2004. Zomba: Government
Printer
Mandeville A.N.& Batchelor C.H.(1990). Estimation of actual evapotranspiration in Malawi.
Report No.110, Institute of Hydrology, Wallingford, United Kingdom
Martinot, E., Chaurey,A., Lew,D., Moreira,J.B., & Wamukonya,N., Renewable Energy Markets
in Developing Countries. Ann.Rev.Energy Environ, 2002; (27): 309-48
Maskey, R.K. (2004). Small-Hydroplants-Based Renewable Power Systems for Remote Region,
PhD thesis, University of Karlsruhe, Germany
Matinga, M. (2003). Malawi: Implications of Power Sector Reforms in Malawi for Investment
and the Poor, AFREPREN
Meier, U., Holtedahl, T.& Pradhan (2003). Rural Electrification in Nepal and Possibilities for a
Sector Wide Approach, Final Report
Melillo, J.M. Tropical Deforestation and the Global Carbon Budget. Annual Review of Energy
and Environment 1996; (21):293-310
MEM. (1996). Energy Sector in Malawi: Prospects for Renewable Energy Programme, Ministry
of Energy and Mining, Lilongwe, Malawi
MEM (1997). National Sustainable and Renewable Energy Programme, Ministry of Energy and
Mining, Malawi
MNES. (2007). Approach paper for generation tariff setting methodology for small hydropower
plants, Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Sources, India. [Online]. Available:
http://www.mnes.nic.in [2007, September 22].
Modi, V. (2005). Improving Electricity Services in Rural India: CGSD Working Paper No.30,
Centre on Globalisation and Sustainable Development, Columbia University [Online].
Available: www.earth.columbia.edu [2007, September 26].
Monerasinghe, N.(1992). Rural Electrification in Malaysia. In: Rural Electrification Guidebook
for Asia and the Pacific, Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok, Thailand. ISBN: 974-
8209-15-6
References
127
Naidas, I., Regional flow duration curve estimation in small ungauged catchments using
instantaneous flow measurements and a censored data approach. Journal of Hydrology,
2005; (314): 48-66
Nathan, R.J.& McMahon, T.A.(1990). Identification of homogenous regions for the purposes of
regionalization. Journal of Hydrology (121): 217-238
Nouni, M.R., Mullick, S.C., & Kandpal,T.C., Techno-economics of micro hydro projects for
decentralized power supply in India. Energy Policy, 2006; (34): 1161-1174
Nouni, M.R., Mullick, S.C., & Kandpal,T.C. Providing electricity access to remote areas in
India: An approach towards identifying potential areas for decentralized electricity
supply. Renew Sustain Energy Rev (2007) doi10.1016/j.rser.2007.01.008
NSO. (1998). Malawi Demographic and Health Survey, National Statistical Office, Zomba,
Malawi
Paish, O. Smaller hydropower: technology and current status. Renewable and Sustainable
Energy Reviews, 2002; (6):537-556
Paish,O. Micro-hydropower: status and prospects, Special Issue Paper, Proceedings of Institution
of Mechanical Engineers, Vol 216 Part A: Journal of Power and Energy.
Patel, J.A. Evaluation of low flow estimation techniques for ungauged catchments. Water and
Environment Journal, 2007 ;( 21): 41-46
Peng, W. & Pen, J., Rural Electrification in China: History and Institution. China & World
Economy, 2006;1(14):71-84
PESD. (2006). Rural Electrification and Rural Development in China 1950-2004. Historical
Processes and Key Driving Force, Working Paper No.60, Program on Energy and
Sustainable Development, Stanford University
Ramani, K.V. (1992), In: Rural Electrification Guidebook for Asia and the Pacific. Asian
Institute of Technology, Bangkok, Thailand. ISBN: 974-8209-15-6
Ramani, K.V., & Heijndermans. Energy, Poverty and Gender. A Synthesis Report for the World
Bank, by the Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, United Kingdom
Ramani, K.V. Rural Development and Productive Uses of Renewable Energy. Paper presented
at UNDP Expert Meeting on Productive Uses of Renewable Energy. 9-11 May 2005,
Bangkok, Thailand
References
128
Rantz.(1982). Measurement and Computation of Stream flow. US Geological Survey Water
Supply Paper. Vol 1. P284
Rebelo. (2003). Energy and Poverty- A Desk Study, Danish Aid for Development Assistance,
Consultancy Report. [Online]. Available: http://www.danidadevforum.um.dk [2007,
May, 29].
Reddy A.K.N, Sumithra G.D. & Murthy. K.V. End–uses of electricity in households of
Karnataka State, India, Energy for Sustainable Development , vol V. No 3, September
2002.
REN21.(2006). Renewable Global Status Report 2006 Update, Paris. REN21 Secretariat and
Washington DC, Worldwatch Institute. [Online]. Available: http://www.ren21.net [2007,
August 24].
Ross, J.P.(2001). Non grid Renewable Energy Policies: International Case Studies, Center for
Resource Solutions, August 2001
SADC. (2003). Energy Statistical Yearbook 2003. Southern Africa Development Community,
Gaborone, Botswana. [Online]. Available: http://www.sadc.int [2006, October 18].
Sadrul,A.K.M., Islam, M.Q., Hossain, M.Z., Khan, M.J.& Uddin, S.A. (2002). Appropriate Low
Head Micro Hydro Systems for Bangladesh. Second International Conference on
Electrical and Computer Engineering, 26-28 December 2002, Dhaka, Bangladesh.
Saghir, J.(2005). Energy and Poverty: Myths, Links, and Policy Issues, World Bank, Washington
DC, USA
Saunders, J., Davis, J.M., Moses, G.C. & Ross, J.E. Rural Electrification and Development:
Social and Economic Impact in Costa Rica and Colombia, Journal of Development
Economics , 1980; 1(7):134-136
Sawyer, S.W.(1986). Renewable Energy: Progress, Prospects, Resource Publications in
Geography, Association of American Geographers, Washington DC, 1986, p30-39
Semu, L. & Mawaya,A. (1999). Perceptions and Decision Making on Energy and Fuel Use in
Malawi, Roma, Lesotho, Institute of Southern African Studies (ISAS): Working Paper
No.12.
Schleicher, A., China Opens World’s Largest Dam [Online]: Newsletter Extra, posted on 18 Jun
2003, http://www.pbs.org/newshour/extra/features/jan-june03/dam_6_18.html
References
129
Sinha, C.S. & Kandpal, T.C. Decentralised versus grid electricity for rural India . Energy Policy
1991: 441-8
Smakhtin,V.U. Low flow Hydrology : A review. Journal of Hydrology ,2001; (240): 147-186
Srinivasan, M. Assessment and Role of Small Hydropower in Rural Development. Proceedings
of a Workshop on Small-Scale Hydropower Technology Applications in Asian Rural
Settings. 8-12 June 1981, Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok, Thailand.
Subroto, I., Muchlison, A.D. & Payaman, L. Micro-Hydropower Plants in Indonesia.
Proceedings of a Workshop on Small-Scale Hydropower Technology Applications in
Asian Rural Settings. 8-12 June 1981, Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok, Thailand.
TERI. (2001). Poverty Reduction through energy projects, Teri Project Report No. 2000RD41,
Tata Energy Research Institute, New Delhi, India
Twidell, J.W. & Weir, T.A.D. Renewable Energy Resources. E&FN Spon (Taylor and Francis
Group), London and New York, Reprinted in 2000, ISBN-0-419-12010-6.
UNDP. (2000). World Energy Assessment: Energy and the Challenges of Sustainability, United
Nations Development Programme, New York
UNDP. (2002). Energy for Sustainable Development, United Nations Development Programme,
New York
UNDP. (2005). The Energy Challenge for Achieving the Millennium Development Goals, UN
Energy Paper, United Nations Development Programme, June 22, 2005,
UNDP. (1997). Energy after Rio: Prospects and Challenges, United Nations Development
Programme, New York
UNDP.(2002). World Summit on Sustainable Development- A Frame work for Action on
Energy
UNDP/GOM .(1986). National Water Resources Master Plan, Report and Appendices, United
Nations Development Programme and Government of Malawi Projects MLW-79-
015/MLW-84-003
Venendaal, R. (1996). Malawi Power Production with Biomass: A Feasibility Study Report,
Biomass Technology Group, Enschede, Netherlands
Vogel, R.M. & Fennessey N.M. Flow Duration Curves I: New Interpretation and Confidence
Intervals. Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management, 1994; (120):485-504
References
130
Vogel, R.M., Wilson. I. & Daly, C. Regional Regression Models of Annual Stream flow for the
United States. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, Vol125 No 3, May-June
1999
WEC. (1999). The Challenge of Rural Energy Poverty in Developing Countries,
WEC. (2005). Delivering Sustainability: Challenges and Opportunities for the Energy Industry.
World Energy Council Statement. [Online]. Available: http://www.worldenergybook.com
[2006, February 22].
WEC. (2002). Survey of Energy Resources: Hydropower, World Energy Council
World Bank. (1996). Rural Energy and Development: Improving Energy Supplies for 2 Billion
People, Washington, DC.
World Bank. (1997). Thailand’s approach to rural electrification, how was it successful? Energy
Sector Management Assistance Programme Paper, World Bank, Washington, USA
World Bank .(1999). Energy and Development Report 2000: Energy services for the World’s
Poor, World Bank
World Bank. (2001). World Development Report 2000/2001, World Bank, Washington
Xiaozhang, Zhu (1990), Assessment of Socio-economic impacts of small hydropower in China.
Proceedings of the fourth International Conference on small-hydro. Kuala Lumpur,
1990, International Water power and Dam Construction, Sutton, London
Xiong, S. Small hydropower development in China: Achievements and Prospects. International
Water Power and Dam Construction, Vol 42, October 1990
Yang, M. China’s rural electrification and poverty reduction. Energy Policy 2003; (31): 283-295
Zahnd, A. Kimber, H., & Komp, R. Renewable Energy Village Power Systems for Remote and
Impoverished Himalayan Villages in Nepal. Proceedings of the International Conference
on Renewable Energy for Developing Countries, 2006.
Zingano, B.W. The problem of fuelwood energy demand in Malawi with reference to the
construction industry. Unpublished Paper, November 2005
Zomers, A.N. Rural Electrification,.PhD thesis, University of Twente, Netherlands,
2001.[Online].Available: http://www.tup.utwente.nl/uk/catalogue/technical/rural-
electrification [2007, February 20]
Annexes
131
ANNEXES



Annex A


Energy resources, imports statistics and consumption


Table A.1: Malawi Coal Reserves and Quality
22

Coal fields Ash content
(%, wb)
Calorific value
kcal/kg MJ/kg
Estimated reserves
(million tonnes)
Ngana 21 4,799 20.1 16
North Rukuru-Nthalire 28 5,410 22.6 -
Livingstonia (Mchenga) 14 7,226 30.2 2
Lengwe 50 4,250 17.8 -
Mwabvi 40 5,030 21.1 4
Source: Venendaal (1996:64)


Table A.2: Annual Fuel Import Statistics (in Megalitres)
Year Petrol Diesel Jet A-1 Paraffin Avgas Total
2000 84.896 124.905 7.238 31.397 0.107 248.545
2001 81.039 125.106 8.800 18.921 0.357 234.225
2002 88.329 127.157 6.417 20.955 0.202 243.062
2003 92.976 136.408 - 23.652 - 253.038
2004 94.186 147.922 - 24.762 - 266.870
2005 84.023 152.664 - 21.838 - 258.527
Source: Annual Economic Report 2006, Ministry of Economic Planning and Development



22
All coal in Malawi has a sulphur content of less than 8%
Annexes
132
Table A.3: Costs of fuel import as a percentage of total external imports (in million
Kwacha)
Year Petrol Paraffin Diesel and
other
Total value
of fuel
imports
Total
value
of imports
Percentage of
total value of
imports (%)
2001 1,701.60 462 3,160.60 5,324.20 39,480.10 13

2002 1,827.70 1,254.50 2,573.70 5,655.90 53,657 11

2003 2,760.60 664.2 4,210.40 7,635.20 76,650 10

2004 3,500.40 859.2 5,954.10 10,313.70 101,553.70 10

2005 3,252.10 1,074.70 6,684.50 11,011.30 129,856.10 8
Source: NSO, Quarterly Statistical Bulletin, March 2006


Table A.4: Consumption per Fuel group in Malawi
Fuel group Year
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003
Hard coal 1,022.25 1,412.68 1,337.28 1,353.86 1,438.25 984.98 468.30
Electricity 2,912.20 3,038.40 3,085.20 3,232.80 3,243.60 3,159.29 3,350.16
Petroleum 7,282.44 8,351.47 8,254.97 8,230.09 7,790.35 8,438.98 9,111.15
Renewables
23

and waste
166,006.88 169,414.51 172,889.19 176,251.01 179,899.25 188,532.16 193,866.77
Geothermal
and solar
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
0.59 1.37
Total energy
(TJ)
177,223.97 182,217.06 185,566.65 189,067.75 192,371.45 201,215.96 206,797.76
Source: Energy Statistics2007, Department of Energy Affairs




23
Renewables in this context refers to firewood, charcoal, crop residues etc. DoEA has no proper data
collection system. They face human and financial challenges to collect, analyse and adjust figures.
Unfortunately, it appears these figures are mere extrapolations therefore, do not reflect actual situation on
the ground
Annexes
133

Table A.5: Large- hydropower Potential
Site (River) Estimated Parameter Firm
power
(MW)
Firm
Energy
output
(GWh/a)

Exploitable
potential
Net
head
(m)
Firm
flow
(m
3
/s)
Load
factor
(%)
Capacity
(MW)
Energy
Output
(GWh/a)
Kapichira (Shire) 58.5 170 50 120

525 300 1470
Mpatamanga (Shire) 59.2 170 50 120 525 300 1470
Tedzani III (Shire) 35.1 91 50 40 175 100 250
Kholombidzo (Shire) 68 170 50 140 613 280 1795
Low Fufu with flow
regulated (South Rukuru)
347 24 45 102 402 180 835
Low Fufu(South Rukuru) - - 45 56 244 140 610
High Fufu falls with no
regulation(South Rukuru)
408 15 45 75 295 175 800
HengaValley(South
Rukuru)
- - 45 16 70 40 185
Rumphi(South Rukuru) - - 45 5 24 13 60
Chizuma(Bua) 106 18.5 45 24 95 50 170
Chasombo(Bua) 87 17 45 18 70 50 215
Malenga(Bua) 117 16.6 45 24 95 60 240
Mbongozi(Bua) 101 16.3 35 21 82 50 240
Manolo - - 35 52 236 130 590
Chingonda 35 20 112 50 280
Zoa Falls(Ruo) 35 18 80 45 200
Nkula Falls (Shire) 60 124 540 310 1350
Others 30 7 28 20 150
Total estimated
large-hydro potential
982 4,211 2293 10,910
Source: UNIDO/GoM, 1986; www.iea-shp.org



Annexes
134
Table A.6: Small-scale hydropower potential
Name of
hydropower
scheme

Estimated Parameters Firm
power
(kW)
Energy
output
(MWh/a)
Net head
(m)
Mean flow
(m
3
/s)
Load factor
(%)
Catchment
area (km
2
)
Kaseye

28 1.29 30 560 150

394
Kalenje1 122 1.08 30 80 230 604
Chambo 100 0.6 30 117 6 16
Mbalizi 187 0.98 30 270 30 79
Kalenje2 63 1.08 30 80 120 315
Upstream Lufira 67 3.2 30 806 130 340
Lufira 135 10.6 30 1380 940 2470
North Rukuru 132 11.9 30 1610 2250 5913
North Rukuru 2 75 11.0 30 1310 1070 2810
North Rukuru 3 83 6.35 30

698 670 1760
Wovwe 194 3.01 30

140 1400 3680
Chisenga 15-20 0.1 30 4 15 39
Kakasu 10-30 0.1 30 8 15 39
Hewe 25-30 0.2 30 37 45 118
Ntchenachena 10-30 0.2 30 18 30 78
Murwerzi 10-15 0.05 30 7 5 13
Luzinkhuni 50-60 0.15 30 80 50 131
Sasasa 20-30 0.1 30 85 20 52
Ngapani 5-15 0.05 30 48 5 13
Mtemankhokwe 20-30 0.1 30 24 25 65
Nswazi 5-15 1 30 380 75 197
Choyoti 30-40 0.2 30 13 60 157
Total estimated small-scale hydroelectric potential 7,345 19,283
Source: National Energy Plan, 1988-1997; DOE/JICA (2003)
Annexes
135
Annex B
Table B.1: Typical Examples of Rural Electrification Benefits

Quantifiable Benefits: Cost Savings and Increased productivity

1. Industrial Uses of Electricity

1.1 Motive power-replacing liquid fuel or gas;
1.2 Lighting-replacing liquid fuel;
1.3 Space heating, cooling and refrigeration- replacing liquid fuel, coal, gas,
biomass or animal waste
1.4 Processing food-replacing liquid fuel, coal, gas, biomass, or animal waste
1.5 Transport-replacing liquid fuel

2. Household Uses of Electricity

2.1 Lighting- replacing liquid fuel, gas, biomass, or animal waste;
2.2 Preparing meals- replacing biomass, animal waste, liquid fuel, coal, or gas
2.3 Space heating, cooling and refrigeration- replacing biomass, animal wastes,
Liquid fuel, coal or gas
2.4 Home appliances (fan, iron, radio, TV, etc.) – replacing batteries, biomass, or
2.5 Drinking water-replacing liquid fuel (for pumping)

3. Agricultural Uses of Electricity

3.3 Water pumping-replacing liquid fuel, coal, gas, or muscle power;
3.4 Parboiling, heating and drying-replacing biomass, coal, or liquid fuel;
3.5 Milling, chaff cutting, threshing, etc.-replacing liquid fuel, hydro and muscle
power, coal or biomass.

4. Commercial Uses of Electricity

4.1 Lighting
4.2 Air-conditioning
4.3 Improved audio and video opportunities
4.4 More attractive atmosphere
4.5 Longer opening times

Benefits That are Difficult or Impossible to Quantify

1. Modernisation, dynamism, and attitude changes-catalytic effects;
2. Quality of life, community services, and participation;
3. Income redistribution and social equity;
4. Employment creation;
5. Other socio-political effects.

Source: Adapted from Munasinghe (1987:85); and Zomers (2001: 50)

Annexes
136
Annex C


Calculation of shape number, runner speed and diameter

4.5.2 Shape number
The power output P
o
from a turbine depends on head H, the angular velocity ω, the
diameter of the turbine, and the density of water ρ. Two useful dimensionless parameters
that can be formed from these physical quantities, are the power coefficient,
( ) ρ ω
5 3
D
P
Kp = and the head coefficient,
( )
2 2
D
gH
Kh
ω
=
. When the turbine is
operating at maximum efficiency, p K and h K can be used to predict the power and
head in terms of diameter and the angular velocity. Eliminating the dependence on
diameter, a dimensionless ratio shown in equation 4.4 is obtained.

( )
4
5
2 / 1
2 / 1
4
5
2
1
gH
P
k
k
k
h
p
n
ρ
ω
= =
. Substituting P g H Q ρ η = from equation 4.1 and assuming
η = 1,


The equation for shape number becomes:

Shape number,
( )
25 . 1
gH
P
n
k
o
n
ρ
= (Equation 4.3)
where n is the rotational speed of the turbine (in rpm). The formula above can be written
in a simple form:

ω v
v
R
r
k
B
n
|
¹
|

\
|
= 5
(Equation 4.4)
where
R
r
is the ratio of diameter of the incoming flow or jet of the water to the total
diameter of the turbine.
v
vB
ω
is the ratio of the blade speed to the speed of the water.


Annexes
137
4.5.3 Runner Speed
A synchronous speed of the generator is used to determine the runner speed. For turbine
speed, n, to be synchronous, the following equation is applied:

( )
Np
f
n
120
= (Equation 4.5)
where n is the rotational speed (rpm) , f is electrical frequency (Hz) and, p N is the
number of poles for the generator.

4.5.4 Runner diameter
Sadrul et al (2002:216-219) provide an equation for approximating the runner diameter
for the cross flow turbine as follows:

n
H
D 40 = (Equation 4.6)
The jet thickness is generally between one fifth and one tenth of the diameter. The
approximate runner length, in metres, is therefore given by:

H
Q
L
t j
23 . 0
= (Equation 4.7)

Determination of power output, design flow and penstock diameter

The maximum amount of power available in theory from the flow is related to the speed
of flow, and the head. The power output P is the product of the efficiency η, the potential
energy per unit volume, , and the volume of water flowing per second This
relationship is expressed by the formula (Harvey et al, 1993:4-5; Inversin, 1986:48-49;
ESHA, 1998: 75-77).
η ρgHQ P = (Equation 4.8)
where P
,
is net power output (kW); Q
,
is the flow through the turbine (m
3
/s); H
,
is
the net head of water (m); ρ = density of water (kg/m
3
); g = acceleration due to
gravity (= 9.81 m/s
2
); and η = overall efficiency of the system.

Annexes
138
Giesecke and Mosonyi (2003), cited in Maskey, (2004: 56), give the following modified
formula in order to determine the amount of electricity produced by a hydropower plant
from water to wire:
( ) . . . . . 1
1 0 0 0
T o t d p e l g Q H l
P
η ρ −
=
(Equation 4.9)
with Tot η = T η . gen η . tr η , is overall system efficiency; T η is turbine efficiency, gen η =
generator efficiency, tr η = transmission efficiency, d Q being the design discharge and
pel l parasitic electrical losses. The overall efficiency comprises efficiencies of penstock,
turbine, gearing, generator, transformers and losses in the transmission and distribution
lines (Harvey et al, 1993:4-5).

Inversin (1986:96-102) presents an equation for head loss due to pipe friction derived
from Manning’s equation:

L D
Q n
hf
333 . 5
2 2
3 . 10
=
(Equation 4.10)
where f h is the head loss due to friction (in metres), n is the roughness coefficient, Qis
the flow(in cubic metres per second), Dis the pipe diameter (in metres), and L is the pipe
length(in metres). The gross head is the difference in elevation between the penstock inlet
and the turbine. The net or usable head is the gross head minus head lost due to friction,
and is expressed as follows:

f gross h H H − = (Equation 4.11)
The head lost comprise the following partial losses: (1) intake losses, including trash rack
loss; (2) friction losses along the entire water way (canal, tunnel, penstock); and (3) local
losses along the water way (bends, valves etc). Substituting equations (4.4) and (4.5) into
(4.2) gives power as a function of gross H L n D Q , , , , , and f h

|
|
¹
|

\
|
− =
L D
Q n
H nQ P gross
333 . 5
2 2
10
81 . 9
(Equation
4.12) There are two conditions of interest for which to solve this equation. The first is to
limit flow so that head loss due to friction is minimum. Second, is to find Q for which
P is a maximum, bearing in mind that head decreases with increasing flow: Maximising
P as a function of Q:
Annexes
139

0
30
81 . 9 81 . 9
333 . 5
2 2
= − =
L D
Q n
n nH
dQ
dP
gross
(Equation 4.13)
Solving for Q, yields equation (4.7) below.


L n
H D
Q
gross
2
333 . 5
30
=
(Equation 4.14)
It follows that:
1875 . 0
2 2
3 . 10
|
|
¹
|

\
|
=
f h
L Q n
D (Equation 4.15).
By limiting f h at 100 / 4H (so that power losses do not exceed 4%), D is computed using
the following formula:

1875 . 0
2 2
3 . 10
69 . 2
|
|
¹
|

\
|
=
gross H
L Q n
D (Equation 4.16).

4.9.3 Regression Equation Approach
Regression equations that relate stream flow statistics at gauged stream-gauging stations
to basin and climatic characteristics are used to estimate stream flow statistics for
ungauged sites. The basic equation for the multiple non-linear regressions is:
n a a
a
a
y
x x x x a n
. . . . .
.
.
.
3 2 1 0
3
2
1
=
where y is a dependent variable,
xi
= independent variables, and
ai
are regression
coefficients. The dependent variables are Q (90, daily), Q (70, daily) and Q (50 daily)
whereas the independent variables are the different catchment characteristics such as
rainfall, area.

Ries and Friesz (2000:26) described the stream flow and catchments characteristics used
in a hydrologic regression typically to be log-normally distributed which necessitates
transformation of the variables to logarithms. Therefore, using logarithms of the
independent and dependent variables in equation (4.23) the model takes the following
form:
n n x a x a x a x a a y log . ..... log . log . log . log log 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 + + + =

Annexes
140
Substituting y log with u , i i ux x = log , and 0 log a = 0 b , a simple linear regression
equation is obtained as :
xn n x x x u a u a u a u a b u . ... . . . 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 + + + + + =
Using xi u ∆ instead of
( )
xi x u u − , the regression coefficients are calculated by means of
equation system:
( ) ( )
2
1 1 2 1 2 1 1 . . ( ) . . . . x x x n x x n y x a u a u u a u u u u ∆ + ∆ ∆ + + ∆ ∆ = ∆ ∆
∑ ∑ ∑ ∑

( ) ( )
2
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 . ( ) . . . . . x x x n x x n y x a u u a u a u u u u ∆ ∆ + ∆ + + ∆ ∆ = ∆ ∆
∑ ∑ ∑ ∑

.
.
.

( )
2
1 1 ) 2 2 . ( . ( ) . . . . x x n x x n n x n y x n a u u a u u a u u u ∆ ∆ + ∆ ∆ + + ∆ = ∆ ∆
∑ ∑ ∑ ∑

in matrix form, equation (4.19) becomes:

. x y U A U =
ur uur

where x U is a nxn matrix made up of n observations on each of the n independent
variables,
A
ur
is a 1 nx vector of unknown regression coefficients and y U
uur
is a 1 nx vector
observations.
With this system of equations
1 2 , , ... n a a a
can be calculated. To determine 0 b the
calculated coefficients
i a
together with the arithmetic means of
1 2..., , , y x x xn u u u u
are
filled in equation (4.25).

The squares of the errors between the observed and predicted observations are used to
evaluate how well a regression model fits the sample data. To express the quality of fit
between a regression model and the sample data, a statistical index commonly referred to
as coefficient of multiple determination (
2
R
) is typically used. The coefficient of
multiple determination is defined as:
Annexes
141
2
1
S S R S S E
S S T S S T
R
= = −
(Equation 4.28)
where
( )
2
i SST y y

= −



are the observed responses,
( )
2
i i SSE y y

= −



is the model
error, and

( )
2
i SSR y y

= −



is the regression model.
The total variability in the observed responses (SSE) is equal to the random variability
not explained by the model or model error (SSE) plus the systematic variability that is
explained by the regression model. Put simply,
2
R
explains how much of the variability
in the y ’s can be explained by the fact that they are related to x , i.e. how close the points
are to the regression function. Values of
2
R
range from 0 to 1. Higher values of
2
R

indicate a better fit of the model to the sample observations.


4.10.1 Economic concepts
Economic analysis of small hydropower project represents the cost and benefit to the
rural communities in terms of opportunity cost. All cost streams are changed to represent
economic value. The costs and benefits streams considered include capital costs,
operation and maintenance in cost streams and revenue from electricity supply and
capacity benefit in benefit streams.

Present Value
Present value is the value today of a benefit or cost that occurs in the future. It is
measured using the discount rate. In mathematical terms, the present value of a sum of
money received or spent in some future period is calculated using the formula below:
( )
n
r FV PV + = 1 (Equation 4.25)
where PV is the present value, FV = future value, r is the discount rate, and n is
number of years. The equation below is often referred to as the present worth factor and
is used to calculate the present value:
( )
n
r + 1
1
(Equation 4.26)


Annexes
142
Net Present Cost/ Life Cycle Cost
The net present cost is the sum of the present values of all associated costs over the
period of the project. Costs in any future year are discounted back to the base period
using equation 4.25. In calculating the net present cost, the following assumptions are
made:
• Initial investment costs are lump sum (all occur at once) in period 0;
• All recurrent costs begin to accumulate in period 1;
• Costs in any period are lumped together and assumed to occur at the end of that
period; and
• Salvage values are considered as negative costs.

Net Present Value
The Net Present Value of the project is the sum of the present values of all benefits
associated with the project, less the sum of the present values of all associated costs. It is
calculated using the formula below:

( )
( )
n
n
TC TB
NPV
+

=

1
(Equation 4.27)
where NPV = net present value, TC = total costs, TB are total benefits, r is discount
rate, and n = number of years.

Internal Rate of Return
The internal rate of return (IRR) is the discount rate at which the cumulative net present
value of the project is equal to zero. At this discount rate, the cumulative net present
value of all projects costs is exactly equal to the cumulative net present value of project
benefits. As a general rule, if the being evaluated has an internal rate of return lower than
the discount rate, the project should not be undertaken. The IRR is found by solving the
formula below through iteration to find the discount rate (r) at which the NPV equals
zero.

= 0 PV , thus
( )
0
1
=
+

n
n
FV
(Equation 4.28)

Annexes
143
Benefit-to-Cost Ratio (BCR)
The benefit to cost ratio is equal to the NPV of associated benefits divided by the NPV of
associated costs (net present cost).

ts
benefits
NPV
NPV
BCR
cos
= (Equation 4.29)

Cost of Generation (CoG)
The cost of generation is equal to the net present cost of the energy system divided by the
total kWh generated over the life of the system.

kWh Total
NPC
CoG = (Equation 4.30)

Annex D

Annex D1: Household Demand Survey Questionnaire

1.0 General Information


Name of respondent ………………………………………………………..

Address ………………………………………………………..

Sex Male Female

Status of respondent Household Business owner

Number of occupants (specify)

Village ………………………………………………………..

Traditional Authority ……………………………………………………….

District ………………………………………………………..


2.0 Income

How much income did you receive monthly or yearly in average?

(Select a code [0 – 21] from table shown below. If code#21 is selected, please specify the
amount in MK

Annexes
144
Monthly: Yearly

Code Code
0 MK 0
1 MK 1-1,000 11 MK10001-11000
2 MK1001-2000 12 MK11001-12000
3 MK2001-3000 13 MK12001-13000
4 MK3001-4000 14 MK13001-14000
5 MK4001-5000 15 MK14001-15000
6 MK5001-6000 16 MK15001-16000
7 MK6001-7000 17 MK16001-17000
8 MK7001-8000 18 MK17001-18000
9 MK8001-9000 19 MK18001-19000
10 MK9001-10000 20 MK19001-20000
21 MK 20001<

3.0 Household Expenditure


3.1 How much is the maximum expendable monthly amount? (Select a code [0 – 21] from
table shown below. If code#21 is selected, please specify the amount in MK


Code Code
0 MK 0
1 MK 1-1,000 11 MK10001-11000
2 MK1001-2000 12 MK11001-12000
3 MK2001-3000 13 MK12001-13000
4 MK3001-4000 14 MK13001-14000
5 MK4001-5000 15 MK14001-15000
6 MK5001-6000 16 MK15001-16000
7 MK6001-7000 17 MK16001-17000
8 MK7001-8000 18 MK17001-18000
9 MK8001-9000 19 MK18001-19000
10 MK9001-10000 20 MK19001-20000
21 MK 20001<


3.2. On average, how much per month was spent on each of the energy sources for the
dwelling unit or business unit?


Energy Sources Average Expenses
(MK/month)
1) Paraffin – lighting
2) Paraffin – cooking
3) Paraffin – refrigerator
4) Firewood
Annexes
145
5) Charcoal
6) Gas
7) Candles
8) Torch cells
9) Batteries (charging fee etc)
10) Others (specify )
Total Amount

4.0 End Uses

. How do you want to use electricity? Please check on (1 = Want to use, 0 = Do not want
to use) the following table. If you select “14) other”, please specify how/what you want
to use.
1
= Yes
0 = No
1 = Yes
0 = No
1 = Yes
0 = No

1) Lighting 6) Television 11) Air
Conditioner
2) Cooking 7) video Cassette
Recorder
12) Maize Mill
3) Refrigerator 8) Electric iron 13) Computer
4) Radio 9) Electric Heater 14)
Other(specify)
5) Cassette/
CD Player
10) Electric Fan


5.0 What are the expected benefits /impacts of electrification?
Yes No
1) Nothing will change

2) The business unit or dwelling unit will become safer
3) Opening business will be longer hours per day
4) Customer patronage to the business will increase

5) Start new business (specify:-----------------------------
Night time become more enjoyable

6) Entertainment time become longer
7) Cooking/domestic work at night become easier

8) Studying or reading at night become easier

9) Sleeping hours become shorter

10) Activities of family members slows down
11) Other (specify:----------------------------------------------------------------

Annexes
146
6.0. What is the maximum amount of money you are willing to pay for connection fee and in
–house wiring cost for electricity? (select a code number [0 – 21 ] from the table shown
below. If code #21 is selected, please specify the amount in MK

Code Code
0 MK 0
1 MK 1-1,000 11 MK10001-11000
2 MK1001-2000 12 MK11001-12000
3 MK2001-3000 13 MK12001-13000
4 MK3001-4000 14 MK13001-14000
5 MK4001-5000 15 MK14001-15000
6 MK5001-6000 16 MK15001-16000
7 MK6001-7000 17 MK16001-17000
8 MK7001-8000 18 MK17001-18000
9 MK8001-9000 19 MK18001-19000
10 MK9001-10000 20 MK19001-20000
21 MK 20001<



7.0. What is the maximum amount of money you are willing to pay for monthly electricity
consumption ? (Select a code number [0 – 21 ] from the table shown below. If code #21
is selected, please specify the amount in MK

Code Code
0 MK 0
1 MK1-200 11 MK2001-2200
2 MK201-400 12 MK2201-2400
3 MK401-600 13 MK2401-2600
4 MK601-800 14 MK2601-2800
5 MK801-1000 15 MK2801-3000
6 MK1001-1200 16 MK3001-3200
7 MK1201-1400 17 MK3201-3400
8 MK1401-1600 18 MK3401-3600
9 MK1601-1800 19 MK3601-3800
10 MK1801-2000 20 MK3801-4000
21 >MK4001


8.0 Can you provide any contribution for electrification project?
Yes No
1) Do not contribute anything

2) Attend construction work voluntarily
3) Participate maintenance/repair work voluntarily
4) Provide construction materials from private properties

5) Provide donation to the project (bear a part of project cost)

Annexes
147
6) Can manage as a member of electrification project committee

7) Possible to work as power plant operator

8) Possible to work as an electricity tariff collector


Table D.1: Level surveying from intake to fore bay tank

Levelling
BS
IS F.S HPC RL Distance Remarks
0.844 100.844 100.000 TBM A
1.475 0.475 101.844 100.369 GL,Cpt 1
1.065 100.779 0 Peg A
1.670 100.174 5 Peg B
1.864 99.980 10 Peg C
2.268 99.576 Stream channel
2.443 99.401 22 Waters edge R/B
2.414 99.430 Waters edge mid left
bank
1.846 99.998 Top of rock
2.537 99.307 Waters edge L/B
3.418 1.179 100.665 G,L Cpt 2
0.625 1.478 102.605 33 Peg D, L/bank
3.904 99.326 Water level R/bank
1.629 101.601 GL.Cpt 3
0.885 3.904 100.211 99.326 66 Peg F (level
transferred from
waters edge
0.885 99.326 87 Peg G
0.585 0.885 99.911 99.326 106 Peg H
1.050 0.585 100.376 99.326 126 Peg I
1.050 99.326 146 Peg J
1.037 1.050 100.363 99.326 167 Peg K
1.037 99.326 193 Peg L
1.391 1.037 99.326 207 Peg M
1.391 99.326 253 Peg N
3.180 1.391 99.326 269 Peg O
1.180 99.326 294 Peg P
1.342 99.111 TBM A closing

Notes
1. Distance from proposed intake site to the fore bay tank is 294m.
2. Reduced level on proposed power canal is 99.326 m.
Annexes
148

Table D.2: Level surveying from fore bay tank to power house

Levelling
BS
IS F.S HPC RL Distance Remarks
0.665 100.665 100.000 0 TBM B
0.475 3.970 97.005 96.530 Ground level,
Cpt 1
1.295 3.668 94.632 93.337 GL Cpt 2
1.615 3.680 92.567 90.952 GL Cpt 3
0.268 3.081 89.754 89.486 20 Peg A
2.210 3.665 88.299 86.089 GL Cpt 4
1.607 3.805 86.101 84.494 GL Cpt 5
0.634 3.222 83.513 82.879 GL Cpt 6
0.354 3.695 80.172 79.818 40 Peg B
0.751 3.599 77.324 76.573 GL Cpt 7
0.523 3.926 73.921 73.398 GL Cpt 8
0.455 3.705 70.681 70.216 62.7 GL Cpt 9
3.947 66.734 74.0 Lag peg
3.610 67.071 TBM C



Notes
3. Linear distance from proposed fore bay tank to power house 74 m.
4. Vertical distance from the proposed fore bay tank to power house is 33 m.

Annexes
149
Table D.3: Stream flow measurement

Distance
from initial
point
Depth Depth of
Observation
from water
surface
Time
(secs)
Revolution Velocity Area
(m
2
)
Mean
depth
Width Discharge
(m
3
/s)
Remark
s At
point
Mean
in
vertical
Mean in
section
1.0

0 0.100 WERB
1.2

0.14 43 80 0.606 0.035 0.250 0.021
1.5

0.14 46 90 0.636 0.070 0.400 0.045
2.0

0.13 43 100 0.818 0.065 0.500 0.053
2.5

0.15 55 120 0.704 0.075 0.500 0.053
3.0

0.13 55 110 0.649 0.065 0.500 0.042
3.5

0.12 64 90 0.459 0.060 0.500 0.028
4.0

0.14 59 90 0.505 0.070 0.500 0.035
4.5

0.12 49 90 0.599 0.060 0.500 0.036
5.0

0.11 64 90 0.459 0.055 0.500 0.025
5.5

0.14 49 110 0.723 0.049 0.036 0.035
5.7

0.14 49 70 0.494 0.028 0.020 0.014
5.9

0 0.010 WELB
TOTALS 0.632 4.90 0.387
Annexes
150
Annex E

Results of socioeconomic and hydrological study


Table E.1: Energy sources and end-uses in Nkolokosa village
Fuel End-uses (% respondents)
Cooking Lighting
Paraffin 23 95.76
Charcoal 12.7 -
Firewood 100 -
Candles - 8.5



Table E.2: Monthly energy expenditure and expenditure share by net income group
Household expenditure in MK/month

Weighted energy
averages
Less
than
1,000
1,000-
5,000
5,001-
10,000
More
than
20,000
Mean
Firewood
MK/kg
4.50 429.41 549.06 406.25 600.00 496.18
Paraffin
MK/l
150.00 184.74 357.10 535.77 275.00 338.15
Charcoal
24

MK/kg
15.00 475.00 613.64 1000.00 500.00 647.16
Candles
MK/unit
10.00 - 100.71 150 n/a 125.36
Dry cells
MK/unit
30.00 60.00 210.00 200.00 n/a 156.67
Car batteries
MK/service
0 70.00 154.63 214.50 140.00 144.78
Energy share in household budget
Minimum
Maximum

18.5% 12.2% 13% 5.1%
43% 40% 25% 7.6%





24
Household may report more than one type of fuel used. About 12.7% use both charcoal and firewood. Share
of firewood which is purchased only.
Annexes
151
Table E.3: Estimated energy consumption by household income
Very poor poor Near poor Better off
N = 32 N = 71 N = 13 N = 2
Paraffin
Litre/person/day 0.008 0.015 0.023 0.012
Litre/household/month 1.232 2.381 3.585 1.833
Litre/ household/year 14.784 28.572 43.02 21.996
All households 473.088 2028.612 559.26 43.992
Charcoal
kg/person/day 0.199 0.257 0.419 0.210
kg/ household/month 31.667 40.909 66.667 33.333
kg/ household/year 380.000 490.908 800.000 399.996
All households 12,160 34,854.468 10,400 800
Firewood
kg/person/day 0.600 0.767 0.568 0.839
kg/ household/month 95.424 122.013 90.278 133.333
kg/ household/year 1,145.088 1,464.156 1,083.336 1,599.996
All households 36,642.816 103,955.076 14,083.368 3,199.992



Table E.4: Energy consumption and expenditure displaced by electricity

Wood Paraffin
(cooking)
Paraffin
(lighting)
Charcoal Candles Batteries
Consumption 110 kg 2.31l 0.93 l 43 kg 0.4 pkt 4 batts
Energy
content
15.5 MJ/kg 35.0 MJ/kg 35.0 MJ/kg 30. MJ/kg 21 MJ/pkt 0.02 MJ
Gross energy
consumed
473.61kWh 22.46 kWh 9.04 kWh 358.3kWh 2.33 kWh 0.022 kWh
Conversion 0.308 0.615 0.109 0.444 0.018 1.000
Electricity
equivalent
145.87kWh 13.81 kWh 0.98 kWh 159.1 kWh 0.04 kWh 0.022 kWh
Expenditure K495.00 K346.50 K139.50 K645.00 K40.00 K120.00
Price K4.50/kg K150/litre K150/litre K15/kg K100/pkt K30/batt



Annexes
152
Table E.5: Typical Appliance Efficiencies/Efficacies
Application Fuel Appliance Min Max Average Conversion
(%) (%) (%)
Cooking Electricity Hot plate 55 75 65 n/a
Stove 55 75 65
Paraffin Wick 20 35 30 0.462
25

Primus 30 55 40 0.615
1

Gas Ring 40 60 45 0.692
1

Stove 40 60 45 0.692
1

Wood 3-stone 13 15 15 0.231
1

Stove 20 30 25 0.385
1

Coal Stove 20 30 25 0.385
1

Brazier 6 10 8 0.123
1

Water
heating
Electricity Geyser 48 92 58 n/a
On-line 96 96 96
Paraffin Wick/pot 20 35 30 0.517
26

Primus/pot 30 55 40 0.692
2

Gas Ring/pot 40 60 45 0.776
2

Geyser 75 92 80 1.38
2

Wood File/pot 13 15 14 0.241
2

Stove/pot 20 30 25 0.431
2

Coal Stove 20 46 30 0.517
2

Lighting Electricity 60W ncandescent 11 lumens/Watt n/a
100Wincandescent 18 lumens/Watt
20W fluorescent 62 lumens/Watt
40W fluorescent 75 lumens/Watt
Candle 0.2 lumens/Watt 0.018
27

Paraffin Wick lamp 0.3 lumens/Watt 0.027
3

Pressure lamp 1.2 lumens/Watt 0.109
3

Gas Gas lamp 1 lumens/Watt 0.091
3

Source: Davis,M & Horvei, T.(1992)

Notes:
Efficiencies are defined as the ratio of useful energy to gross energy when using a particular appliance.
Efficacies are generally used for lighting where it is difficult to define the useful energy output. Here, the ratio
of the lumen output to the power consumption of the lamp is defined as the efficacy of the lamp.

25
Taking the average efficiency of an electric hot plate as the alternative;
26
Taking the average efficiency of an electric geyser as the alternative;
27
Taking a 60W incandescent globe as the alternative
Annexes
153
Table E.6: Calorific values of a range of fuels
Fuel Calorific value
MJ kWh
2

Gas [kg] 49.8 13.8
Paraffin [litre] 38.0 10.6
Candles [each] 3.45 0.96
Wood (20%)
1
[kg] 15.5 4.3
Wood (40%)
1
[kg] 10.9 3
Coal[kg] 27 7.5
Petrol [litre] 62.8 17.4
Diesel [litre] 48.4 13.5
PM-9 battery [each] 0.081 0.02
PM-10 battery [each] 0.020 0.006
Torch battery [each] 0.029 0.006
Car battery [per charge] 1.3 0.36
Source: Davis, M & Horvei, T.(1992)


1 20% and 40% refer to the moisture content of the wood
2 the conversion factor from MJ to kWh is 0.278, i.e. 3.6 MJ = 1 kWh



Table E.7: Dependability for Nachipere and Nswazi Rivers based on 1-day and 10-day
duration curves
Dependability Flow (m
3
/s)
1-day curve 10-day curve
Nswazi Nachipere Nswazi Nachipere
50% (equivalent to 183 days) 0.400 0.089 0.482 0.107
75% (equivalent to 274 days) 0.204 0.046 0.231 0.051
90% (equivalent to 328 days) 0.104 0.023 0.119 0.026
95% (equivalent to 347 days) 0.063 0.014 0.069 0.015
99%(equivalent to 361 days) 0.023 0.005 0.046 0.010






Annexes
154

Table E.8: Flood Frequency Calculations using Log-Pearson Type III
Distribution (1995-2004)
Return Period
(years)
Skew Coefficient
K(-2)
Discharge at
Kautuka
Q (m3/s)
Discharge at
Nkolokosa
Q (m3/s)
2 -0.317 9.56 2.133
5 0.788 21.377 4.771
10 1.526 36.57 8.161
25 2.441 71.253 15.901
50 3.077 113.181 25.258
100 3.701 178.292 39.789
200 4.323 280.364 62.568




Table E.9: Dependability for Nachipere River using the runoff method

Dependability Flow (m
3
/s)
50% (equivalent to 183 days) 0.357
75% (equivalent to 274 days) 0.217
90% (equivalent to 328 days) 0.088
95% (equivalent to 347 days) 0.050
99%(equivalent to 361 days) 0.044

Annexes
156
Table E.9: Monthly Mean flows for Nachipere River at Nkolokosa (1995-2004)





Nachipere at Nkolokosa Catchment area: 21 km2 Station : 14 /14B9

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Mean
1995 0.183 1.397 0.79
1996 1.173 1.181 1.351 0.781 0.547 0.425 0.395 0.324 0.182 0.173 0.077 0.734 0.612
1997 1.411 3.168 2.568 1.914 1.067 0.768 0.853 0.54 0.422 0.306 0.289 0.733 1.17
1998 1.826 2.1 1.232 0.735 0.418 0.308 0.242 0.218 0.136 0.14 0.048 0.631 0.67
1999 3.542 2.487 1.259 2.123 0.925 0.797 0.543 0.341 0.235 0.26 0.179 1.154
2000 0.414 1.511 1.187 1.143 0.366 0.192 0.222 0.109 0.057 0.091 0.762 0.569 0.552
2001 0.892 2.434 2.407 1.004 0.587 0.394 0.267 0.179 0.102 0.059 0.052 0.438 0.735
2002 1.827 1.254 0.865 0.726 0.471 0.331 0.228 0.185 0.193 0.676
2003 1.295 1.588 1.174 0.778 0.379 0.259 0.288 0.823
2004 0.346 0.419 0.427 0.456 0.236 0.286 0.344 0.359

Qmean 1.414 1.794 1.386 1.073 0.555 0.418 0.376 0.271 0.189 0.154 0.239 0.609 0.707
Qmax 3.542 3.168 2.568 2.123 1.067 0.797 0.853 0.54 0.422 0.306 0.762 1.397 1.17
Qmin 0.346 0.419 0.427 0.456 0.236 0.192 0.222 0.109 0.057 0.059 0.048 0.179 0.359
Qmed 1.295 1.588 1.232 0.781 0.471 0.331 0.288 0.218 0.159 0.14 0.183 0.6 0.706
St.Dev 0.959 0.833 0.685 0.571 0.273 0.218 0.206 0.144 0.13 0.096 0.251 0.386 0.252
N.of
years
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 6 5 7 8 10
Annexes
157
Table E.10: Flood Frequency Analysis for Nswazi and Nachipere Rivers using Log-Pearson Type III Analysis

Water
Year
Max
Stream
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Rank Water Ranked
Max
logQ (logQ-avg(logQ))^2 (logQ-avg(logQ))^3 Return
Period
Exceedence
Year Stream
Flow
Tr =
[(N+1)/M]
Probability
(1/Tr)

Q(m3/s) (m3/s)
1996 14.947 1 2002 30.956 1.491 0.128 0.045984604 10 0.1
1997 11.821 2 2001 20.024 1.302 0.029 0.004832878 5 0.2
1998 14.385 3 1999 18.508 1.267 0.018 0.00245379 3.333 0.3
1999 18.508 4 2003 17.164 1.235 0.010 0.001065536 2.5 0.4
2000 15.402 5 2000 15.402 1.188 0.003 0.000167258 2 0.5
2001 20.024 6 1996 14.947 1.175 0.002 7.44803E-05 1.666 0.6
2002 30.956 7 1998 14.385 1.158 0.0006 1.64449E-05 1.428 0.7
2003 17.164 8 1997 11.821 1.073 0.004 -0.000214124 1.25 0.8
2004 2.02 9 2004 2.02 0.305 0.684 -0.56587331 1.111 0.9
Average Average Sum Sum
16.136 1.132 0.879 -0.511492443


variance 0.109842111
standard deviation 0.331424366
skew coefficient -2.258085598


Tr K(-0.2) K(-0.3) slope K(-2.2581) Q(m
3
/s)
2 0.033 0.05 0.17 -0.319 9.55974
5 0.85 0.853 0.03 0.788 21.37737
10 1.258 1.245 -0.13 1.526 36.57044
25 1.68 1.643 -0.37 2.441 71.25328
50 1.945 1.89 -0.55 3.077 113.181
100 2.178 2.104 -0.74 3.701 178.2915
200 2.388 2.294 -0.94 4.323 280.3644
Annexes
158

Table E.11: Thyolo monthly and seasonal rainfall totals in millimeters (1961-2006)

JUL. AUG. SEP. OCT. NOV. DEC. JAN. FEB. MAR. APR. MAY JUN. SEASONAL
1961/62 37.1 41.0 21.4 18.7 54.2 118.2 372.0 55.4 295.1 249.6 73.0 0.3 1336.0
1962/63 41.5 0.6 7.7 6.9 77.2 374.2 272.2 353.4 315.2 104.4 21.0 18.0 1592.3
1963/64 25.2 2.5 0.0 37.3 52.1 170.2 262.1 238.4 70.1 26.8 18.5 16.3 919.5
1964/65 71.3 29.2 1.8 1.3 50.4 358.1 278.0 136.9 375.4 55.9 42.4 21.5 1422.2
1965/66 2.3 8.0 14.4 55.7 70.1 222.9 97.2 332.8 123.3 84.8 13.8 52.5 1077.8
1966/67 23.6 6.4 12.5 15.8 45.0 172.9 204.7 110.7 301.4 111.7 28.4 23.7 1056.8
1967/68 58.8 21.2 17.9 17.0 77.6 166.6 162.7 205.5 133.3 138.6 13.8 21.1 1034.1
1968/69 6.6 18.0 1.6 12.0 105.6 343.5 270.5 150.4 168.5 201.7 25.1 32.9 1336.4
1969/70 22.2 25.7 4.1 12.9 28.0 636.3 124.6 103.6 99.5 76.4 7.4 19.6 1160.3
1970/71 20.8 2.0 0.0 76.9 195.8 300.4 327.5 99.0 102.7 8.6 68.8 20.6 1223.1
1971/72 21.3 0.0 2.8 8.2 225.3 182.6 316.6 194.3 132.0 72.5 20.4 36.9 1212.9
1972/73 13.3 18.1 4.4 10.3 100.5 111.7 242.6 1111.4 241.4 174.8 12.5 67.1 2108.1
1973/74 26.2 25.6 6.1 11.4 125.1 207.0 221.9 494.5 335.1 95.7 35.6 27.0 1611.2
1974/75 78.5 15.0 6.9 7.6 99.1 312.2 135.9 197.6 76.2 84.3 22.9 42.2 1078.4
1975/76 20.3 15.2 0.5 46.7 125.0 98.8 97.1 309.1 305.3 118.1 59.4 42.7 1238.2
1976/77 35.1 3.8 7.9 100.8 112.3 338.1 222.8 64.5 228.6 37.6 5.8 15.5 1172.8
1977/78 13.7 19.6 30.5 48.3 85.6 243.1 250.6 137.7 444.8 171.5 8.6 25.1 1479.1
1978/79 40.4 0.0 4.6 67.1 77.2 316.2 141.7 144.8 351.3 37.3 6.6 62.7 1249.9
1979/80 70.9 6.9 16.5 14.5 116.3 170.7 80.6 82.3 121.2 115.1 40.1 38.1 873.2
1980/81 25.9 15.7 18.7 65.7 25.2 289.9 209.0 343.8 1563.8 94.6 32.3 16.8 2701.4
1981/82 38.1 3.6 16.9 73.5 108.2 186.5 222.7 185.5 103.5 58.9 28.8 14.5 1040.7
1982/83 104.9 25.1 30.0 137.3 54.9 150.1 107.9 224.7 105.0 6.4 50.5 16.4 1013.2
1983/84 53.4 11.0 0.0 27.3 72.9 173.2 83.8 294.8 428.9 96.1 36.5 20.7 1298.6
1984/85 1.7 13.7 5.6 42.3 201.6 324.6 346.8 264.2 300.1 192.7 10.1 17.3 1720.7
1985/86 10.9 21.5 13.7 36.7 127.3 296.2 366.8 331.0 149.2 136.1 10.9 54.1 1554.4
Annexes
159
1986/87 21.3 0.0 11.0 104.3 246.8 231.4 285.7 83.2 47.2 29.7 15.9 36.2 1112.7
1987/88 2.9 0.0 6.8 76.1 36.9 355.9 228.4 332.7 103.9 133.6 64.8 52.1 1394.1
1988/89 13.7 20.4 0.0 72.6 115.1 77.6 241.9 528.2 481.5 55.4 9.9 21.3 1637.6
1989/90 13.2 25.1 13.4 76.4 80.6 172.3 214.7 120.3 177.7 77.4 76.7 32.4 1080.2
1990/91 17.7 23.1 78.3 1.0 56.7 95.3 150.2 120.3 279.8 52.1 7.6 15.3 897.4
1991/92 35.6 21.6 12.6 23.2 162.1 155.2 139.2 9.4 103.4 28.2 11.9 34.5 736.9
1992/93 20.9 28.4 0.0 0.0 95.2 150.7 466.3 334.0 80.6 57.0 11.6 40.3 1285.0
1993/94 27.8 19.2 1.6 19.8 68.2 54.4 341.7 68.0 111.7 27.8 7.7 18.9 766.8
1994/95 23.7 7.7 12.4 82.8 14.9 118.2 323.3 234.0 46.5 34.4 42.2 29.1 969.2
1995/96 17.4 1.1 0.0 4.2 48.5 401.4 300.7 250.5 286.0 83.0 88.0 35.9 1516.7
1996/97 43.6 6.2 28.2 8.6 93.6 264.0 382.9 372.5 281.9 177.8 7.3 3.0 1669.6
1997/98 88.5 17.2 18.9 24.9 108.6 284.7 337.4 233.7 228.0 39.8 1.4 16.5 1399.6
1998/99 15.7 17.0 2.6 15.7 64.4 304.3 575.1 311.8 332.2 169.4 14.3 27.2 1849.7
1999/00 40.1 3.4 70.7 9.3 86.9 156.1 284.4 297.9 88.1 85.2 29.0 15.9 1167.0
2000/01 33.0 15.2 0.0 7.3 205.7 134.4 226.3 510.2 241.4 54.5 33.2 12.1 1473.3
2001/02 28.9 26.2 17.1 5.1 58.9 614.1 382.9 286.2 167.6 169.8 35.4 33.0 1825.2
2002/03 22.7 18.4 4.6 37.3 53.3 103.7 463.7 167.9 233.7 26.8 22.8 36.5 1191.4
2003/04 49.3 15.1 7.6 6.0 80.2 66.6 127.8 165.1 111.9 138.2 59.2 39.6 866.6
2004/05 27.1 23.1 6.5 37.0 177.1 469.3 160.6 71.5 66.8 29.7 29.0 7.9 1105.6
2005/06 32.9 0.0 25.0 20.8 57.6 275.7 351.2 208.7 314.6 96.5 11.1 13.1 1407.2

Mean 32.0 14.2 12.5 35.2 96.1 238.9 253.4 241.6 236.8 91.5 28.3 27.7 1308.1
Max 104.9 41.0 78.3 137.3 246.8 636.3 575.1 1111.4 1563.8 249.6 88.0 67.1 2701.4
Min 1.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.9 54.4 80.6 9.4 46.5 6.4 1.4 0.3 736.9

Source: Meteorological Services Department, 2007


Annexes
160
Annex F

Results of the energy demand study


Table F.1: Demand for Electricity in Nkolokosa Village
Electrical
Appliance
Category Power
Consumption
(W)
Nos. Control
Factor
Demand
Factor
Peak
Demand
(kW)
Day
load
Night
load
Day
Night
IL60 √ 60 1092 0.5 0.9 29.5
IL75 √ √ 75 340 0.3 0.9 11.5
IL100 √ √ 100 16 0.3 0.9 0.4
Refrigerator √ √ 100 8 0.3 0.2 0.05 0.05
Electric Fan √ √ 60 8 0.5 0.2 0.05 0.05
Electric iron √ √ 750 8 0.5 0.2 0.6 0.6
Hot plate √ √ 1000 178 0.3 0.3 16 16
VCR/TV √ √ 100 178 0.5 0.8 7.1 7.1
Radio √ √ 15 457 0.5 0.2 0.7 0.7
Workshop √ 11950 2 1 0.2 4.8
Maize mill √ 20000 1 1 0.2 4.0
Shops √ 2000 3 1 0.8 4.8
Egg Incubator √ √ 1000 8 1 0.9 0.7 0.7
Battery charger √ 15 15 1 0.9 0.2
Electric Kettle √ 2400 8 0.3 0.1 0.6 0.6
Barber machine √ 75 12 1 0.9 0.8
DVD Player √ 15 8 0.5 0.2 0.01 0.01
Total 40.4 67.2





Annexes
161
Table F.2 Typical Poor Households Characteristics
Electrical
Appliance
Number Capacity
(W)
Daily Hours
of operation
(h/d)
Daily Electricity
Consumption
(kWh/d)
Annual
Consumption
(kWh/a)
Light bulb 2 60 3 0.36 131.4
Security bulb 1 100 2 0.2 73
Radio cassette 1 15 3 0.1 16.4
Total 175 0.66 220.8



Table F.3 Near - Poor Households Characteristics
Electrical
Appliance
Number Capacity
(W)
Daily Hours
of operation
(h/d)
Daily Electricity
Consumption
(kWh/d)
Annual
Consumption
(kWh/a)
Light bulb 3 60 5 0.9 328.5
Security bulb 2 75 3 0.75 273.8
Radio cassette 1 15 3 0.1 16.4
Hot plate 1 1000 1.5 5 547.5
TV/VCR 1 100 3 0.3 109.5
Total 450 3.6 1,275.7


Table F.4 Affluent Household Characteristics
Electrical
Appliance
Number Capacity
(W)
Daily Hours
of operation
(h/d)
Daily Electricity
Consumption
(kWh/d)
Annual
Consumption
(kWh/a)
Light bulb 3 60 5 0.9 328.5
Security bulb 2 100 10 2.0 730
Refrigerator 1 100 11.3 1.13 412.5
Kettle 1 1500 0.45 0.675 246.4
Electric fan 1 60 2.7 0.162 59.13
Hot plate 1 1000 1.5 1.5 547.5
DVD Player 1 15 3 0.045 16.4
VCR/TV 1 100 4 0.4 146
Electric iron 1 750 0.48 0.36 131.4
Radio cassette 1 15 2.5 0.04 13.7
Total 3,920 7.21 2,631.5


Annexes
162
Table F.5: Peak demand for various household sizes
Type of Households Number Unit Peak Demand (kW)
Poor 279 Table 6.3.2 48.83
Near poor 170 Table 6.3.3 63.00
Affluent 8 Table 6.3.4 31.36
Total 457 143.19


Table F.6: Demand Forecast of Public Facilities
Facilities Consumption Power of Electric Appliances (kW)
FL
Light
TV Computer Battery
charger
VCR Barber Fan Total
Library 2.0 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2.00
Subtotal (kW) 2.0 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2.00
Control factor 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.8 -
Demand factor 0.9 0.8 0.2 0.2 0.8 0.2 0.2 -
Peak demand (kW) 1.26 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.26


Table F.7: Demand Forecast of Groceries, and Small shops in Nkolokosa
Facilities
Consumption Power of Electric Appliances (kW)
Light TV Fan Refrigerator VCR

Radio Total
Small shops 0.54 0.3 0.3 0.45 0.3 0.15 2.04
Subtotal (kW) 0.54 0.3 0.3 0.45 0.3 0.15 2.04
Control factor 0.7 0.5 0.8 0.3 0.5 0.5
Demand factor 0.9 0.8 0.2 0.2 0.8 0.2
Peak demand (kW) 0.34 0.12 0.05 0.03 0.12 0.02 0.68

Annexes
163
Table F.8: Demand Forecast for Rural Industries
Power consumption of electric appliances (kW)

Battery
charger
Barber Carpentry
shop
Welding
shop
Maize
mill
Total
Light industry 0.225 0.225 11.95 - 20 51.98
Subtotal (kW) 0.225 0.225 11.95 - 20 51.98
Control factor 0.3 0.5 1 1 1
Demand factor 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Peak Demand (kW) 0.01 0.02 2.4 - 4.0 6.43



Table F.9: Forecast Demand of Nkolokosa
Consumers Number of
consumers
Peak Demand (kW) Reference
Unit Demand Total Demand
Households 457 1.1 143.19 Table F.5
Public facilities 1 1.1 1.26 Table F.6
Groceries and shops 5 0.2 0.68 Table F.7
Rural industries 4 2.3 6.43 Table F.8
Total 151.56



Table F.10: Forecasted Peak loads for Nkolokosa
Year Number of
households
Number
of
shops
Number
of
maize
mills
Village
peak load
without
shops and
mills
Shops Maize
mills
peak
load(kW)
Village
peak load
(kW)
2007 457 1 1 176.4 6.43 20 202.83
2012 487 2 1 423.476 6.76 20 450.236
2017 519 3 1 451.38 7.1 20 478.48
2022 553 4 1 481.028 7.46 20 508.488
2027 590 4 2 513.292 7.84 40 561.132
2032 629 5 2 547.3 8.24 40 595.54


Annexes
164
Table F.11: Nkolokosa power and energy forecast BEPP2 scenario
Annual growth rate 0.60% Domestic 85 kWh/yr Yearly growth rate 1.21%
Number of persons per household 5.3 Commercial 50 kWh/yr 2.00%
Initial penetration rate 10% Agro-industrial 150 kWh/yr 0.50%
Yearly growth of penetration 2% Load factor 30%
Maximum penetration 50% Peak factor 3.3
Year Population Households
Penetration
rate (%)
Households
connected
Energy Demand (kWh) Total Capacity
Domestic Commercial Agro-industrial energy (kWh) demand (kW)
2007 2,758 520 10 52 4,420 2,600 7,800 14,820 6
2008 2,775 524 12 63 5,409 3,207 9,479 18,095 7
2009 2,792 527 14 74 6,424 3,838 11,178 21,440 8
2010 2,809 530 16 85 7,473 4,500 12,912 24,885 9
2011 2,826 533 18 96 8,557 5,192 14,681 28,430 11
2012 2,843 536 20 107 9,677 5,918 16,486 32,081 12
2013 2,860 540 22 119 10,854 6,689 18,361 35,904 14
2014 2,877 543 24 130 12,050 7,485 20,243 39,778 15
2015 2,894 546 26 142 13,285 8,316 22,161 43,762 17
2016 2,911 549 28 154 14,560 9,185 24,117 47,862 18
2017 2,928 552 30 166 15,875 10,093 26,110 52,078 20
2018 2,946 556 32 178 17,262 11,061 28,193 56,516 22
2019 2,964 559 34 190 18,663 12,052 30,267 60,982 23
2020 2,982 563 36 203 20,143 13,109 32,439 65,691 25
2021 3,000 566 38 215 21,635 14,190 34,595 70,420 27
2022 3,018 569 40 228 23,171 15,316 36,792 75,279 29
2023 3,036 573 42 241 24,797 16,519 39,098 80,414 31
2024 3,054 576 44 253 26,430 17,744 41,380 85,554 33
2025 3,072 580 46 267 28,160 19,053 43,779 90,992 35
2026 3,090 583 48 280 29,893 20,384 46,148 96,425 37
2027 3,109 587 50 294 31,732 21,806 48,643 102,181 39
Annexes
165
Annex G
Results of economic analysis

Table G.1: General assumptions
Parameter Unit Hydro Diesel
Technical data:
Annual operating hours hrs 5610 3000
Installed capacity kW 40 160
Load factor % 50 30
Design efficiency % 35 30
Service life years 35 15
Financial data:
Discount rate (real) % 12 6
Escalation rate (real) % 10 10
Residual value % 10 10
Exchange rates (September,2007) MWK 145 145
Operation and maintenance costs % 1.5 5
Fuel cost MWK/litre - 250


Table G.2: Summary of costs for Nkolokosa Hydropower Scheme
Item Description Amount (MWK) Remarks
1 Intake structures 3,396,449.3
2 Power canal and desilting basin 2,214,450
3 Fore bay and spillway 1,707,000
4 Penstock 422,500 2007 prices
5 Power and tail race 1,833,250
Total 9,573,649.30
6 Turbine and generator 15,194,051.65
7 Hydro mechanical components 800,000
Annexes
166
8 Transmission and distribution lines 10,000,000 Per km
9 Engineering and administrative expenses 5,335,155.15
Grand total 40,902,856.09
Contingencies@ 10% 2,045,142.80
Total Project Cost 42,947,998.90 US$306,771.42
Specific cost per kW 1,073,699.97 US$7,669.29


Table G.3: Specifications and construction cost for diesel generator and hybrid system



Item Diesel Hybrid
Diesel power generation cost
Output 160 kW 100 kW
Diesel generator 2,175,000 22,633,016.43
Transport and setting cost
Transport 150,000 150,000
Setting 250,000 250,000
Subtotal 400,000 400,000
Construction cost (annual capital cost)
Diesel generation set 2,175,000
(145,000/yr)
2,175,000
(145,000/yr)
Hydro - 9,572,345
(273,495.57/yr)
Transmission 7,000,000
(466,667/yr)
7,000,000
(466,667/yr)
Total 9,175,000
(611,667/yr)
11,747,345
(783,156.33/yr)
Annexes
167
Table G.4: Annual energy production
164 183 274 328 347 361 Total
Discharge (m
3
/s) 0.397 0.357 0.217 0.088 0.050 0.044 -
Output (kW) 91.71 82.47 50.13 20.33 11.55 10.16 -
Term(day) 164 19 91 54 19 14 364
Power generation
during day (kWh)
82,720 8,618 25,089 6,037 1207 783 124,453
Power generation
during night (kWh)
45,120 4,701 13,685 3,293 658 427 67,884
Total (kWh) 127,840 13,318 38,773 9,331 1,865 1,210 192,337

Table G.5: Fuel Cost
Items
Diesel Remarks
Diesel Power Generation
Output
Consumption of fuels


200KVA/160kW
23.62 L/h

kWh cost
MK52.95/kWh Fuel price escalated from
K191.60/litre in September,
2007 to K250.00/litre in 2009 )
Fuel cost
K 11,748,588/yr
















Annexes
168
Table G.6: Comparison of annual costs for hydro, diesel and hybrid system
Items Hydro Diesel Hybrid Reference case
Construction cost
(MWK)

(Annual Capital Cost)
Hydro
32,947,998.90
- -

(1,227,085.68)

Diesel - 2,175,000.00 -
(145,000.00)
Hybrid - - 35,122,998.90

(2,341,533.26)


Transmission&distribution 10,000,000.00 10,000,000.00 10,000,000.00
(285,714.29) (466,666.67) (285,714.29)
Total 42,947,998.90 9,175,000.00 45,122,998.90
(1,227,085.68) (611,666.67) (3,008,199.93)

Annual Capital
Cost(MWK/yr)

1,227,085.68

611,666.67

3,008,199.93

Fuel cost(MWK/yr) - 11,748,588 -
O&M Cost (MWK/yr) 257,160.00 478,750.00 735,910.00
Total 1,484,245.68 12,839,004.67 3,744,109.93

Annual power generation
Electrical energy (kWh)

192,337


273,600.00

241,288.00

kWh cost (MWK/kWh) 7.72 46.93 15.52 2.00
Other cost (MWK/kWh) - - -
Total cost (MWK/kWh) 7.72 46.93 15.52 2.00
Evaluation √ X O

Note: Values in brackets are given in Malawi Kwacha per year


Annexes
169
Table G.7: Levelised cost of small-scale hydro, diesel and hybrid systems
Unit Hydro Diesel Hybrid
Installed capacity kW 40 160 100
Initial Investment MWK 42,947,998.90 9,175,000 45,122,998.90
Specific cost per kW MWK/kW 1,073,699.97 57,343.75 451,229.99
Capacity Cost MWK/kWh 223.30 33.54 129.01
Energy produced per year kWh 192,337 273,600 349,760
Fixed O&M MWK/yr 136,717.04 44,631,516.57 1,962,995.68
Capacity factor % 50 30 40


Table G.8: Varied parameters for the sensitivity analyses
Parameter Range of variation
Investment costs -50% to 50%
Interest rate 8% to 22%
Annual operating hours 4000 to 8000 hours
Maintenance costs 1.5% to 5%
Load factor 25% to 75%

The following additional data was used to generate graphs:
Turbine type: Cross flow
Turbine rating: 40 kW
Load factor: 50%
Energy supplied: 192, 337 kWh/year






Annexes
170
Annex H
Computations of greenhouse gas emissions

Table H.1: IPCC values used for GHG computations
CO
2
Emissions Non- CO
2
Emission Factors
Factor Paraffin Firewood Charcoal Gas EF(kg/TJ)
(Oil)
EF(kg/TJ)
(Wood)
EF(kg/TJ)
(Charcoal)
Net calorific
value
(TJ/10
3

tonne)
44.75 15 30 CH
4
10 300 200
Carbon
emission
factor
(tC/TJ)
19.5 29.9 29.9 N
2
O 0.6 4 1
Fraction of
carbon
oxidised
0.99 0.88 0.88 NOx 100 100 100
CO 20 5000 7000
NMVOC 5 600 100


Table H.2: CO
2
emissions based on fuel types
Fuel source CO
2
emissions
(Gg)
Paraffin 44.80
Firewood 876.28
Charcoal 683.41
CO
2
emissions from biomass used in energy. Not included in the total
but reported only for information
1559.69

Total CO
2
emissions for Nkolokosa village 45


Table H.3: Emission coefficients for fuel
Diesel Natural gas
Carbon emission rate (ton C/TJ) 20.2 15.3
Carbon oxidation rate coefficient 0.99 0.995
CO
2
unit conversion coefficient 44/12 44/12

Annexes
171
Table H.4: Breakdown of power generation in Malawi by source (in 1999)
Item Generated output
(GWh/year)
Energy consumption
(TJ/year)
Gas fired thermal power 0.91 3.276
Diesel power 0.39 1.404
Total thermal power 1.3 4.68
Hydropower 1031.1 0
Total 1032.4 4.68


Table H.5: Equivalent CO
2
emission reductions for the period 2008 - 2027
Year Emission reduction Cumulative emission
(tCO2 eq./yr) reduction (tCO2 eq./yr)
2008 59.62 59.62
2009 59.62 119.24
2010 59.62 178.86
2011 59.62 238.48
2012 59.62 298.1
2013 59.62 357.72
2014 59.62 417.34
2015 59.62 476.96
2016 59.62 536.58
2017 59.62 596.2
2018 59.62 655.82
2019 59.62 715.44
2020 59.62 775.06
2021 59.62 834.68
2022 59.62 894.3
2023 59.62 953.92
2024 59.62 1013.54
2025 59.62 1073.16
2026 59.62 1132.78
2027 59.62 1192.4
Total estimated reduction
(t CO2 eq.) 12520.2


Annexes
172
Table H.6 Parameters for load forecast
Parameter Proposed value Source
Population growth rate 0.6 NSO, 1998
Occupants per household 5.3 According to
survey results
Development of official
market penetration
Linear increase from
10% in the first year to
40% in the 20
th
year

residential Average base consumption 200 kWh/oc*/year
Average growth of
consumption
1.27 %/year
commercial Average base consumption 100 kWh/oc*/year
Average growth of
consumption
1.25 %/year
small
industrial
Average base consumption 150 kWh/oc*/year
Average growth of
consumption
0.5 %/year

The total yearly consumption of a rural village in year x after the reference year is estimated
according to the formula below (Feibel, 2003):

+ + +

|
¹
|

\
|
=
gr gr gr gr gr
x
str
x
ind
x
com
x
res
x
pop
strC indC comC resC
oc
hh
x pr
shh
pop
x aC
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (
. . . . . ). ( . . ) (

(Equation 6.6)

where
aC = total average consumption [kWh]
resC = residential base consumption [kWh]
comC= commercial base consumption [kWh]
indC = small industrial base consumption [kWh]
strC= street lighting base consumption [kWh]
gr
(...)
= growth rates (of population, residential consumption etc.)
oc hh / = number of households per official connection
pop = population
x = number of years after reference year
pr = official penetration rate
oc = official connection
shh = size of household




Annexes
173
Table H.7: Energy demand by source (GJ)
2007 2012 2017 2022 2027
Firewood 888.7 943.8 1002.3 1064.4 1130.4
Charcoal 670.8 777.6 901.5 1045.1 1211.5
Paraffin 58 63.6 66.9 71.3 75.9
Candles 4.4 4.7 4.9 5.3 5.6
Batteries 0.01 0.011 0.012 0.013 0.0013
Total 1622.8 1788.9 1975.6 2186 2423.4

Table H.8: Final energy demand (GJ)
Scenario/year 2007 2012 2017 2022 2027
Base 1622.8 1788.9 1975.6 2186 2423.4
BEPP1 3.6 8.1 13.5 20.2 28.3
Difference(GJ) 1619.2 1780.8 1962.1 2165.8 2395.1
Difference (%) 99.78 99.55 99.32 99.08 98.83

Base 1622.8 1788.9 1975.6 2186 2423.4
BEPP2 4.1 8.9 14.5 20.9 28.4
Difference(GJ) 1618.7 1780 1961.1 2165.1 2395
Difference (%) 99.75 99.50 99.27 99.04 98.83

Base 1622.8 1788.9 1975.6 2186 2423.4
BEPP3 5.8 12.8 21.3 31.5 43.8
Difference(GJ) 1617 1776.1 1954.3 2154.5 2379.6
Difference (%) 99.64 99.28 98.92 98.56 98.19








Annexes
174

Table H.9: Reduction of green house gases and other pollutants - Nkolokosa

Substance
emitted
Scenario 2007 2012 2017 2022 2027

CO
2
Base 45 46.4 47.8 49.2 50.7

BEPP 45 43.7 42.4 41.1 39.9

CO Base 108 111.3 114.7 118.1 121.7

BEPP 108 104.8 101.7 98.7 95.8

CH
4
Base 5 5.2 5.3 5.5 5.6

BEPP 5 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.4

NOx Base 2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.3

BEPP 2 1.9 1.88 1.83 1.77

NMVOC Base 7 7.2 7.4 7.7 7.9

BEPP 7 6.79 6.59 6.4 6.21

Note: all emissions are in gigagrams


Annexes
175
Table H.10: Estimated electrification levels and CO
2
emission reductions in Malawi
Model parameters
Loads 85 kWh/year/HH CO
2
emission rate 0.31 t CO
2
/kWh
Slope 7.186 Number of occupants/HH 5.3
Intercept 18.5 Total number of HH in Malawi 2,273,846 Population 9,883,222

Project name Capacity Annual Households Population Percentage HH Percentage CO
2
emission Cumulative
(kW) generation connected served supplied people connected reductions reductions
(kWh) (tons CO
2
eq) (tons CO
2
eq)
Kaseye 150 394,000 1,096 5,809 0.05 0.06 122 2,442.80
Kalenje 1 230 604,000 1,671 8,856 0.07 0.09 187 3,744.80
Chambo 6 16,000 62 329 0.00 0 5 99.20
Mbalizi 30 79,000 234 1,240 0.01 0.01 24 489.80
Kalenje 2 120 315,000 881 4,669 0.04 0.05 98 1,953.00
Upstream Lufira 130 340,000 953 5,051 0.04 0.05 105 2,108.00
Lufira 940 2,470,000 6,773 35,897 0.30 0.36 766 15,314.00
North Rukuru 2,250 5,913,000 16,187 85,791 0.71 0.87 1,833 36,660.60
North Rukuru 2 1,070 2,810,000 7,708 40,852 0.34 0.41 871 17,422.00
North Rukuru 3 670 1,760,000 4,833 25,615 0.21 0.26 546 10,912.00
Chisenga 15 39,000 126 668 0.01 0.01 12 241.80
Kakasu 15 39,000 126 668 0.01 0.01 12 241.80
Hewe 45 118,000 342 1,813 0.02 0.02 37 731.60
Ntchenachena 30 78,000 234 1,240 0.01 0.01 24 483.60
Murwerzi 5 13,000 54 286 0.00 0 4 80.60
Luzinkhuni 50 131,000 378 2,003 0.02 0.02 41 812.20
Sasasa 20 52,000 162 859 0.01 0.01 16 322.40
Ngapani 5 13,000 54 286 0.00 0 4 80.60
Mtemankhokwe 25 65,000 198 1,049 0.009 0.01 20 403.00
Nswazi 75 197,000 557 2,952 0.02 0.03 61 1,221.40
Choyoti 60 157,000 450 2,385 0.02 0.02 49 973.40
Nachipere 40 192,337 306 1,622 0.01 0.02 60 1,192.49
Total 5,981 15,795,337 43,385 229,940 1.9 2.3 4,896.6 97,931.1

DECLARATION

I, John Loti Taulo, confirm that this work submitted for assessment is my own and is expressed in my own words. Any uses made within it of works of other authors in any form (ideas, equations, figures, text, tables, programmes etc) are properly acknowledged at the point of their use. A full list of the references employed is included.

Signed:………………………………………………

Date: ……………………………………………….

i

DEDICATION

To my wife Chisomo

To my parents Loti Taulo and Elida Mphepo

To my children Ian and Tadala YOU ARE A BLESSING TO ME

ii

Finally. for providing a suitable environment for interaction. They are too numerous to be mentioned here by name. and enabled me to access your wisdom and intellect on energy issues. mutual respect and understanding. This study would not have been possible without financial support from Malawi Industrial Research and Technology Development Centre. Your presence in those rugged and inaccessible areas of Thyolo District was a source of inspiration. Professor Kevin Bennett. iii . I value your time out of office. assisted me with most of the secondary data used in this study. both public and private. Kingsley Kalonda accompanied me during my fieldwork.ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to express my profound gratitude to my supervisor. created an environment that promoted learning. thanks also to my wife Chisomo. A large number of individuals and institutions. Ann Steiner. for his valuable guidance from the beginning of this project until the end. You always provided positive constructive feedback. Their excellent support is greatly acknowledged. Your resource investment towards this study will forever be treasured. in search of suitable project sites. Christopher Guta deserves special recognition for his contribution to my personal development and the success of my study. constant help and support throughout my studies. understanding. I would like to extend my thanks to my classmates and staff of Energy Research Centre in particular. for her willing ears and distractions.

216. Using the relationship between number of households in that village and estimated peak demand. the evaluation seems quite promising and.490. The study results indicate that small-scale hydropower would be a favourable option. The results show that providing 85kWh/year of electricity per household increases the national electrification level by 2. The results show that significant increase in electrification using small-scale hydropower alone is not achievable. A preliminary economic analysis of the cost of supplying power to the village has been presented. The benefit cost ratio was 6. About 230. low consumption and poor load factors have prevented the majority of the rural population from getting connected to the national electricity grid. the electricity access rate is 0.98%. However.80 per kWh. The net present value was found to be MWK 4. and unit cost of electricity to the user are analysed. iv . dispersed nature of the population.66).337 kWh/year of electricity and result in avoided emissions of 59. The specific construction cost per kW is MWK 2. small-scale hydropower projects should be implemented. Emission reductions for green house gases have been estimated. The average willingness to pay is MWK 5. to estimate the energy consumption.5% of the country’s population has access to electricity. This corresponds to about one fifth of total number of households found in a typical village in Malawi.389. Approximately 7.ABSTRACT This study explores the potential of utilising small-scale hydropower as an alternative source of rural electrification in Malawi. In rural areas.000 people in rural areas would have access to electricity. The study seeks to answer a key question such as “what is the potential of utilising smallscale hydropower to increase the electrification level and reduce green house emissions in Malawi?” An ex ante study has been conducted in Nkolokosa village.25. unit cost of generation.86 (US$15. income levels and willingness to pay.8%. a regression model to forecast future electricity demands has been derived.08 with an 8% discount rate. and the economic rate of return (EIRR) was 5. A typical 40 kW small-scale hydropower plant would serve about 110 households. A number of factors such as the cost of infrastructure. The project would deliver 192.even tariff is MWK 44. The break.992.835.62 tons CO2/year. with some refined costing at each potential site.3%.58/kWh. The capital cost of such a rural electrification project.

. 1 Energy issues facing Malawi ......................................................................................................... x Acronyms and abbreviations.............................. ix List of tables . x List of appendices ............................................................ iii Abstract .. 1 Rural energy and international development context ................. 25 v ................... 4 Small-scale hydropower development in Malawi ..................................................................................................................................2......................................................... 16 Overall present energy situation ............................................................................................................................................................................. i Dedication ............................. 13 REVIEW OF ENERGY AND POWER SECTORS IN MALAWI ........................................................................................................................................................................... xiii CHAPTER 1: 1..... 11 Limitations of this study .............................................................................. 11 Significance of the study.................6 1............ 14 CHAPTER 2: 2........................................................................ 14 Energy Situation .................................... 7 Research Problem .............................................................................................................................7 1.......................................................... 21 National Energy Policy ........................................ v List of figures ...8 1..1 2...............................................................................2..................................................2 1....................................................................5 1....................................................... xi Glossary ..........................................................................1 1............................................................................... 23 Hydropower resource potential and development in Malawi .................2 2................... ii Acknowledgements .......................................................................... 8 Research objectives and questions ....... 12 Structure of the thesis .....................................................1 2.............. 24 Rural Electrification ........................... 9 Study hypothesis ....................................................................................................9 1..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................TABLE OF CONTENTS Declaration .......................................................... 11 Assumptions.................................................................................................................10 1.................................................................................................................4 1..............................................................................................5 Geography and Demography ............... 11 Scope of work ....................................11 INTRODUCTION ...............4 2..... iv Table of contents ...........................................................................................................................................3 1..............................2 2............................ 16 Energy demand and supply projections .......................................................................................................................................3 2...........................................

.....................2 3.... 55 Flow Duration Curve ... 50 Small-scale hydropower system components ......................2 3.................................................................................... 52 Run-of............3 3.....................................7..............................1 4..............................4............................. 31 Environmental Benefits ...............2 4............................................... 38 Long term planning and government commitment . 46 Standardisation of small-scale hydropower plants ........................................................................................ 27 Energy poverty and rural electrification ...............................................................3...................... 28 Rural electrification objectives ............................... 3............ 49 CHAPTER 4: 4......................1 4.........7...............................................................2..................7 Basic concepts of hydropower .................................1............................................7 4...........7......... 56 Capacity Factor ............................................................... 49 Energy conversion principles............................................1 4..............1 4....................................................................................................1 3. 31 Social Benefits ......................................................... 29 Economic objective ...........2............... 27 Definition of Rural Electrification ..........................1 3.................................................................3...............................................1......................5 RURAL ELECTRIFICATION: CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK ...............3 3............................................ 54 Resource assessment and evaluation ............ 57 Stream flow characteristics ... 30 Socio-economic objective ................................................. 27 Energy Poverty... 35 Case studies.................................2.................. 34 Key Success factors for rural electrification ..4 4...............river type .....3 4................................................................................... 57 vi ..................7....2 3.6 4...................................................7.................................................. 57 Energy output from a power plant ............. 52 River power plants ................... 53 Choice of water turbine .....................1 3..................................................................................1 3.................4..................................7...................................... 30 Social and economic benefits of rural electrification ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 45 Policies and strategies ................................................2 3..3................... 30 Poverty alleviation objective............................................................................4 4............................4 3...3 3................... 45 Decentralised approach for small hydropower development................................................................. 53 Water Turbines ...................7...............................................5...... 55 Hydrological flow indices ...................................................... 33 Economic Benefits ........................7..............................................................5 4..................2 4......................................CHAPTER3: 3...............................1 3................3...........................................2 4.... 51 Small-scale hydropower scheme configurations ........................... 46 Capital investment and financial support mechanisms .......7.......3 4.................................2 3.........1 3.................................................................. 55 Environmental flow considerations .......................................................2 3.......................................................................... 47 THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS ..

............1....... 65 Load forecasting............................1............................................................. 86 Flood Flow .............................1 4...................2 5.....................................................1 6..................2...3 6.... 71 Data Collection Methods ..................................................................................................3 6....................................................... 73 Analysis of stream flow data from gauged site .................. 76 Demand Forecasting ...............................1 4....................................9......................................... 90 Water Availability........................ 61 Tools for economic analysis ................. 65 Consumption patterns .......................... 85 Meteorological data ............2 4............. 78 Household Income .......... 61 Costing .................2..1................. 64 Consumption patterns and load forecast ..................................................................................................1......................................5 Socio-economic characteristics of households ................................................... 72 Field surveys .......2 6..................3..............1......................4 6................................7 6................1......2........................................8 4.....................................3 5...... 66 MATERIALS AND METHODS .......2 Estimation of stream flow characteristics at ungauged sites ....... 69 CHAPTER 5: 5................. 80 Household willingness to pay for electricity ..........................................1 5.......... 85 River flow rate data ............................... 61 Regression Equation Approach...........................................2.......... 77 Results output............................................................5 5............................6 6.................................3............ 81 Appliances and end-uses of electricity ..................................5 6.............12.......... 78 CHAPTER 6: 6....1 5.........................................................5 6..............................................2.....................................................................................................4 6............. 80 Household energy consumption...........9...................................................................6 Study Area ...................................2 6.............. 71 Research Design.....4.................................................................10........................................................................................ 83 Community Participation ...................................... 60 Flow correlation method ................................................................................................... 62 Tariff Setting .......................3 4................1 6...............................................................................2....8 6........................... 91 vii ..............................................1................................ 59 Catchment-Area Ratio ...............12.......1 4.......................................................................... 83 Behavioural attitude towards electrification project .........................10 4........................................................................................................................................3..1 6........2 5.................................................................9.............................10.........12 4............................................................................................................... 79 Energy sources and end uses...................................................................................................................................... 80 Household energy expenditure ...................................................2 6.................................................................................................................................................. 69 Methods ........................ 77 RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS .... 89 Flow Correlations......................... 61 Economic analysis ............2..................................................1..........2 4......4 5...........................................................................................11 4...1......2............................................. 84 Hydrological Study ............................ 78 Demographics .............................................................................................................................

..............1 6....................................5........4 6..............................................8.....6.... 92 Maximum Power Demand .............................................. 98 Sensitivity Analyses ...................3 6................................................................................3................................................. 104 Emission reductions ..............................................................................................................................2 6........ 105 Scenario analysis.............................. 96 Capital costs .............................................3 6........ 113 CHAPTER 7: 7....2 6........... 106 Basic Electricity for Pro-poor (BEPP) ...........................................................................................................6 6..............................................................................................CO2 Emissions ......................................3................................. 112 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMEDATIONS ...............8 6..........1 6..................................1 7.......................................................................... 131 viii ...... 97 Fuel cost ............................ 104 CO2 Emissions .... 104 Non.......5...................................................5.......2 6.........................................................2 Summary of principle findings ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................3..........................................4 6..............................9 6....................................... 95 Estimation of future electricity consumption............................ 117 REFERENCES .......................................... 111 Electrification rates ............................................. 98 Green house gas emissions (GHG) ..............7................................................................................................................................ 97 Fixed Annual Operating and Maintenance Costs ................................................................................ 106 Business as Usual (BAU)........................................ 108 Installed capacity and number of households ...............................7......................................................1 6...5 6...7 6.............................................................5 6..............1 6...................7....................5............................................... 96 Annual energy production......................................3 6............................... 93 Required Output of Power Station ....................5..... 97 Unit energy cost ......................... 92 Peak load ..............................................................2 6........................................ 120 ANNEXES .....................................8................................................... 113 Recommendations ................................................................ 95 Economic Analysis ......................................................10 Energy Demand Study .....3 6.....

.70 General plan of the proposed scheme…………………………………………...1 Figure 4.83 Behavioural attitude towards electrification project……………………………..1 Figure 5....82 Desired end-uses of electricity………………………………………………….76 Categories of households……………………………………………………….....94 Variation of capital costs with rated capacity………………………………….15 Figure 6.4 Figure 2...10 Figure 6.5 Figure 4.75 River discharge measurement using velocity area method…………………….17 Total energy use by various sectors…………………………………………….1 Figure 2..71 Survey of river cross section at the proposed weir site………………………….99 Variation of investment level and interest rate on unit cost of electricity…….3 Figure 5.......49 Components of a small-scale hydropower plant…………………………………51 Selection of turbine………………………………………………………………54 Location of the study area and catchment of the project site………………….2 Figure 5.17 Figure 6.6 Figure 6.2 Figure 4..11 Figure 6......4 Figure 6...3 Figure 2.3 Figure 6.2 Figure 2....7 Figure 6...1 Figure 6..................14 Figure 6..78 Distribution of household income groups………………………….85 10-day flow duration curve for Nachipere River at Nkolokosa………………..13 Figure 6......94 Average daily load curves for Nkolokosa village.81 Willingness to pay for monthly electricity consumption………………………....100 ix ........12 Figure 6...4 Figure 6.9 Figure 6.90 Hydrograph for Nachipere River……………………………………………….21 Total primary energy supply…………………………………………………….8 Figure 6.....16 Figure 6....22 Hydrological cycle…………………………………………………………….....2 Figure 6.79 Maximum connection fees and in-house wiring costs…………………………..............3 Figure 5..22 Final energy demand…………………………………………………………….92 Power demand under different household sizes………………………………....5 Figure 6..LIST OF FIGURES Figure 2.....99 Variation of unit costs of electricity with rated capacity……………………….... rainfall and average daily flow……88 Flow duration curve at intake on Nachipere River………………………………89 Flood frequency analysis for Nswazi and Nachipere Rivers…………………..18 Location map of Malawi…………………………………………………………15 Distribution of energy sources…………………………………………………..84 Thyolo monthly and yearly rainfall (1962-2006)………………………………...84 Willingness to contribute to project activities…………………………………........87 Relationship between average annual yield.....

.................101 Sensitivity analysis of IRR with different plant load factors………….16 China small-scale hydropower stations by installed capacity……………………39 Installed capacity for small-scale hydropower in Nepal…………………………43 Comparison of results of rural electrification programme in China...25 Figure 6.....112 LIST OF TABLES Table 2....1 Table 3...............19 Figure 6.....………….101 Variation of unit cost of electricity with discount rates...........44 Table 4................100 Variation of annual operating hours and maintenance costs of electricity……........................23 Figure 6.... Nepal and India…………………………………………………………………..1 Table 3......26 Figure 6..105 Final energy demand by source..102 Estimated non-CO2 emissions by source categories…………………………....27 Figure 6..22 Figure 6.........20 Figure 6............24 Figure 6. imports statistics and consumption Typical examples of rural electrification benefits Estimation of power potential and economic concepts Household energy demand questionnaire and site surveys Results of socio-economic survey and hydrological study Results of energy demand study Results of economic analysis Computations of greenhouse gas emissions x .........28 Variation of unit cost of electricity with different plant load factors…………........107 Estimated emissions under business as usual scenario…………………………108 Final electricity demand for Nkolokosa...Figure 6.............2 Table 3....109 Estimated emissions under BEPP scenarios……………………………………110 System capacity and number of households connected under BEPP scenario....1 k-values for calculation of total project costs……………………………………63 LIST OF APPENDICES Annex A: Annex B: Annex C: Annex D: Annex E: Annex F: Annex G: Annex H: Energy resources.4 Key energy indicators for Malawi………………………………………………....21 Figure 6....

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS AAR AAY ADF AEPC ANC BCR BEPP BHA CCGT CFL CH4 CIA CO CO2 CoG DANIDA DFID DoEA EnPoGen ERI ESAP ESCAP ESCOM ESHA GHG GNESD GoM HDI HRC IDS IEA IH IPCC IPP IRR ITCZ JICA MDGs MEM MoIWD MPRSP MWK N2O NECO Average Annual Rainfall Average Annual Yield Average Daily Flow Alternative Energy Promotion Centre Antenatal care Benefit Cost Ratio Basic Electricity for Pro-Poor British Hydropower Association Combined Cycle Gas Turbine Compact Fluorescent Light Methane Central Intelligence Agency Carbon Monoxide Carbon Dioxide Cost of Generation Danish International Development Cooperation Agency Department for International Development Department of Energy Affairs Energy Poverty and Gender Energy Research Institute Energy Sector Assistance Programme Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific Electricity Supply Corporation of Malawi European Small Hydropower Association Green House Gas Global Network on Energy for Sustainable Development Government of Malawi Human Development Index Hangzhou Regional Centre (Asia-Pacific) for Small Hydro Power Institute of Development Studies International Energy Agency Institute of Hydrology Inter governmental Panel on Climate Change Independent Power Producers Internal Rate of Return Inter Tropical Convergence Zone Japan International Cooperation Agency Millennium Development Goals Ministry of Energy and Mining Ministry of Irrigation and Water Development Malawi Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper Malawi Kwacha Nitrous oxide National Electricity Council xi .

26 Yuan = 1 USD Rs.46 (Indian Rupees) = 1 USD xii .hour Gigawatt.NMVOC NO NOx NPV NSO O&M PESD PNC REDF REN21 RoR SADC SHP SO2 SPSS TAMS TERI TT UN/DTCD UNDP UNESCAP UNFCC UNIDO USAID VDC WACC WEC Units kW kWh MW MWh GWh TWh GJ TJ PJ Gg Non Methane Volatile Compounds Nitric Oxide Nitrogen oxide Net Present Value National Statistical Office Operation and Maintenance Programme on Energy and Sustainable Development Postnatal care Rural Energy Development Fund Renewable Energy and Policy Network for the 21st Century Run-of –River Southern Africa Development Community Small-scale hydropower Sulphur Dioxide Statistical Package for Social Scientists Tippetts-Abbot-McCarthy-Stratton Tata Energy Research Institute Tetanus Toxoid United Nations Department of Technical Cooperation for Development United Nations Development Programme United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change United Nations Industrial Development Organisation United States for International Development Village Development Committee Weighted Average Cost of Capital World Energy Council kilowatt kilowatt-hour Megawatt Megawatt.hour Gigajoules = 109 Joules Terajoules = 1012 Joules Petajoules = 1015 Joules Gigagrams= 109 gram Exchange Rates 145 MWK = 1 USD 8.hour Terawatt.

It is always less than 1. this could be. or has been developed. Economic potential : that portion of technical potential. Diversity factor : the ratio of the sum of the individual maximum demands of various parts of a power distribution system to the maximum demand of the whole system.GLOSSARY Small-scale hydropower: Gross potential : hydropower usually run-of-river with capacity up to 10 MW the annual energy potentially available. which can. used to regulate the flow of water into the power house Head : vertical distance between the surface of a reservoir or other intake location and the power house Hydrograph Load : : a chart or table that depicts the water volume as a function of time the amount of electric power delivered or required at any point on a system Run –of. Technical potential : the total hydropower potential at a station wall of all sites. or have been developed.river : a hydropower project that generates at the rate of inflow without change as a result of storage in a reservoir Tail race : a structure through which a power house discharges flow into the river or other receiving water Power house : a structure that contains the turbine and generator of a hydropower project Demand factor : a ratio of the maximum demand of a system to the total connected load on the system. considering current technology. It is usually more than 1. at costs competitive with other resources Exploitable potential : the portion of the economic potential. regardless of economic and other restrictions. which can be expected to be harnessed considering environmental or other special restrictions. when all natural run off in a country is harnessed down to the sea level (or to the border of the country) without any energy losses. Fore bay : a reservoir upstream from a power house. xiii .

(2004:1693-705). inter alia. human development index (HDI). reliable and clean energy to rural areas has been identified as one key challenge to be addressed with a view to reduce poverty in developing countries. More elaborated overviews and for references for further reading can be found in. facilitates productive activities such as agro-industrial 1 . major energy poverty nexus analyses and studies show that energy has close links with sustainable development. improving access to electricity in rural areas is claimed to be key to economic growth and increased quality of life. DFID. WEC(1999). Electricity in particular. "Energy for Sustainable Development″ (UNDP. gender disparity. World Bank and other bilateral donor country publications such as "Energy after Rio″ (UNDP. 1997. "Energy and the challenge of sustainability″ (UNDP. Rebelo’s (2003) study provides a comprehensive list of other relevant publications that this study has consulted. The linkages between energy and poverty have been a subject of discourse on international development agenda. Most of these reports emphasize the importance of improving access to modern energy sources with a view to achieving poverty alleviation. 2002). and environmental quality (UNDP. there has been an increased awareness of the importance of energy for rural development. 2002). IEA(2002). 1999).Chapter 1: Introduction CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1. This is reflected in the growing number of publications addressing the linkages between energy and poverty as an integral component of poverty reduction strategies. and Chaurey et al.1 Rural energy and international development context In recent years. A number of impact and case studies have demonstrated that energy has a direct impact on the welfare of people. For instance. 1997). affordable. 2002). Rebelo (2003) mentions United Nations. Moreover. UNDP(2005). The provision of efficient. just to cite but a few. "Energy services for the World’s Poor″ (World Bank. "Energy for the poor-Underpinning Millennium Development Goals″ (DFID. In addition. 2000). Millennium Development Goalspoverty.

2002). rural electrification is one of the main infrastructure development requirements that deserve to receive significant attention. the world’s population is likely to reach 8 billion in 2020 and 10 billion in 2050. projections for the next three decades show that the problems of access to modern energy will continue to grow. 1981. 2005).Saharan Africa and South East Asia. As a result. public health care. It provides social services like safe drinking water. adult and child education. high costs of production and distribution and the costs of subsidies and capital (Kanagawa and Nakata. that the provision of electricity to rural areas helps alleviate poverty and facilitates economic development. There is no doubt therefore. 1993) and contributes to overall environmental sustainability.. gender equity (Chullakesa. The majority of the world’s population lacks a number of facilities because of poverty and insufficient access to energy. mainly in Sub. More than 80% of these people live in rural areas. Chullakesa. the major conditions necessary to satisfy basic needs and socioeconomic development as mentioned in the preceding paragraphs cannot be fulfilled. 2005). 1981.Chapter 1: Introduction production that create jobs and generate income (Kanagawa and Nakata. Given this alarming situation. 2005).2005. about 1. Major reasons given for this low access range from low demand for power in rural areas to dispersed population in villages which make it impossible to set up transmission and distribution systems.6% is expected (WEC. An annual growth rate of 1. it is apparent that rural energy problems in most developing countries and sub-Sahara Africa in particular. The energy needs to supply this population would be more than 50% higher than at present. Additionally. While efforts have been made to improve access to electricity in urban areas. services in rural areas remain largely inadequate. will continue to be the major causes of underdevelopment and poverty unless timely interventions are made. Ramani et al. Alternative approaches for providing modern energy services for economic and social development should be investigated. IEEA. According to the World Energy Council. According to the International Energy Agency (IEA).6 billion (30%) people in the world lack access to electricity (IEA. In this context. 2 .

Analytical results available show that indoor air pollution cause 1. 2005).Chapter 1: Introduction Similarly. Similar studies in Nepal have reported between 200 and 300 person days per year per household. about 10 million premature deaths among women and children will be caused by smoke from wood fires used for cooking (Bruce et al. DFID. 2002). Example of respiratory ailments associated with indoor air pollution include acute respiration infections (ARI). 2006). the use of traditional biomass fuels (wood. 2002). asthma. 2005. and violence. chronic pulmonary diseases.6 billion in 2030). 1999. UNDP. Furthermore. IEA. IEA cites rapid population growth and increasing rate of urbanization as major reason for this increase. In door air quality exposes women and children to high levels of toxic smoke and leads to respiratory ailments (UNDP. 1999). by 2015. crop residues and animal wastes) to a greater degree contributes to deforestation or indoor and outdoor air pollution (WEC. the number of people depending on biomass fuels would grow from 2. WEC. Children are at risk of burns and 3 . There is no doubt that a significant proportion of the high mortality rates is caused by in door air pollution. Studies conducted in South Indian villages found that women and children spend between 2 to 6 hours each day collecting wood and walk an average of 4 to 8 km (DFID. 2002. Moreover. snake bites. This undermines their efforts to engage effectively in productive activities or improve the quality of life (Barnes and Floor. mostly in India and Africa. It is further estimated that by 2030. 1999. 2007). There are also risks to health from carrying heavy loads and dangers from landmines. 1999). UNDP. the 2002 IEA report observes that without additional effort. with high infant and maternal mortality rate is no exception.4 billion in 2002 to 2. UNDP.7% of the global burden of diseases (GNESD. 2000. 2002. Population in Africa is projected to grow by 27% from 583 million in 2002 to 823 million in 2030 (IEA. Malawi.5 billion in 2015 (2. the traditional energy sources force women and children to spend time collecting fuel. World Bank. charcoal. 1996:497-530). 1997. A 1994 pilot integrated rural transport project in Malawi found that women and girls spend annually about 143 hours travelling to collect wood (Semu & Mawaya. lung cancer. eye irritation (cataract) and reduced birth weight.6 million deaths each year and accounts for 2.

5% of the population has access to electricity. compares implementing a small hydro-based rural electrification project with other alternatives such as diesel generation and a diesel-hydro hybrid system. satisfying the basic human needs and achieving poverty alleviation cannot be done without improving access to better energy services. The present study concentrates on the utilisation of small-scale hydropower as an option for rural electrification in Malawi. UNDP. For the specific case of Malawi. 4 . it is estimated that only 7. MEM. undertakes a survey to estimate energy consumption of the target community. people in rural areas have little choice but to meet their basic energy needs in this environmentally unsustainable and unhealthy manner. the Millennium Declaration. The use of traditional forms of energy is however. 2005. 2002:19). socio-economic and environmental factors. New Partnership for Development and the Kyoto Protocol (DFID. and only 0. These include among others. and paraffin for provision of light (Gondwe & Chipofya. In spite of these. Specifically. 2006:4). Johannesburg Plan of Implementation. estimates the investment and operation and maintenance costs. makes a rough technical design of the hydro electric power plant. The study has taken a typical village in Malawi as a representative case study to investigate feasibility of small-scale hydropower based electrification. The objective of this study is to promote increased access of the population to electricity in rural areas of Malawi. Consequently. 2000:2437-2440. 1. 2002). the study estimates the hydropower potential of a site.2 Energy issues facing Malawi Approximately 93% of Malawians are currently without access to commercial energy and therefore. contributing to environmental degradation through deforestation. UNDP. taking into consideration technical. 2001). resulting from falling into open fires and knocking over pots of hot liquid (World Bank. soil erosion and emission of gaseous and particulate matter (GoM. 2002. and finally.Chapter 1: Introduction scalds. depend on firewood and crop residues for cooking and water heating. A study of this nature is in tandem with international commitments on poverty and the need to improve energy access for the poor.8 % of rural population enjoy the benefits attributed to electricity (DoEA. 1997:11-16).

The SADC region has an average electrification rate of about 20 % (SADC. 2005. Asian and South American countries confirm that providing electricity to rural areas can substantially contribute to improved living conditions and development. respectively (DoEA. 2006:4). Tanzania. Mozambique.44. 1996:497530. vegetable and fruit processing shops. 2006:4). 2002:309-348. 2003. Martinot et al. vehicle and farmequipment repair shops. Ramani. televisions etc) (ibid).5 %. Cabraal et al. Estimates by the Department of Energy Affairs place the national electrification level at 7. health and medical facilities. 1981). 10%. 18%. 1991:441-8. and health care. including causing acute respiratory illnesses in women and children (Melillo. agriculturally related industries (woodworking shops. Numerous studies in African. Examples of the social sectors are residential lighting and public lighting. equivalent proportions are: Zimbabwe. Srinivasan.Compared with other Southern Africa Development Community (SADC) countries. a clear indication that electrification programmes implemented since independence have registered little progress. Zambia. radio– television education for children and adults. 7% to cite but a few. 1981). As stated at the beginning of this chapter. The fuels have adverse effects on health. the traditional forms of energy deprive rural people of basic social services such as safe drinking water. radios. the current level of electrification continues to be woefully low.8% rural population. refrigerators.Chapter 1: Introduction Moreover. 1996:293-310). Sinha & Kandpal. These have been widely discussed in several papers (Barnes & Floor. It is therefore highly desirable that efforts should be made to ensure that all people are provided with electricity at some stage so that they can share in its benefits. cookers. It is therefore. 35%. the water– supply system and domestic appliances (irons. 2005:117. DoEA. Rural economic sectors that can be supported by off-grid electrification include agricultural and domestic pumping. This translates to 30% of urban and 0. education. a daunting challenge for Malawi to increase the electrification level in order to catch up with her peers. 5 . The need for alternative forms of energy supply to these areas is becoming increasingly apparent. fans. Most of these papers have argued convincingly that rural electrification could support both economic and social upliftment. food and commercial shops (Chullakesa.

Furthermore. difficulties in billing and collection. Provision of electricity in rural areas through extension of the grid is one of the strategies articulated in various policy documents. As a result. They have low disposable incomes. MEM. 2002:40-43). Although efforts have been made to increase electrification levels in rural areas.Chapter 1: Introduction Rural people in Malawi have been disproportionately disadvantaged and for a long time denied access to electricity. dispersed nature of the population.g. the Malawi Poverty Reduction Strategy (MPRSP). it is only trading centres that are targeted. and make do with solid fuels and inefficient stoves whose health and economic consequences contribute to keeping them in poverty (GoM. government needs to invest in energy infrastructure to rejuvenate rural economies. and rural development through on-grid and off-grid electrification. The rural electrification programme currently being implemented. 2003). These include among others. 000 (DoEA. 2001:20). Clearly. 2002:12). rural electrification provides a springboard to reducing energy poverty in these areas. 1997:15). a severe constraint to the development of the power sector by the national utility has been the high transmission and distribution losses (estimated at 18%). extends the distribution lines to trading centres and consumers pay a high initial connection fee of more than MK10. education and health services). they lag behind their urban counterparts in terms of access to modern infrastructure and social services (e. low consumption and poor load factors (MEM. There is no doubt that for the rural people to move out of the poverty trap. 2003. this approach will not address the electrification needs of the majority of households in villages. National Energy Policy and National Sustainable and Renewable Energy Programme (GoM. These reasons contribute to making grid extension to rural areas impractical. this shows that energy supply problems in rural areas will not be solved by grid extension through the 6 . GoM. Obviously. There is need to have a separate programme whose objective is purely for poverty alleviation. 1997:42-77. and continuing capacity shortages (GoM. Additionally. These documents have accorded high priority for government to improve problems affecting the energy sector in general. In this respect. This is beyond the affordability of most people in and around the centre. extending grids to rural areas is currently uneconomic due to the cost of infrastructure.

1998:28). This study builds on and contributes to work done by JICA in order to include small-scale hydropower 7 . Rukuru (3990 kW). In addition. However. It can be exploited on a small scale. As a consequence. cost effective and environmentally benign. To help meet this need. Bua. little attention has been paid to the development of small-scale hydropower. For example. due to paucity of hydrological data no firm conclusions were made.for rural electrification based on the Nation Water Resources Master plan and found only 11 sites to be suitable for micro-hydro electrification. the analytical focus has been on large hydropower. The capital requirements for such small hydro schemes are lower than for large hydro (Paish. 2003). 1986:7-26).4) has been developed. their modular nature allows even the poorest country to begin a phased energy investment program that does not strain their national financial resources or draw funds from other basic needs (Kalitsi. Although numerous studies aimed at harnessing the hydropower potential in Malawi have been undertaken in the past. is highly reliable. A low-cost power development study undertaken by the same consultants (TAMS) found most sites uneconomic. the use of decentralized stand. JICA has assessed 35 of the 100 potential sites . section 2. Lufira (1070 kW). 1. only Kapichira project (refer to chapter 2. The mission identified 12 potential sites and these are mainly in the North of Malawi on Songwe. 2002:537-556).alone systems such as small-scale hydropower is strongly encouraged. investigated major hydro projects on the middle part of the Shire River. A United Nations Department of Technical Cooperation for Development (UN/DTCD) mission examined the possibility of constructing small hydropower stations. annex A. The characteristics of the sites are presented in table A. and a few sites on Bua and South Rukuru rivers (GoM.6. a World Bank sponsored study conducted by Tippetts-Abbot-McCarthy-Stratton hereinafter referred to as TAMS. As stated above. A fresh study to update the costs is likely to produce similar results.Chapter 1: Introduction conventional way in the short to medium term.3 Small-scale hydropower development in Malawi Small-scale hydropower presents a technically and commercially viable alternative to grid extensions. More recently. Wovwe (1400 kW) and Kalenje (150 kW) rivers (MEM.

Chapter 1: Introduction generation in the energy supply mix for Malawi. The major contribution of previous studies is the thorough analysis of environmental implications of undertaking such projects. Coincidentally, the recent national energy policy and other documents have demonstrated strong commitment from government to set up stand-alone mini- grids as a way of accelerating rural electrification. Central to these projects is detailed technical and economic data on a candidate site for its selection. A simple but purposeful decision support system in the appraisal of a site is required.

This study investigates the potential contributions expected to be derived from the available small-scale hydro resource in Malawi. It further provides the necessary technical and economic details to support informed decision making. The case studies included in chapter 3 seek to elucidate how small-scale hydropower could provide a suitable basis for: initiating electricity supply to rural communities, stimulating growth of electricity demand in rural areas for micro, small and medium enterprises, lighting, basic health and education services; easing the high pressure of foreign exchange required for rural electrification; and mitigating climate change issues.

1.4

Research Problem

Poverty in Malawi is widespread, deep and severe. More than 6.3 million people (65.3%) live in poverty1 (GoM, 2002:5). The overwhelming majority of these people are characterised by low literacy level, poor health status and limited off-farm employment. These indicators are, largely, the result of relatively low consumption of commercial energy.

Around 93% of the population in Malawi is not connected to the national grid (Gondwe & Chipofya, 2000:2437-2440). These people depend on wood-based fuels for cooking and heating. However, collection of these fuels is difficult and its availability is becoming increasingly scarce. Continued use of wood fuel is contributing to an alarming deforestation (2.8% per annum) and environmental degradation (DoEA, 2006:1-5). As a result of deforestation, forest cover for Malawi has reduced from 34% in 1984 to 26% in 2004 (Zingano, 2005). Minimized use of wood fuel in rural areas where the majority of people live will invariably reduce the emissions of
1

The poor are defined as those whose consumption(food and non-food) is below 35 US cents per day

8

Chapter 1: Introduction carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases into the local environment. This study also explores the contribution of small-scale hydropower based rural electrification in reducing environmental degradation in Malawi.

Secondly, the present level of electrification (0.8%) in rural areas is undesirable. Although government aims to provide electricity to most rural households in Malawi, it appears it will not be feasible to connect them in the short and medium term. Extension of the national grid is far from the priorities of Electricity Supply Corporation of Malawi (ESCOM). The commercialization of ESCOM means that the utility is now governed by purely economic considerations. Under these circumstances, it seems that the rural economy where the majority of people are subsistence farmers, fail to provide the minimum requirements to make it financially attractive for ESCOM or other commercial investors (MEM, 1997:14-15).This clearly indicates that access to electricity will remain a major constraint in improving the living conditions for rural people.

Another method to provide electricity to rural areas would be to install diesel generating units, which have a low investment cost when compared to other sources. However, the rise in fuel costs has made the operation of diesel plants more expensive and less attractive. In addition, diesel engines emit smog-forming pollutants and their impact on public health is undesirable. Sulphur dioxide (SO2), nitrous oxides (NO and NO2) and other particulate matter (PM) emitted by diesel engines contribute to greenhouse effect (Silveira, 2007:524-535). Therefore, this study forms one step that will lead to small-scale hydropower playing a significant role in increasing electrification levels and reducing green house gas emissions in Malawi.

1.5

Research objectives and questions

The overall objective is to promote increased access of the population to electricity in rural areas in Malawi. This study investigates the potential contribution of small-scale hydropower to national electrification coverage as well as improving environmental quality. It further promotes decentralization of electricity generation in Malawi.

The specific objectives are as follows:

9

Chapter 1: Introduction 1. To assess the feasibility of using small-scale hydropower for rural electrification; 2. To determine supply and energy demand requirements in the target communities ; 3. To examine the linkage between households income and willingness to pay for electricity; 4. To determine the green house gas (GHG) emission mitigation by the use of small –scale hydropower; 5. To identify policies and measures that promote small-scale hydropower based rural electrification programmes.

To achieve these objectives, the following tasks were undertaken: 1. 2. 3. 4. Preliminary site survey and stake holder consultation on the need for the project; Energy supply and demand study and socio-economic survey; Assessment of the hydrology, geology and topography of the site; Conduct techno-economic studies for community electrification in the target area.

Research questions The study is designed to answer the following key research question: What is the potential of utilising small-scale hydropower to increase electrification level and reduce green house emissions in Malawi? The following subsets of questions have been posed to seek answers to address the above objectives: How much small-scale hydropower potential exists and which category can make the best contribution to rural electrification in Malawi? What are the energy demands and how much of these can be met by small-scale hydropower? To what extent can small-scale hydropower contribute to the reduction of environmental degradation in Malawi? At what price should electricity be sold so that most rural households can afford connection?

10

1. Water abstraction at the proposed site will be licensed. 4. Small-scale hydro schemes can contribute to reduction in environmental degradation. Income levels determine the probable source of energy used in households. The following future work is beyond the scope of this study but is needed before implementation of the project. Establish a stream gauging station and monitor discharge flows for a period of not less than one year. results of this study will be extrapolated to other sites listed in the Master plan for Rural Electrification in Malawi. Effective policies and measures lead to successful rural electrification programmes. The national utility will not electrify the area at least the next ten years. However. The study is confined to the assessment of one potential site to meet energy needs of the community surrounding the area.6 Study hypothesis 1. Small-scale hydro schemes in areas with hydro potential could play a significant role in meeting energy needs of rural areas. 2. The following assumptions were made in the study: 1.9 2 3 Significance of the study Strategic Environmental Assessment refers to issues covering a larger geographical area Environmental Impact Assessment has a greater focus on a particular project at a particular location 11 . 5. • • Conduct a strategic environmental assessment2 and environmental impact assessment3 of the site. Rural electrification levels in Malawi could be improved through local generation of power.8 • • • Assumptions The project poses no negative impacts on the social and natural environment.Chapter 1: Introduction 1. The study is based on the following hypotheses: 1. 3.7 Scope of work The study investigates the potential of small-scale hydropower in improving the rural electrification levels in Malawi.

will to some extent substitute the use of paraffin and diesel for cooking and lighting. Meteorological data (rainfall. The increasing trend is due to the combined effects of its expanding economy. As a result. investing in small-scale hydropower will invariably derive important benefits at local level. this study has used information contained in both master plans for rural electrification and water resources respectively. 2003). The nearest gauging station located on Nswazi River was relocated 5 km away.8% (DoEA. (2) provision of electricity for small-scale industries and social services such as education and health care. The key benefits would include among others: (1) improved household food security through increased agricultural production. Demand for electricity is forecast to grow at an annual rate of 6 . This makes river flow data inconsistent. and inadequate funding. which provides a strong growth in energy demand. (4) it will also reduce the time spent in collecting wood fuel and this contributes to the reduction in drudgery. Energy planners can use results of this study as a reference in local production of energy compared to conventional energy sources.10 Limitations of this study The major problems experienced in this study relate to data availability. 12 . Furthermore. This section will explore each of these in turn. Increased utilisation of renewable energy technologies such as smallscale hydropower will not only boost the energy supply base but also reduce adverse environmental impacts of energy usage. 1996:11). growing population and higher disposable income. Data: The study is limited by the quality. time available for the research.Chapter 1: Introduction Scenario projections indicate that Malawi’s primary energy use will grow at an average annual rate equivalent to 15MWel (Venendaal. Key documents such as Evaluation of Small Hydropower Potential in Malawi and the Power Sector and Operation Study and the so-called TAMS report could not be found from ESCOM. 1. A study of this nature that promises to improve the quality of life among rural households cannot be overlooked. consistency and extent of data available. UNDP offices or the Department of Energy Affairs. sunshine) and topographical maps of sufficient detail for the area of interest were not available. pan evaporation. (3) Electricity.

The focus is on an international survey on rural electrification. Chapter 4 looks at the theoretical aspects which must be considered when assessing the hydropower potential of a site. This is very important to this study as it sets out a scene that describe conditions that led to success in the implementation of rural electrification programs cited through the case studies presented in this chapter. The lifespan of this project was five months. This is insignificant considering that there are over 40. some activities were streamlined to accommodate the timeframe and available funding. Methods applied in carrying out the study are presented in chapter 5 and this is followed in chapter 6 by results of the socio-economic survey. insufficient funds were made available to this research. Therefore. This will negatively affect the outcome of any statistical inferences drawn from results of this study. Chapter 7 summarizes the research findings. Chapter 3 discusses some issues and concepts that are essential for rural electrification. Sample size: The study was conducted in one village. Also presented in this chapter. methodology. results. It defines the objectives. energy demand study as well as hydrological studies of the site under study. is a brief discussion on the national energy policy and rural electrification in Malawi. It attempts to backup the study with present state of knowledge on the subject. 1. available to the research. designing and costing of small-scale hydro projects. scope of work and limitations. 13 . Chapter 2 presents an overview of the prevailing energy situation in Malawi as well as water resources available that are relevant for development of small-scale hydropower for rural electrification.Chapter 1: Introduction Time and Funds: The limited funding and timeframe in which to conduct this research has affected the amount of data. conclusions and recommendations for future work.11 Structure of the thesis This thesis consists of seven chapters and is organised as follows: Chapter 1 provides background information leading to the statement of this study. In addition.000 villages in Malawi.

However. 2007). An overview of the present and future energy situation and related energy policies in Malawi is provided. 1988: 5. with a maximum elevation of 2600 m in the north and 3000 m in the southern Shire Highlands (NRCM. The country is landlocked.383% compared to historical average of 3. and 85% of them live in rural areas (CIA. The annual growth rate is at 2. There are three distinct seasons: cool and dry season (May to August). The main rain bearing system is the Inter Tropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ). and Zambia to the west (Figure 2.2 for the year 2007. based on the current trends. their current potential and factors affecting the resources themselves are also included. This produces wide spread rains throughout Malawi (Kamdonyo. Malawi has a subtropical climate. The average elevation is about 1200m.9). it is 14 . warm and dry season (September to November).2% (NSO. 1999). 2. Energy resources. The review is necessary in order to provide useful information to energy planners for them to assess ways of integrating the use of small-scale power generation to achieve part of the rural electrification needs of the country. CIA.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi CHAPTER 2 REVIEW OF ENERGY AND POWER SECTORS IN MALAWI This chapter presents a brief review of the energy and power sector in Malawi. the population is at 13. and a warm and wet season in (November to April).1 Geography and Demography Malawi covers a total surface area of 118. Lying between latitudes 9° 40' and 17° 30'S and longitudes 32°41' and 35°56'E. Mozambique to the east and south.1). 484 km2. and borders Tanzania to the north. 2007). This is slightly more than the projected figure of 13. This is a broad zone in the equatorial low-pressure belt towards which the north-easterly and south-easterly trade winds converge. According to the latest Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) estimates.6 million people. It occupies a narrow strip of land along the East African Rift Valley and stretches from north to south for about 900 km and its width varies from 90 to 161 km. 2007.

1: Location Map of Malawi 15 .431 million by 2023 (NSO. Source: Banks &Gondwe (2005:85) Figure 2. This increase in population will undoubtedly present major challenge to the energy sector in Malawi. 2007).245.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi projected that the population will reach 22.

2. is now responsible for formulating policy and off-grid electrification. in terms of either consumption or connection to the grid. that was based on a liberal market structure. which falls under the Ministry of Energy and Mines (MEM).6 million people and a GDP of about US$170 per capita. The country’s key energy indicators presented in the table 2. high pressure to use biomass fuels and environmental degradation. As a result. DoEA (2006:4). 1998. This leads to extreme dependence on non-commercial fuels. Hence. 16 .Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi 2. CIA. 2007 Energy Markets and Governance As stated above.2% solar and primary energy use (excluding biomass and large hydro) geothermal Source: DoEA (2001:9). its energy consumption per capita is relatively smaller than most SADC countries and therefore.2 Energy Situation This section gives an overview of the present energy situation in Malawi. has a small energy market. Malawi has a population of about 13.1 Overall present energy situation The energy situation is characterised by a huge gap between supply and demand. insufficient electricity supply and expensive commercial fuels. Electricity Supply Corporation of Malawi (ESCOM) is the government-owned entity that generates.2.29 toe/capita (1998) 88.5% of the population 6% 93% Percentage of renewable energy in total consumption based on 0.362 kWh/capita (2007) 7. high domestic consumption.1 Key Energy Indicators for Malawi Total primary energy supply/capita/year Electricity consumption/capita/year Percentage of people connected to the electricity grid Average annual growth rate of electricity use Percentage of energy consumption met through biomass energy 0. transmits and distributes grid electricity nationally (where financially and economically viable). the Department of Energy Affairs. Table 2. was repealed in 2004 to accommodate the reform structures proposed by the National Energy Policy of 2003.1 below illustrate the low energy development. The Electricity Act.

The Petroleum Control Commission (PCC) establishes and enforces prices for petrol.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi The National Electricity Council (NECO) regulates the electricity sub-sector. issues licenses for generation. Energy resources and perspectives on its utilisation As is the case in most developing countries. their impact on the overall energy balance is still insignificant.2%. conventional (petroleum. Non-conventional renewable sources (excluding biomass) are not developed and account for 0.Distribution of energy resources 17 . 2006:1). coal and electricity) and nonconventional (alternative) energy sources.3% Other 0.2% Coal 1. Hence. and approves electricity tariffs. Petroleum Importers Limited (comprising BP Malawi. Exxon Mobil.5%. Energy consumption is mainly based on biomass. Total Malawi. and coal 1%.2.2 shows the distribution of various energy sources. Caltex and Petroda) imports petroleum products in Malawi.5% Source: DoEA. diesel and paraffin. transmission and distribution. Malawi’s energy sector comprises of three subsystems: traditional (biomass). electricity 2%.0% Electricity 2. sets and controls electrical standards. Commercial fuels account for the remaining 7% in the following proportions: imported petroleum products (including ethanol) 3.0% Petroleum 3. Distribution of energy sources Biomass 93. 2006:1 Figure 2. Figure 2. A recent report published by the Department of Energy Affairs shows a primary energy profile in which biomass still remains the predominant source of energy and accounts for 93% (DoEA.

where proven4 reserves have been estimated at 16 million tonnes and possible reserves of 70 million tonnes (MEM. and due to the fact that most of coal users are located in Blantyre (900 km to the south). produced locally and blended (20:80 ratio) with petrol (GoM.95 million) for 22. Tables A. 940million) for 258. Table A. The total annual cost for paraffin imports is around MWK862. 22 million tonnes of which are proven reserves of a bituminous type.92 million (USD 5.1 presents details of coalfields. Petroleum Malawi has no known oil or gas reserves and thus imports 97% of its petroleum products (diesel. in 1997. 1986:39). LPG. lack of appropriate technology for use in household settings. The remaining 3% is met by ethanol. For example. In addition. which represents around 10% of its foreign exchange on oil imports (MoEPD. 1996:2). the TAMS report found it uneconomical for Malawi to consider using this coal for thermal power stations (UNDP/GoM. This was three times higher than coal from Moatize which was at US$17 per tonne (MEM. thin coal seams covered by thick overburdens which makes excavation expensive.3 show the annual fuel 4 Proven reserves are those for which further exploration is not required for mine planning 18 .5 mega litres.026 mega litres. 2006). the landed cost of coal from Mchenga coal mine in Blantyre was US$55 per tonne. 2001:25). jet-A1 and avgas). Major factors limiting maximum utilization of this resource include. Probable coal reserves are estimated at 1 billion metric tonnes. The prices for the imported fuels are strongly dependent on the global economic and political conditions and threaten the energy security of the country. Malawi spent about MWK11billion (USD75. quality and estimated quantities. poor road infrastructure and lack of suitable ships makes transportation of coal very expensive (MEM. For example. paraffin. the largest being at Ngana in the north. The landed cost of coal is uneconomic relative to substitute fuels. Malawi remains a net importer of coal mainly from Moatize in Mozambique. Furthermore. 1997:13). Although coal mined in the country is of high quality. Coal deposits occur in 12 dispersed locations in the country.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi Coal Energy resources in the country are substantial and diverse but little has been exploited so far. in 2004. 1996:2). Moatize is only 90 km from Blantyre.2 and A. petrol.

500 km of distribution lines (4500 km for 33kV and 11kV. At present. Peak hourly solar radiation is more than 1000 kWh/m2 during November – December (Chima. The assessment shows that plantations could be established on about 53. Wovwe (4.2% of the country’s total energy consumption (GoM. As is evident from the table A. Electricity from photovoltaic (PV) systems is relatively insignificant. The level of solar radiation is highest during November-December with an average of 300 kWh/m2 and lowest June-July 210 kWh/m2. A major assessment of the prospects for large scale production of biomass for energy has been carried out. Electricity Electricity is generated locally at the following hydroelectric plants: Nkula Falls (124 MW). ESCOM has a length of 8.23kV lines) and 1800 km of transmission lines (960 km for 132 kV and 820 km for 66 kV) and currently maintains the above power stations serving just over 100. Tedzani (91. The whole country receives an annual total insolation that exceeds 2139 kWh/m2 with more than 3000 hours of sunshine a year (ibid). Hydropower potential is assessed at 900 MW. the potential is more than what has been reported in literature. 1998:3-8). ESCOM’s total combined installed electricity capacity is 304 MW. and 4000 km for 0. Average solar radiation is 21. Given that forest area covers 37% of total land area in Malawi. about 4582 systems. gas turbine unit (15 MW). Kapichira (64 MW).1 MJ/m2 (244 W/m2). 19 . 2003).2003). the total national installed capacity is 355. three diesel units (6. Renewable energy resources Renewable energy resources (except for large hydropower and biomass) account for 0.5 MW) and thermal plants. equivalent to 165kWp has been installed (Banks &Gondwe. 2003). Malawi has abundant solar energy resources. Out of this.3 MW from thermal.4 MW).4 kV and 0.000 customers nationwide (DoEA. However.000 hectares of land.6 MW). this figure seems to be inaccurate since the calculations were based on Viphya plantations only.3 MW.3. However. energy imports significantly drain the scarce foreign exchange for this poor country.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi imports and associated costs from the year 2000 to 2005. 2005). If that much biomass were solely to generate electricity using gasifiers. it could provide 50 MW of electricity per year (SADC. 285 MW (94%) comes from hydropower and 51.

Estimates show that electricity demand has been growing at 6-8% per annum.29 toe per year (GoM. 2007). Sectoral consumption of energy Figure 2.6%). The remaining 1% comes from electricity (lighting and cooking). 2001:9). Of commercial energy (liquid fuels. and 2% for other social services. paraffin and candles (lighting). other services (18%).362kWh/year (CIA. agriculture (12%) and households (8%) (GoM. About 60% of electricity is consumed by the industry and large commercial consumers. A probable explanation to this reduction is lack of a comprehensive database on energy production and consumption. transport (4%). 2007).4.3%) respectively. At present. construction and mining together (2%). 2001:19). biomass comprises firewood (80%). According to DoEA.7% of the energy needs followed by petroleum (4. 20 . This is significantly lower than the SADC per capita energy consumption average which is estimated at 0. biomass meets 93. coal and other renewables (0.65 toe per year (SADC.6% at the end of the reference period.6 GWh and represents an approximate per capita consumption of 88. The household sector accounts for 84% of total consumption.4.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi Energy consumption in Malawi A summary of consumption per fuel group is given in table A. 2001:17). electricity consumption in Malawi is estimated at 930. As is evident from table A. electricity (1. followed by industry and mining (19%). The per capita energy consumption is only available for 1998 and is estimated at 0. 2003). charcoal (8. electricity and coal). while domestic users account for 25% (GoM. industry. There is a slight increase in the consumption of biomass and petroleum.4%).2%) and satisfies 99% of household energy. largely attributed to increase in population.3% to 1.8%) and crop/ industrial residues (11. transport is the largest consumer (43%). The remaining 16% is used in agricultural and natural resources sector (8%). The figures show an increase in annual total primary energy consumption from 177 PJ in 1997 to about 207 PJ in the year 2003 (DoEA.3 shows the breakdown of energy consumption by sector. Electricity consumption has decreased significantly from 2.

the total primary energy supply is expected to increase from about 200 PJ to 400 PJ. While this study finds difficulties in ascertaining the accuracy of data used to model the demand side. 21 . Similarly.5 present the projected energy demand and supply situation in Malawi over a period of 35 years.3: Total energy use by various sectors in Malawi 2.2. their costs and availability. Household income. 2005).Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi Energy consumption by sector (2001) 2% 2% 8% 4% Com m ercial energy usage by sector 18% 8% 12% 19% 84% 43% Residential Agriculture Transport Industry Other Residential Agriculture Transport Industry Other Figure 2. the final energy demand increases significantly from about 15 PJ to 75 PJ at the end of forecast period.4 and 2.2 Energy demand and supply projections Figures 2. suggest that energy policies will impact considerably on future energy demand in Malawi. the forecast results however. availability of alternative fuels. and affordability of rural people would determine the extent to which biomass consumption will decrease. A key observation to be made is that biomass will remain the dominant form of energy use in Malawi and its relative contribution to the total energy supply decreases from 93% in 2000 to 80% in 2030 (Alfstad. Detailed discussions of the scenarios for particular demand and supply sectors are provided by Alfstad (2005). As the forecast shows.

Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi Source: Alfstad (2005) Figure 2.5: Final energy demand 22 .4: Total primary energy supply Source: Alfstad (2005) Figure 2.

With respect to small-scale hydropower development. The policy stresses the significant role of rural electrification in improving the quality of life in the rural areas.g. It seeks to promote the use of clean fuels to replace high green house gas emitting fuels e. National electricity coverage of 30% is expected to be achieved during the same period (GoM. and develop programs for carbon trading under the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM). and contribute to poverty reduction through sustainable provision of reliable. the task of electrifying the rural areas is left to DoEA-with neither a mandate nor an appropriate budget provision from core government sources. efficient utilisation of the available energy resources without compromising environmental. It encourages small electricity generation capacity of up to 5 MW by the private sector.2% in 2000 to 7.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi 2. which allows private power generation. The overall goals of the energy sector are: to promote overall socio-economic development.0% in 2020. the Energy Policy White Paper (2001:5558). The government has enacted legislation. diesel power generating systems. (2) restrictive tariffs currently set for the country’s national utility and monopoly in distribution. Despite this enabling policy and legislation. Five 23 . 2001:54). transmission and distribution. 2003).3 National Energy Policy The national energy policy was finalised in 2003 and approved by cabinet in 2004. However. asset ownership. affordable and equitable energy services in a liberalised market and. Such inconsistency is reflected in the unsatisfactory performance of rural electrification programmes. recognises the need to reduce green house gas emissions. No comprehensive study has been undertaken to analyse the current policy documents and advise government on the best way to motivate private power generation. efficient. At the same time. improve Malawi’s competitive edge in the global economy. and regulation (DoEA. It has identified solar photovoltaic (PV) and small-scale hydropower as potential contributors to offgrid electrification in rural areas. Major reasons given include (1) lack of interest. government has an ambitious plan of increasing the level of contribution of renewable energy technologies in the energy mix from 0. there is virtually no private sector generation now. and (3) lack of clarity on market arrangements. 2003). health and safety concerns (GoM.

1997) clearly showed that there few micro. These have a capacity 24 . Dwangwa and Bua (figure 2. A study on hydropower potential in Malawi carried out by Kennedy and Donkin (MEM. The estimated hydro potential of Shire River is about 600MW. The capacity ranges from 18 MW to 140 MW. and limited. Most of the sites are located in the northern part of the country. respectively (WEC. have limited potential at a number of sites estimated to total about 300-400 MW.1).6. there is a large discrepancy in hydro resource development potential estimates for Malawi.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi mini/micro hydro projects are expected to be implemented by 2020. Technically and economically feasible hydro capacity has been estimated at 6000 and 7000 GWh per annum. and small hydropower generating sites along the rivers of the country. The potential project sites identified are shown in table A. The reports however. analysis of results confirms that indeed. equivalent to an annual production of 3500 GWh. A number of government publications have given the impression that Malawi is relatively well endowed with huge micro and mini hydropower resource. mini. However. 2003). Previous studies have concluded that there exists a significant potential for development of all categories of hydropower in the short and medium term in specific areas of the country. appear to be inaccurate and misleading. going by the current electrification statistics. which is reasonably within the 900–1600 MW limit estimated for Malawi. it appears the targets set are quite ambitious and unattainable.4 Hydropower resource potential and development in Malawi Hydropower potential in Malawi is relatively small. 2002). The estimated gross theoretical hydro potential is estimated at 15 000 GWh per annum.5 summarises the characteristics of large scale hydropower in Malawi. hydropower potential of Malawi is concentrated on Shire River. This study has calculated the potential to be about 982 MW. Table A. The policy is not clear about the effective mechanism through which the programme can be delivered. South Rukuru. However. International publications show the potential to range from 900–1600 MW. DoEA conservatively estimates that the hydro resource is 900 MW (GoM. 2. Several smaller rivers such as the Songwe. As concluded by the past studies.

by the year 2020.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi potential of 7 MW which corresponds to an annual energy production of 28 GWh (DoEA/DANIDA. the study has adopted Kennedy and Donkin’s findings to represent practical mini hydro potential for the country. This project involved the installation of both high and low voltage distribution lines and utilized soft loans from Spain. has not been completed partly due to the commercialization of ESCOM in 1995. The third phase focused on major trading centres and tobacco growing areas. The Department of Energy has since then assumed responsibility for managing rural electrification. 2. A total of 249 trading centres are planned expected to be connected to the national grid. with a total of 212 km of transmission and distribution lines completed by 1996. DoEA is now implementing phase five of the rural electrification project guided by the master plan developed with technical and financial support from the Japanese Government. Lack of specific details posed a major challenge to come up with reasonable calculations and vet findings of the DANIDA study. As a result. 25 . The fourth phase however. Given that a large proportion of investment costs is to be provided by donor funds. in the form of grants. 52 trading centres will be electrified in each phase. The first phase installed a total of 600 km of high voltage transmission and distribution lines. The second phase developed the 4. 1999:11). since 1964. This master plan has been developed to serve as a roadmap to prepare action plans for achieving the national target of 30% electrification by 2020. ESCOM found the project uneconomic and therefore.5 Rural Electrification Rural electrification projects have been implemented in phases. had no obligation to continue with rural electrification due to its large social component with low returns on investment. it is unlikely that the plan will be achieved within the planned period.5 MW Wovwe Mini-Hydro Plant located in Karonga (in northern Malawi).

the available potential is significant. particularly in rural areas. small-hydropower has been identified as an option for rural electrification. In contrast. is undesirable. The overall energy situation. when considering that many villages in Malawi can not be economically supplied from the national grid in the medium to long term. there are few sites suitable for micro and mini hydro development. Although it is impractical to provide all energy needs of people in rural areas through small-scale hydropower. 26 . The current pattern of energy consumption and the growing energy requirements on account of economic growth. The energy indicators illustrate high dependence on biomass.Chapter 2: Review of the Energy and Power Sectors in Malawi Summary and conclusion An overview of the energy situation in Malawi has been presented. The potential for large -scale hydropower is considerable. and population increase is clearly unsustainable. low energy consumption and access to electricity. Among these energy resources. especially in the southern and central parts of the country. The review has shown that Malawi has significant energy resources that could be utilised to meet specific energy demands for the majority of people living in rural areas.

In contrast to these fuels. 3.1. tends to be unaffordable to most people. It then reviews the literature on social and economic impacts of rural electrification.1 Energy Poverty Reddy(2000:44) defines energy poverty “as the absence of sufficient choice in accessing adequate. increase rural incomes and eradicate poverty. quality. Cooking using electricity however. affordable.” This definition entails the use of traditional fuels such as biomass. dung and paraffin to meet basic energy services typically: cooking. which is freely available. lighting. The case studies focus on China.1 Energy poverty and rural electrification This section discusses the linkage between poverty and rural electrification. space heating and drying among others.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework CHAPTER 3 RURAL ELECTRIFICATION: CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK The first two chapters of this thesis provided relevant background information and stressed the growing importance of electricity to achieve rural transformation. Traditional fuels require considerable expenditure of time for their collection and processing. India and Nepal. and are known to have low energy content per unit volume. modern energy forms such as electricity has other applications that make it more convenient to use. safe and environmentally benign energy services to support economic and human development. The second part examines three case studies that have demonstrated that small-scale hydropower offers one of the promising approaches for rural electrification and socio-economic development. The study also looks at some key factors that contribute to successful program design and implementation. reliable. The first part of this chapter discusses the linkages between poverty and rural electrification. they resort to using biomass. and consequently. 27 . 3. This chapter presents a brief review of some of the concepts of rural electrification.

Rural electrification contributes indirectly to poverty reduction through economic growth (DFID. cited in Zomers (2001: 40). 3. inadequate health care and limited employment possibilities (Karlsson and McDade.2 Definition of Rural Electrification Several authors have defined rural electrification in different ways. As Cecelski (2003: 8) points out.1. Vogel (1993). There are few opportunities for them to engage in productive activities and thus increase income.” This definition is more encompassing as it includes the use of electricity in agriculture.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework Lack of energy services correlates with many elements of poverty. argues that the definition should not be confined to rural areas as defined in country statistics but should rather include small to medium-sized 28 . In this context. These include low education levels. It is also one element that can enhance or detract from survival strategies of the poor”. small hydropower-based electrification is expected to play an active role in addressing poverty issues. ecological environment protection as well as increasing employment opportunities. They can only choose more convenient energy sources when their incomes grow. There is a clear indication that availability of energy services determines the level of poverty among rural people. 2002. Monerasinghe (1992:395) defines rural electrification as the “provision and use of electricity in rural areas. it is important to note that electrifying rural areas does not reduce household poverty but promises to power appliances that increase income. “the poor use energy and other scarce resources to eke out livelihood strategies. However. TERI. 2001:7-8). This is particularly true for the poor as they hardly maintain the survival demand because of their economic status. 2001). Poverty influences and determines which source of energy is chosen in a household. It is therefore a great challenge for the government to solve the energy requirements of the poor to help them move out of poverty and develop the economy. in rural industries and in homes. It plays a vital role in the living standards of people. whether through the central grid or as a result of decentralised generation.

does not have socio-economic or poverty alleviation as the main objective. a broader definition of rural electrification must be adopted in Malawi. This will ensure that by 2025. Vogel (1993).(1994) and Barnes (1988) and Foley (1990). Vigorous efforts are required to deploy decentralised power generation technologies in areas that are not financially and economically viable. 1987:45. According to the Rural Electrification Act (2004:6). 3. trading centres. political and environmental (Gaunt. and community centres that are connected to electricity (3) at least a conservative figure of 1% of the village households should have access to electricity.(1985). Zomers (2001:40) study quotes a number of definitions that have broader applications. The definition clearly places emphasis on utilities to make a return on investment and therefore. Yason et al. Mason(1990). He further argues that rural electrification should encompass areas that show specific features and opportunities. rural electrification refers to “grid extension or off grid electrification and/or renewable energy resources electrification whose internal rate of return is 6% per annum and line capacity is lower than 66 kV and/or generation capacity is up to 5 MW. all households are electrified. 29 . technical and institutional approaches. while it does not define areas suitable for such electrification.2 Rural electrification objectives Reviewed literature shows that motivations for rural electrification programs are fourfold: economic. 2003: 45-50. Maillard et al. This study suggests that from a poverty reduction perspective. social. It limits the amount of power supplied to an area. Munasinghe. clinics and dispensaries.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework towns which are service centres for the surrounding rural areas in a given region. This agrees with Mason’s (1990) definition which considers areas that require special financing. He has compiled definitions given by Munasinghe (1987). The definition should consider the use of multiple criteria such as (1) electricity infrastructure made available in each village (2) public facilities such as schools. (1985) propose a definition that looks at all activities aimed at enabling users situated outside major cities to have access to electricity. The use of statistical data to delimit urban and rural areas is inaccurate and to some extent unreliable. Maillard et al. In the same report..

3. As a result. lighting for households. or extending the scope of productive activities. 3. 2001: 44-46). the majority of rural people cannot afford to pay initial connection cost demanded by the utility. A relevant observation made by Saunders et al. socio-economic driven rural electrification has to be based on meeting the needs of the rural population. however.2. but rather.3 Poverty alleviation objective Rural electrification with a view to alleviating poverty provides electricity to rural areas for consumptive purposes only. These benefits. include ability to refrigerate food and medicines. (1980:134-136) is that rural electrification objectives has to look at the uses and benefits of electricity to rural people. Electric energy supplied contributes to productive output (ibid). power for 30 .2 Socio-economic objective This kind of electrification assumes that electricity will derive tangible social and economic benefits to the rural communities. The full costs of electrification are borne by both consumers and government in the form of capital subsidies.2. Combined costs paid in advance for connection are more than 10% of the average annual household income (ibid). In this context. avails important social benefits to the poor. the cost of connection for some projects in Nepal averages US$35 while the minimum cost of internal wiring is at US$25 (ESCAP. 3. among others. 2005:117). According to Gaunt (2003. This approach. 2003:45-50). For instance. This clearly shows that such electrification is meant for people with moderate incomes. 48-50). The section gives a brief discussion of these objectives.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework Zomers. or improving agricultural productivity (Gaunt. 2003:45-50). This raises the issue of how to quantifying non-monetary benefits. this kind of electrification does not in any way make significant contributions to financial or economic development to the supplier.2.1 Economic objective This requires that users meet the cost of electricity supply in full (Gaunt. as well as neglecting the encouragement of a demand driven approach to electrification. and how the net benefits depend upon investments and policies in other fields. It aims at supporting employment creation. fails to recognise the strategic role which electrification can play in developing rural areas. the objectives vary from country to country. In addition.

Sufficient light and fans for comfort improves the quality of that study time. lighting becomes their first priority (Ramani & Heijndermans. especially in the form of improved lighting. these deserve more merit than casual dismissal. improves the living conditions of the poor. Munasinghe (1987: 85-88).. and provision of education and communication opportunities for the rural population.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework small electric motors. Lighting plays a significant role in the education sector. if one considers the poor living conditions of people in rural areas and the gain in benefits accruing from electrification. Studies show that when rural consumers are newly connected. Sceptics argue that social electrification is “a social ‘hand-out’ with desirable side effects which might reduce population growth rates. These are broadly categorised into two: direct and indirect benefits. 3. 2004: 9. small generators would suffice” (Saunders et al. Various authors have discussed the benefits of rural electrification and these include Ramani and Heijndermans (2003:61-99). 2002:219) found that lighting improves the quality of education. Children have more time available for study after sunset. poverty alleviation objectives or both.1 Social Benefits Improvement in the quality of education There is a distinct positive effect on the quality of life in rural areas through the introduction of electricity. provide electricity to rural areas based on socio-economic.3 Social and economic benefits of rural electrification This section details some of the benefits of rural electrification. They observe that rural electrification is far too expensive to be considered the least-cost energy option and would be used for little more than lighting for which paraffin lamps. However. candles. government must at all costs. Foley.1980:134-136). which in turn. A table summarising these benefits is provided in Munasinghe (1988:85) and is reproduced in appendix B of this report. or even for a small community. The arguments carry considerable weight in the face of available evidence. Barnes & Waddle. 2003:65.3. 31 . Therefore. Foley (1990: 89-101) and Ramani (1992: 39-49). Barkat et al. 3.. and trigger investments in other areas. This study argues that economic development is necessary to alleviate poverty through growth. 1990:32).

2004:19).8%. a study conducted in Bangladesh found that 56% of those having knowledge on public health issues attributed television as the main source. For example.4% for electrified households. In addition.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework Access to television strengthens their knowledge base and this in turn increases the appetite for learning. Health care Greater availability of entertainment facilities like television enables dissemination of crucial public health issues to both urban and rural population.. parents devote more time in assisting children’s education compared to before electricity (Barkat et al. health care. maternal morbidity. Examples of public health issues include. The introduction of electricity to communities results in increased use of appliances such as radios. It was 16% less in the non-electrified households of the nonelectrified villages (109 minutes). It was 28% in the non-electrified households in electrified villages and 17% in the nonelectrified villages (Barkat. in Indonesia. and 22% less in the non-electrified households of the electrified villages (Barkat. Use of electricity for appliances varies from place to place. due to disparities in income level for these people. on average 37 minutes more time assisting children’s study as compared to before electricity (ibid). 2003:65. Further. 2004:21). This is a clear indication that at household level. the average time spent on study after sunset (6 pm) was 126 minutes in the electrified households. attendance at child delivery. child immunization. only few people could afford to purchase any of these appliances. 2004: 9). among others. 2002: 219. rural electrification increases the knowledge base in public health issues among the poor. tetanus toxoid (TT) immunization. 2004:9). Barnes &Waddle. electrified villages and non-electrified villages (Barkat. 54. around 51% of women reported that they now give. For instance. access to antenatal care (ANC) and postnatal care(PNC). refrigerators. 2004: 9. Awareness of these invariably influences people’s behaviour and health practice. in Bangladesh. disease and treatment patterns. 2002:220). The overall literacy rate was at 70. cookers. televisions and irons are the two most common appliances identified (Barnes & Waddle.3% and 56. television. irons and small power tools. sources of knowledge. to cite a few (Ramani & Heijndermans. infant death and use of family planning (Barkat. 32 . Barnes & Waddle. 2004:19). For instance. Foley. 1990: 99-101). However.

Subsequently. 3. Unless the income levels of these people grow. store medicines and other vaccines as well as provide modern diagnostic facilities. 1990: 98). 2002:11-13). reveal that electrification of rural areas does not have any impact on fuel wood consumption. Where applicable. 2002:223). 33 . the World Bank’s EnPoGen study found that most women attributed lighting to have improved security in the streets at night. Security Electricity provides safety and security benefits to women in rural communities.free energy when used for lighting.. fuel switching and consequently saving in wood-fuel and preventing deforestation is a pipe dream. shifting from the use of traditional biomass-based fuels to electricity promises to improve indoor air quality. Foley. 2004.3. access to electricity enables rural hospitals and clinics to operate refrigerators. electricity replaces or has the potential to replace the use of traditional energy sources. and consequently reduce deforestation (Barnes & Waddle. In Indonesia. cooking and other domestic purposes. a progression is expected from traditional biomass to more advanced and less polluting fuels” and that income and relative fuel prices are the main driver affecting the movement up in the energy ladder (Heltberg. It is the upper rural deciles who are potential candidates for fuel switching. 2004: 869-887). Field studies however. As a result. The results do help to confirm the hypothesized “energy ladder” model which suggests that “with increasing affluence. A fuel switch study conducted in eight countries found that rural people rarely use electricity for cooking. A similar study undertaken by USAID to assess the impact of rural electrification programs in Bangladesh found that 98 % of the sampled households irrespective of electricity access highly valued electricity to improve in security (Barkat et al. Electricity provides clean and virtually pollution . This is a clear indication that the ability of rural people to make an energy transition is invariably circumscribed by their economic status. lower wood fuel consumption.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework Additionally.2 Environmental Benefits Environmental quality is one major benefit accrued through the use of electricity. emanating from continued use of these sources of energy. this reduces the adverse health effects. as well as freedom from fear of fire from kerosene lamps (Madon and Gardener.

Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework Commenting on the same. offer cleaner and safe working conditions. Commenting on micro-enterprises and rural electrification. 3. is largely driven by income.” This implies that the use of small amounts of energy like pico-hydropower cannot be overlooked. Allderdice and Rogers (2000:3-4) add “access to even limited amounts of electricity for micro-enterprises in areas not connected to the grid can be important for the establishment and growth of businesses. Given that the majority of people in developing countries have relatively low incomes. He concluded that adequate lighting is a deciding factor in whether or not people opened homebased business (ibid). Khan (2001:29-33) has demonstrated the significance of lighting for increased income generation attributable to extension of business hours into the evenings. but there is weak evidence to suggest that it accelerates the process”. ease the use of machinery. Several authors unequivocally conclude that electricity stimulates the emergence and growth of businesses. women with tailoring businesses at home worked an additional four hours. For example. 34 .3. it is clear therefore. Access to electricity affects the nature of this transition. 2001:33). New electricity supplied to rural areas can increase the number of operating hours and thus generate more income.3. facilitates the preservation of products for export or retail. Productive use of electricity raises incomes. Economic Benefits Increased incomes and improved productivity of businesses The most obvious benefit derived from rural electrification programmes is income generation and job creation. Davis (1998: 207-217) concludes “evidence exists that the presence of an energy transition in rural households. Foley (1990:91) adds that increased economic activity and higher living standards follow electrification and concludes “the arrival of an electricity supply in certain areas seems to be a crucial factor in precipitating decisions by local entrepreneurs to invest in a variety of productive uses. providing electricity to rural areas leads to significant economic and social benefits to rural people. In Bangladesh. that rural electrification will not reduce deforestation during the early years after electrification. which increased their income by 30% (Khan. Shops increased trading hours by three more hours on each day. creates jobs and leads to increased productivity of businesses.” This assertion provides ample evidence that indeed.

Chapter 3 Poverty Reduction Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework With regards to poverty. close relationship with all stakeholders and deployment of renewable energy technologies. such frameworks include the use of a separate rural electrification authority.2% of total population) in 1978 to 30 million (2. Zomers (2001: 269-278) has aptly summed up critical factors for successful rural electrification programmes. (5) a well developed strategy which might include among others. Increased incomes that contributed to the reduction in poverty were attributed to increased agricultural productivity (ibid). rural electrification alone is unlikely to reduce poverty. These are: (1) a politically and socially stable environment.1 Key Success factors for rural electrification Studies have shown that success or failure in the implementation of rural electrification programs largely depends on the policies. enabling the establishment of independent power producers. establishing a rural 35 . IDS (2001:9) asserts that the “vicious cycle of poverty will only be broken by combining improved energy services with end-uses that generate income”. 2004:46). Institutional frameworks are necessary in the implementation of rural electrification programs. However. favourable income-growth conditions and integration with complementary programs (Barnes & Floor. since other conditions must be satisfied in order to take advantage of the benefits from which access to electricity offers”. there is strong support that shows supplying electricity is likely to reduce poverty.3% of total population) in 2000 (Yang. (4) integration with other complementary programs. 2003:283-295). Thus. regulation and subsidy schemes). The following section discusses the factors in detail. potable water and communication facilities. 1996:504. and (6) decentralized programmes with operational autonomy. health facilities. rural markets. specifically electricity supply reduced the number of poor people from 260 million (27. (3) support from the international community. (2) proper administrative conditions (appropriate legislation. 3. Examples of such programmes among others include roads and transport services. There is need to integrate other infrastructure programmes. Barnes & Waddle. management systems and strategies adopted. Examples of such factors include: clearly defined goals. Investment in rural infrastructure. Yang notes “electrification is not a panacea for poverty. China’s example reinforces these claims.

As an example. Financing the up-front costs of connections is central in ensuring that rural people access new electricity supply (Saghir. the number and density of consumers and the likely demand for electricity are among the factors normally taken into account (Barnes & Waddle. UNESCAP. Thailand developed a numerical ranking system taking into account the variety of factors such as level of income. 1990:126-127). 1996:497-530. Having a separate rural electrification authority within the utility ensures clearer lines of responsibility and to some extent achieves financial discipline (Foley. Another key factor identified in the literature is decentralization of rural electrification projects. 2005. 2004: 1-17). Studies have shown that voluntary participation by local people enhances the project sustainability. number of commercial enterprises and the government’s plans for other infrastructural investments in the area. Therefore. This is because the up-front costs of acquiring a service as well as per-unit rates that are charged once they have the connection are absolutely beyond the affordability of the rural poor. Barnes & Foley. Local participation in the planning. Vietnam considered proximity to the grid and number of potential consumers. this depends upon circumstances and organizational preferences for a particular country. level of commercial development and potential for electricity load. Barnes & Waddle. projects have to ensure that there is active participation of local people to achieve desired results and long-term viability. they have to depend on subsidies or get loans from micro-financing institutions. World Bank studies have shown that connection fees to grid electricity in developing countries ranges from US$20 to US$1000 (ibid). the level of contributions. 2005:41-48. The costs are prohibitive for rural households with relatively low disposable incomes. Costa Rica used population density. design and implementation of rural electrification program is imperative. as a sense of ownership is developed (World Bank. it is indispensable for government to subsidise rural households in order to access small hydro based electricity. 2004:46). 2005:12). There is also need to set up clearly defined criteria to rank areas for electrification. 2004:49).Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework electrification department within the utility (Barnes & Floor. However. Capital investment. A growing body of knowledge seems to suggest that rural people must be drawn into the decision–making process so that decisions can be better informed and reflect rural 36 . For example. As a result. In the case of Malawi.

provincial. it has to be noted that the programme mainly focused on lighting. it is highly desirable that active involvement of communities in small hydro schemes is encouraged. 2005:72-75. Given the low level of income for rural people. Involvement of the whole community enables the richer people (maize mill owners. community participation and decentralised rural electrification programs are some of the conditions necessary for their success and sustainability. district or village level facilitates smooth implementation of the program. This is achieved in the form of contributions (land or labour). decentralization of generation technologies (wind power. Innovative approaches such as micro-financing and subsidies could contribute to an increase in electrification level in a country. Cost recovery is another aspect that has to be considered in the implementation of rural electrification programs (Barnes & Waddle. increasing the number of people involved in small-scale hydro schemes invariably reduces the cost to everyone when the scheme exhibits economies of scale. However. Specific policies on connections fees and monthly tariffs are essential to ensure that low income rural households access electricity. the design of subsidies that benefit the rural poor presents a major challenge.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework people’s needs (ESCAP. Additionally. Furthermore. As stated by Barnes and Waddle (2004: 51). In view of the above reasons. However. Community participation reduces the costs of small hydro plants. 2004: 51). High up-front costs are a major barrier that prohibits rural people from accessing electricity once supplied to the areas. 37 . Projects which recover operation and maintenance costs are more likely to succeed than those that do not. communication and refrigeration. in Sri Lanka. Barnes and Waddle. Decentralised planning and operation whether at national. etc) is attributed to the remarkable increase in electrification levels from 44% in 1990 to 63% in 2000 (ESCAP. For example. solar PV systems. decentralization should involve setting up of rural electrification committees drawn from the local community. 2005:72). the need to set realistic tariff levels plays a significant role. micro and mini hydro. shop owners) in that community to shoulder a substantial part of the costs and thereby make a service available to the poorer people in the community. 2004: 47).

61.3 % (households) by late 1970’s (PESD. Small hydropower sector employs about 1. The wide dispersal of the un-electrified communities made large-scale centralized generators and extension of electric grid networks uneconomic and therefore. the study has been forced to consider other developing countries outside this continent. 2006: 71-84). county. China In the early 1949’s. therefore. Each year. town and village. Due to the continued low level of rural electrification.2 million people and supplies 5 County is third administrative level hierarchy. 38 . consolidation and upgrading (PESD.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework 3. China allocated about 100 million Yuan (US$12m) for subsidies for primary electrification in selected counties5.2 Case studies This section presents case studies on small-scale hydro systems in developing countries. The case studies have been carefully selected based on the success achieved in the recent past and availability of information on small-scale hydropower based rural electrification. The concluding section summarises the key findings that provides lessons for Malawi. Within 50 years of implementation. This study. The implementation of small-scale hydro based electrification has resulted in higher levels of electricity access. The third stage (1999-2004) concentrated on reforms. The focus was on poverty-relief in poor areas. Access rate increased from virtually zero in the late 1940’s to 86.The second stage (1979-1998) encompassed large-scale development of small hydropower. China divides its administrative system into province. examines rural electrification programs in China.6% of the Chinese living in rural areas had access to electricity (PESD.9% (rural townships). however. 2007:1). prefecture. An administrative agency of small hydropower was established in 1953 under the then Ministry of Agriculture to coordinate the programme.1% (villages) and 53. The electrification programme has been implemented in stages. 2006: 26). India and Nepal. over 900 million people have accessed electricity (Peng and Pan. 2006). impractical. The first stage (1949-1978) focused on domestic lighting and agro-products processing (HRC. 2006:15-21). the Chinese government initiated the rural electrification programme with special focus on small-scale hydropower. Unfortunately. about 0. due to difficulties in accessing information on rural electrification in virtually all African countries.

Hicks.245 65. Jan-Feb 2006:130 As can be seen from table 3. there were over 43. 700 ha. the total installed capacity had increased to 34.36 70. 2004: 36-40).609 4427 % 44 45.1 China SHP stations by installed capacity (2001) Type Station Installed capacity Annual output Micro Mini Small Total 43.1. 39 . These had an aggregate installed capacity of 26. 2003: 97-102.944 19.000 families with electricity. 2004: 36-40). generated more than 110 billion kWh of energy. This figure has significantly increased to 26.027 100 26. Table 3.6% in 1985 to 77.1 billion kWh annually (Jiandong.6 27.4 Source: Renewable Energy World.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework electricity to 300 million people across 760 counties (Jiandong. The programme played a significant role in the restructuring of the economy.661 GW.000 tonnes/year of wood fuel (HRC. In the early 1949.262 100 87. there were only 33 small hydropower stations in rural areas with a total installed capacity of 3. Industrial output in the typical agricultural counties increased from 36.686.6 10. Electrification of 100 isolated pilot-districts by 700 MW produced by SHP plants resulted in supplying 580. This contrasted findings of most studies which concluded that rural electrification does not have any effect on wood fuel consumption.1 GWh 1860 20.6 10.036 % 44 45. By the end of 2004. Area under irrigation increased by 1.1 below. A summary of the number of small-scale hydropower stations and their installed capacity is given in table 3.4 MW 687 7171 18.027 small hydropower stations installed across the country by the end of 2003. 2004).141 100 Number 18. 2007:5).63 MW. Hicks. and accounted for about 40% of the installed capacity and annual output of combined large and small hydro in China.262 MW in 2002 (HRC.5% in the year 2000.262 MW and generated 87. 2003: 97-102.404 % 2. and savings of over 400. 2005:33). with a corresponding increase in grain yield of 30 billion kg (ERI.

Barnes and Floor (1996: 497-530) have cited localized manufacturing whereby rural entrepreneurs have built and run small-scale hydropower stations with funding from agricultural banks.40. and 0. that for SHP. 6000-8000 Yuan/kW. Thus. They contend that the “effect of institutional structure and its reform on different investors would have been overlooked if the rapid progress of rural electrification had been attributed only to government investment and its favourable policy”. Peng and Pan (2006:71-84) advance the argument that it is “the use of funds from multiple channels.40-0. Given the amount of evidence by several authors. Standardization of the small-scale hydropower (SHP) industry has also facilitated interconnection of multiple stations into country level grids (ibid).30-0. (2003: 283-295) observes that it was the central government’s favourable policy that encouraged the development of rural electrification. rich small hydro power resources under the policy delivery mode of “self-construction. social and environmental benefits to local stakeholders. In China. levels and modes argued by Peng and Pan are implied in the policy. the multiple channels. by extension.30. it appears the policy played a significant role.000 ha of forests which could have been felled was reduced as a result of about 20 million households in the small-scale hydropower supply areas utilising electric stoves (ibid). 2004: 36-40). favourable policies that support and encourage local governments and local people to develop their nearby.” Yang et al. wind power generation is 9000-12000 Yuan/kW. Therefore. rural electrification has the potential to positively impact on the local and global environment. Barnes and Floor (1996: 497-530) have cited the creation of a decentralized development and management system that focused on economic. There is copious literature that discusses reasons for China’s success in its electrification programme. 0.50 for large 40 . about 90 million tons of carbon dioxide (CO2) and other greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions resulting from burning of coal were avoided. self -management and selfconsumption. An equivalent of 130. multiple levels and under multiple modes” that led to the development of rural electrification. the total investment required for a small hydropower station with an installed capacity of 10 MW is about US$12 million (Hicks.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework In addition. Studies have also shown that average specific construction costs for large thermal power plant is 4000-5000 Yuan/kW.20-0. The average specific energy cost (in Yuan/kWh) is 0.

2006: 101-111). First.500 villages were classified in the category of remote villages where extension of conventional electricity grid supply may not be possible in the near future (Banerjee. there is no competition in the market (HRC. Given that there are multiple investors. As a result. consequently. A further 24. 41 . The MoP also launched a Rural Electricity Supply Technology Mission with an annual resource allocation of Rs. and to encourage decentralized management by rural cooperatives and non-governmental organizations (ibid). In order to overcome the situation. the decentralized management mechanism is not in agreement with the development of the market economy. HRC (ibid) further cites the traditional nature of management as a major reason for increase in costs and low efficiency. (2004: 1693-705). 2007:1-7). shops. 2007:1-7). it is difficult to optimize the allocation and restructuring of resources. causing slow development and expansion through self-generated funds.20 billion (US$435m). As reported by Chaurey et al.8%) out of 587. there is severe shortage of funds for exploitation. About 78 million people (56.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework thermal power.6% of rural households) had no access to gridsupplied electricity. SHP and wind power respectively (HRC.556 inhabited villages in India were electrified by the end of March 2004. This in turn results in prolonged period for capital accumulation and circulation.982(80. the programme attempts to: trigger economic development. The mission’s primary objective is to accelerate electrification through both grid and stand-alone distributed generation options. Rural electrification in China faces a number of challenges. Nevertheless. the Indian government through the Ministry of Power (MoP) and Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Resources (MNES) embarked on a rural electrification programme. community centres and public places in all villages. do not state whether externality costs are considered. India About 474. they demonstrate that SHP is among the least expensive stand-alone electrification options. The studies however. Second. and improve the quality of life of rural people through lighting of rural homes. generate employment by providing electricity as an input for productive uses in agriculture and rural industries.

the total installed small hydro capacity in India was estimated at 1693 MW. In addition. the high investment cost due to terrain inaccessibility and lack of suitable transportation linkages in locations where the potential exists Gosh et al. Nepal. but the rural areas estimates vary from 5 to 15% (Ross. Factors that impede penetration small-scale hydropower in India include. /kWh (Nouni et al.. 2006: 101-111. (2006: 1161-1174) found that for schemes 10 to 100 kW category. low population density with minimal energy demand and low growth potential 42 .000-216. 2006:2). Twenty four electrification projects are under consideration. repair and maintenance costs.000 MW (Banerjee. the harsh climatic conditions. A recent study conducted by Nouni et al. scanty.31 Rs.000 MW. /kW (US$2715-5095/kW).. Peru and Zimbabwe.37% of technically feasible potential) has been installed (Zahnd et al. Chaudhuri. this potential remains untapped.US$5630 reported for Sri Lanka. However. The levelised unit cost at 40% plant load factor falls between 4. According to Zahnd et al. 40% of the population has access to grid-supplied electricity. Currently. MNES cites regular maintenance expenses.56 and 8. as evidenced from the fact that only 576 MW (1.000 Rs.000 MW (51%).6 million people.(2002: 481-512). Nepal Nepal is an underdeveloped country having 27.. The cost of generation of electricity from small-scale hydropower in general and micro hydro under Indian conditions has been studied and reported in literature.(2006:4). Nouni et al.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework By the year 2004. 2006: 1161-1174). 2007:23). The values compare well with the range of US$1136. employees cost. Gross theoretical hydro potential is estimated at 83. (2006: 1161-1174) show that 11 SHP electrification projects were implemented by the MNES in 2001 and 2002 in the states of Uttaranchal and Arunachal Pradesh. 2006:5). interest on working capital and taxes as issues contributing to higher operational and maintenance (O&M)expenses for small hydro. Estimates of MNES place the potential at 15. The country is endowed with enormous hydropower resources. Information on small hydro’s role in rural electrification in India is however. “the geographical remoteness. Technically and economically feasible potential is about 43. the unit capital cost of 124. of which 85% live in rural areas (Zahnd et al. 2001).

Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework make electrification costs prohibitive and the isolated mountain villages in Nepal will not be reached within the foreseeable future through grid extensions alone. a number of independent power producers (IPPs) and NGOs are engaged in rural electrification largely with assistance from bilateral donors.000 50.000 270. Average connection rating per household is 70 W (Meier et al. and Rural Energy Development Fund (REDF).000 1.000 6.000 to 145.000 34. A general lack of statistics has made it difficult to assess what has been achieved so far.5 kW to 100 kW) with an installed capacity of 13. According to Meier et al. (2003). Table 3.000 650 900 600 300 35 12 Source: Pandey.000 42. the cost of generation for such plants range from US$1200/kW to US$3000 (NPR 80.000 40.000 69.3 illustrates current status of small hydro installations.000 Traditional watermills (ghatta) Improved watermills (ghatta) Micro-hydro milling Peltric sets Micro-hydro electricity Mini hydro Small hydro-on the grid 43 . Small-scale hydropower has proved itself to be a major contributor to electrification for rural communities in Nepal.000 Household served 500. Schemes with capacity bigger than 20 kW are often supported by local NGOs and owned cooperatively by user groups.2 Installed capacity for small hydro systems in Nepal Type Total number 25. However. 2003).064 MW have been installed since 1962.000/kW of installed capacity) (ibid).” This situation clearly calls for deliberate efforts to be made to bring electricity to rural areas with a view to improving the living conditions of the people. Table 3. Science and Technology through the Alternative Energy Promotion Centre (AEPC).000 600 4.200 5. In addition. Energy Sector Assistance Program (ESAP). Off-grid electrification is implemented under the Ministry of Environment. 2006:4 Installed capacity kW) 12. recent studies show that a total of 1956 micro hydro schemes (ranging from 0.200 8.. There are currently an estimated 576 small hydro schemes serving 76.500 people. The Nepalese government has implemented rural electrification for the past 30 years albeit with slow progress and not at pace with population growth.

and Sweden) and some non-governmental organizations has also led to technology development and manufacturing within Nepal’s industry (Barnes and Floor. However. It has to be noted that the development of small hydropower in particular has been carried out within the case study’s background of political. they provide reliable evidence that small-scale hydro will undoubtedly increase rural electrification levels. Although the electrification rates in India and Nepal are low. simplified licensing procedures to reduce transaction costs. Technical assistance provided by bilateral donors (Norway.3 Comparison of results of rural electrification programmes in China. respectively.18 714 1200-3000 0.2 Source: Adapted from ERI. India and Nepal have both achieved 54% and 40% electrification access. As can be seen from table 3.05 n/a 2175-5095 0. These include the availability of credit from public sector agricultural banks.05-0.04-0.3. Germany. Table 3. Nepal and India Rural electrification statistics Implementation period (years) Rural electrification level in recent year (%) Annual investment in rural hydro China 50 98. which are not similar among themselves. investments and generation costs are evident.10-0.3. China has been more successful in providing electricity to around 98.600 India 30 54 3.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework A number of factors have contributed to Nepal’s success harnessing of small-scale hydropower. India and Nepal is shown in table 3. economical.6 2. A comparison of results of rural electrification programmes for China. 2005 44 . 1996: 497-530).The disparities in electrification levels. private financing from commercial banks and government.800 Nepal 30 40 n/a electrification ( million US$) Capital cost (US$) Investment/kW (US$/kW) Cost of energy produced (US$/kWh) n/a 600-950 0.6% of the population. they should still be viewed as positive. social and other technical features. unrestricted power tariffs.

1 Long term planning and government commitment Each of the three countries developed long–term an integrated infrastructure development programme. a levy of two cents for each kWh generated was allocated for rural hydropower development. Other supporting 45 . technologies and raw materials. self-management. For instance. These supported and encouraged local governments and people to develop their own nearby rich small hydropower resources.consumption. The driving forces were poverty reduction through economic growth. Therefore. 3. in China. In each country.7. government set up policy under the theme “selfconstruction. the government led the electrification process and made significant investment towards the development of small-scale hydropower. The emphasis was on access as opposed to use. strong government commitment is crucial in achieving significant levels of electrification.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework 3. This was governed under the “electricity generates electricity” policy.7. Profits from smallscale hydropower and local grids were retained by the enterprise for further development. the primary focus was to provide lighting to the rural communities.7 Summary of key findings Analysis of the case studies of rural electrification programs in China. Nepal and India has identified the following general issues: 3. and rural electrification formed one major component. and self. During the early stages of implementation. improved standards of living. The local authority or local people who invested and constructed the power stations owned them and got benefits from them. Economic activities were promoted as by-products of the supply of electricity. Central government provided a subsidy for rural hydro electricity. and environmental and ecological quality. innovative income generation methods were applied as follows: electricity was sold within the area covered by the hydropower supply. To sustain the programme.2 Policies and strategies A common factor shared by these successful programmes can be attributed to strong government support in terms of policies and strategies.” Local authorities were encouraged to plan and construct small hydro schemes using local resources. Governments prioritised development of small-scale hydropower through regulation and favourable policies.

The banks also supported small-scale hydro through credits and soft loans. loan policy where the agricultural banks provided special funds as loans for developing rural small hydropower. These included individual farmers. Government also offered loans at subsidized interest rates. various sources of financing were used in the implementation of rural electrification projects. Each country provided subsidies to enable more people to afford an electricity connection. and to some extent. agricultural development banks provided subsidies. They also laid down general policy guidelines. Project planning. In Nepal. In every county. In India and China. In Nepal. Therefore. 3. equipment manufacturing and operation and maintenance were carried out at county level. the government invested in small-scale hydropower construction. success of rural electrification depends on the policies used and the institutional structure adopted. women’s empowerment.4 Capital investment and financial support mechanisms In China. and environmental management. These bodies set design standards and monitored progress of programmes.7. and combined capacity building of the 46 . In addition. Planning was based on what communities felt they needed whereas project identification was through local participation approach. the decentralization process focused on local participation in the form of organization development. a rural electricity leading group led by a county governor was also established to make key decisions in the construction. groups. skill enhancement. technology promotion. The countries established autonomous bodies to oversee and coordinate electrification programmes in each state or county. A supportive government policy in terms of financing rural electrification is crucial. capital formation. development. development banks set up special funds for construction projects. 3. Nongovernmental organisations also drove the sector.7. fundraising and other key elements of the programme.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework policies formulated include: a preferential rate of value added tax rate of 6% instead of the normal 17%. enterprises.3 Decentralised approach for small hydropower development Rural electrification was largely implemented using the county or state as a management unit and assisted and guided at provincial or county level. implementation and management. loans from the World Bank and International Monetary Fund.

e. standardization and simplicity. and increased recreation 47 . standardization of the smallscale hydropower plants enabled interconnection of multiple stations. economic. reduced in-door air pollution. irrespective of whether the investment will make a return or not. Briefly. Different objectives for electrification exist i.7.5 Standardisation of small-scale hydropower plants The countries emphasised reliability. installation through to operation guaranteed quality. This is view of the fact that small-scale hydropower plants are required to meet appropriate conditions in which they work. commercial activities are favoured. poverty alleviation electrification is inevitable. Given the need to satisfy the basic needs of rural people coupled with the desire to improve the distribution of income and quality of life in rural areas. There is no doubt that this could lead to the subsequent introduction of other services that initiate significant economic development in the long term. Such conditions include ability to cope with the load pattern in different climatic conditions. cost effectiveness and timely completion of projects. Social development issues like poverty. 1990:147). It has been observed that electrification to meet economic objectives require the use of electricity as an economic resource to maximize output and growth. electricity significantly leads to improved security. and capability of expansion or replacement (Foley. gender are well linked to access to electricity. 3. The chapter has also discussed the social and economic impacts of rural electrification. As a result.Chapter 3 Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework local manufacturers with technical improvements such as electronic load controllers and the use of electric motors as generators. rules and criteria in each process of work from initial stage to construction. In addition. reduced human drudgery. education. social and environmental. security. Technical standards. This places much emphasis on the productive uses of electricity. public health. education. In the short term. Summary and Conclusions This chapter has argued that rural electrification is an indispensable tool for alleviating poverty. level of skills likely used in their operation. areas which promise to generate industrial. transforming rural economies and improvement in living standards of people in rural areas. rural electrification has to be approached from the poverty alleviation perspective.

Chapter 3

Rural Electrification: Conceptual Framework

opportunities and health services. Other impacts could be on extended working hours, improved agricultural productivity as well as the emergence, and growth of businesses. Therefore, it is highly desirable that rural people access electricity to enjoy its benefits. The benefits are both quantifiable as well as non quantifiable. Government failure to provide electricity to its rural people is tantamount to violation of the right to basic services.

Key success factors for successful implementation programmes have been discussed. Success can only be achieved if there are clearly defined goals, appropriate institutional structures as well as integration with other complementary programs. Strong government support in terms of policies, regulation, and subsidies provide the basis for improving access to electricity by rural people. However, they vary from country to country and depend on the objectives of the programme. Decentralised approach to development, programme financing of up front costs, and local participation, among others are crucial for success.

The reviewed case studies have showed that with an appropriate policy framework supported by adequate institutional mechanisms, access to electricity in rural areas could be improved. The governments paid particular attention to small hydropower development; offered a series of enabling policies; invested in SHP construction, and provided subsidies for electricity access. A major theme in the SHP development has been the effort put in to participative approaches to create, nurture capacity of local communities to build, own and operate their own small hydro schemes. The evidence shown by the three case studies suggests that strong government support for small hydro development is central to the achievement of meaningful rural electrification.

In China, government recognised the role of the agricultural sector in supporting industrial development in the form of raw materials for industrial production. In addition to household consumption, the government encouraged supply of electricity for irrigation and drainage for agricultural productivity. Economic activities were promoted as by-products of the supply of electricity in the subsequent phases. Therefore, rural electrification must begin with social objectives, mainly to provide basic needs and services for households and communities.

Finally, the varying degree of achievements of the case studies reflects need to explore cost effective electricity generation technologies to improve quality of life, economic well being and environmental quality. 48

Chapter 4:

Theoretical Considerations

CHAPTER 4 THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS

This chapter describes the theoretical and technical issues considered in the planning, design and evaluation of small-scale hydro systems. The chapter starts with a brief look at the basic concepts and principles of hydropower generation. The different hydraulic power development technologies are described, followed by a discussion on hydro resource assessment, stream flow measurement methods and economics of hydropower. The final section looks at load forecasting methods.

4.1

Basic concepts of hydropower

Water constantly moves through a vast global cycle, in which it evaporates (due to the activity of the sun) from oceans, seas and other water reservoirs, forms clouds, precipitates as rain or snow, then flows back to the ocean (figure 4.1). The energy of this cycle, which is driven by the sun’s energy, is tapped as hydropower.

Source: http://www1.eere.energy.gov/windandhydro/hydro_how.html Fig. 4.1 The hydrological cycle

49

Chapter 4:

Theoretical Considerations

The principal advantages of using hydropower are: it is continuously renewable, non-polluting and efficient (Srinivasan, 1981). The technology is mature, and reliable. Running costs are very low as compared to thermal or nuclear power stations, hydraulic turbines can be switched on and off in a matter of minutes, and gives very high efficiency over considerable range of load (Dandekar and Sharma, 1979: 6).

According to IEA (2003), hydroelectric plants operate at efficiencies of 85 to 95%. This compares with about 55% for combined-cycle gas turbines (CCGT), 30 to 40% for coal or oil fired plants, 30% for wind power and 7 to 17% for solar photovoltaic panels. Direct conversion of mechanical energy into electricity gives higher efficiency electricity production. The disadvantages of hydropower include high initial capital costs and potential site-specific and cumulative environmental impacts. The exploitation of hydropower is dependent upon the topography, rainfall and the availability of funds, since a large capital outlay is required.

Generally, hydropower plants fall into two categories: conventional (large hydro) and nonconventional (small-scale hydro). This study will be confined to the second type. Small – scale hydropower refers to hydraulic turbine systems having capacities of less than 10 MW (www.itdg.org). The principles of operation, types of units, and the mathematical equations used in the selection of small-scale hydropower are essentially the same as for conventional hydropower. The global installed capacity is currently about 66 GW (REN21, 2006). In Malawi, small-scale hydropower covers stations up to 5 MW (DoEA, 2004).

4.2

Energy conversion principles

Hydropower captures the energy released from falling or moving water. Water falls due to gravity which causes the pressure and kinetic energy to be converted into mechanical energy then electrical energy. A water wheel or hydraulic turbine is used as a prime mover to transform the energy of water into mechanical energy (Twidell and Weir, 2000:183; Begamudre, 2000:259). The potential energy lost by a volume of water falling down a slope in each second is given by the equation:

P = ρ Q g H o

(Equation 4.1)

50

and tailrace.2 shows the sketches of the plan of small-scale hydropower plant. penstocks. power house. is the height through which water falls in (m).81 Q H o (Equation 4. 1986:63 Figure 4. and 2 3.81 m/s ).3 Small-scale hydropower system components A small-scale hydropower plant consists of the following structures and essential features: weir or dam.2 Main components of a small-scale hydropower plant 51 . 4. H . is the potential energy in (kW).2) The vertical head through which water falls takes into account of friction losses and is usually expressed as the effective or net head. ρ = density of water (kg/m3). Source: Inversin. intake structures. Given that the density of water is 1000 kg/m P can be written as: P = 9. Figure 4.Chapter 4: o where P . o g = acceleration due to gravity (= 9. Theoretical Considerations Q . is the volume of water falling per second in(m3/s).

A portion of water flow from a river or stream is diverted through channel to fore bay tank and then led via penstocks to drive hydraulic turbines after which. Power canal: conveys water from intake to the fore bay. 1979: 94-96).Chapter 4: • • • • • • • • • Theoretical Considerations A dam or weir to control the flow of water and increases the elevation to create the head.4. It stores and protects all the power. environmental concern. 4. ROR have less environmental and 52 . and Tailrace: is a channel leading back to the river below the power station into which the turbine discharges. 1979: 94-96).which is a pipe connecting the fore bay to the power house. There is no water storage and the According to Sawyer (1986:30-39). Turbine provides the mechanical energy from the water pushing against its blades to drive the generator.1 Run-of. usually made of earth or concrete.river type This type of project allows generation of electricity without the impact of damming the water way. They are often suited to supply electrical needs of an isolated area or industry. if the minimum flow in the river or stream is sufficient to meet the load’s peak power requirements (Dandekar and Sharma. Power house: is the facility for converting the fluid energy into the electrical energy. Fore bay: this is a tank that holds water between the power canal and the penstock. Intake-acts as a buffer between the water supply and the hydropower electric plant. Compared to storage schemes. It conveys the water under pressure from the reservoir/fore bay to the turbine in the power station.producing equipment and control devices. power fluctuates with the stream flow. Generator converts the mechanical energy produced by the turbine into electrical energy. or other factors prohibit large reservoir construction and where natural river flows are reliable enough to justify the large capital costs that characterize hydropower. Penstock.4 Small-scale hydropower scheme configurations 4. run-of-river plants (ROR) are employed where topography. the water is redirected back to its original source (Dandekar and Sharma.

2 River power plants River power plants are built directly in the river. 4. They are suitable for high head.5 Water Turbines A turbine extracts energy from moving water and converts it directly into rotating shaft power. the flow enters the runner at nearly atmospheric pressure in the form of one or more jets spaced around the rim of the runner. 2003). blades or buckets that rotate about an axis by the action of water. Examples of commonly used reaction turbine types are: Francis and Kaplan. Turgo. It extracts energy from the water by lowering the water’s pressure as it passes through the turbine. only the impulse forces being transferred by the direction changes of the flow velocity vectors when passing the buckets create the energy converted to mechanical energy on the turbine shaft. Pelton. A reaction turbine creates power by reacting to the fluid’s pressure or weight. Examples include the water wheel. Changes in the directions of the velocity vectors of the flow through the canals between the runner blades transfer impulse force. 53 . at times flows become too high or too low. crossflow and multipurpose turbines.4. 4. There is no suction on the downside of the turbine. Usually they have a low head. Typically. and the water flows out the bottom of the turbine housing after impacting the runner. For a complete discussion of different types of turbines. The water is not diverted as is the case with runof-river projects. In an impulse turbine. The force of the jet hitting the blades turns the turbine and strips the jet of its kinetic energy. Traditionally hydraulic turbines are classified into two types groups: impulse and reaction. for the utility’s capacity and this necessitates shutdowns until flows return to within the acceptable range. A casing is used to direct the water flow through the turbine and contain the pressure of the flow. a hydraulic turbine has vanes.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations social impacts (Schleicher. low flow applications. The pressure drop from inlet to outlet of the runner is obtained because the runner is fully immersed in the water flow and closed to the outside pressure. However. Therefore. refer to Inversin (1986:171-194).

cavitation (turbine setting height) and cost. reaction turbines have no limit with flow rates and work better with lower heads. A cross flow turbine. Kaplan turbines are well suited for low head and large discharges (e.5. it is appropriate to use either cross flow or propeller turbines.3 indicates which turbine is most suitable for any particular combination of head and discharge. e. Other deciding factors include range of discharges through the turbine. dams. Boyle. In view of the fact that small-scale hydropower sources available in most rural and remote areas are low head and small capacity. because of its simplicity and popularity is used for this study. Source: ESHA. A useful parameter for choosing the most suitable turbine is the shape number. Cross flow turbines overlap between the high and low heads. 2004:176 Fig.3 Choice of turbine in terms of head and discharge 54 . 2004:172). run-of-river sites) and Francis turbines are usually preferred for large heads and large flows. For example. As can be seen from this figure. Figure 4.g. rotational speed. described in appendix C.1 Choice of water turbine The choice of water turbine for a particular site depends on the site characteristics. the dominant factor being the net head available and power required (Inversin. 1986:191.4.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations 4.g.

Chapter 4:

Theoretical Considerations

4.6

Resource assessment and evaluation

The water flow rate and the pressure (hydraulic) head through which the water falls are the two most important factors that determine the inherent power potential of the water flowing in a river or stream. Head may be natural due to the topographical situation or may be created artificially by means of dams. Water flow on the other hand is a direct result of the intensity, distribution and duration of rainfall, but is also a function of direct evaporation, transpiration, infiltration into the ground, the area of the particular catchment, and the field moisture capacity of the soil (Mandeville and Batchelor, 1990). The maximum amount of power available in theory from the flow is related to the speed of flow and the head. This relationship is expressed by the formula shown annex C.

4.7

Flow Duration Curve

A flow duration curve represents the relationship between stream flow and the frequency of stream flow. It provides a measure of the percentage of time a given flow is equalled or exceeded over that time interval (Vogel and Fennessey, 1995:1029-1039). The curve provides a graphical and statistical view of the overall historical variability associated with stream flow and is the complement of cumulative distribution function of daily stream flow (Vogel and Fennessey, 1995:1029-1039; Lane et al, 2005:253-265). Empirical flow duration curves are constructed from daily discharge data by (1) ranking the observed daily flow values in ‘ascending order’ and (2) plotting each ordered observation versus its corresponding duration. There are no specific guidelines for time series. Flow duration curves are constructed for other time series such as, weekly, monthly or annually stream flows. The present study focuses on daily stream flows.

4.7.1 Hydrological flow indices
According to Smakhtin (2001:147-186), important indices extracted from the flow duration curve are those that are exceeded more than 50% of the time. He notes that generally, the Q90 and Q95 flows have been used as low flow indices. However, since power available depends on discharge, four indices are useful for the calculation of the energy potential as follows: Flow which is exceeded 100%. The minimum potential power computed from the minimum flow available for 100% of time (365 days or 8760 hours) is presented as Pp100;

Q100 -

55

Chapter 4:

Theoretical Considerations

Flow which is exceeded 95%: small potential power computed from the flow available for 95% of time (8322 hours). This is represented as Pp95;

Q 95 -

Q50 - Flow which is exceeded 50%: average potential power computed from the flow available
for 50% of time (4380 hours). This is represented as Pp50; and

Qm - flow which is exceeded m%:

mean potential power computed from the average of mean yearly flows for a period of 10 to 30 years, which is equal to the area of the flow-duration curve corresponding to this mean year. This is known as gross river power potential and is represented as Ppm. In Malawi, techniques for estimating flow duration curve using the relationship between mean flow and rainfall have been developed. A study conducted by Drayton et al. (1980) mapped values for of the low flow statistic Q95. This method enables estimation of low flow statistics and flow duration curves at any point in the country. Based on the regression equations analysed for 49 stations, the study recommended use of the Q75 flow statistic (flow which is exceeded 75% (Patel, 2007:41-46) and this is adopted for this study. More details of these analyses are given in Meigh and Fry (2003), and Drayton et al. (1980).

If the specific run-off method is used, the flow duration curve is expressed in normalised form, i.e. relative to the mean flow. The mean flow Q is calculated as:
Q = RAD

(Equation 4.17)

where R is the specific run-off and A D is the drainage area. Then the actual flow data Qn (n = 0.5,…, 100) is computed from the normalised flow data qn extracted from country database through
Qn = qn Q

(Equation 4.18)

4.7.2

Environmental flow considerations

For environmental reasons, there is need to allow a portion of flow in a river or stream to by-pass the small hydro plant. This caters for aquatic life in the streambed between the intake to the power plant and the outlet where the flow is returned to the stream. There are no specific restrictions on the amount of residual flow required, but generally, it varies from site to site and with specific site concerns. BHA (2005:8) gives an estimate of between Q90 and Q99 values of

56

Chapter 4:

Theoretical Considerations

river flow. This residual flow Qr is subtracted from all values of the flow duration curve for the calculation of plant capacity, firm capacity. The available flow Q ' n ( n = 0, 5,…, 100 is then defined by:
Q ' n = max( Qn - Qr ,0)

(Equation 4.19)

4.7.3 Capacity Factor
For run-of-river schemes, the turbine design flow is normally smaller than the mean flow and therefore, not environmentally acceptable and economically attractive (BHA, 2005:9). There is need to choose a design flow that takes into account of the recommended capacity factors. The capacity factor is calculated using the formula given below: Capacity Factor ( CF ) =

Installed capacity ( kW ) x 8760 hours / year

Energy generated per year ( kWh / year )

(Equation 4.20)

The capacity factor varies with design flow. For example, given the design flow at Qmean, the capacity factor is 40%, at 0.75Qmean = 50%, 0.5 Qmean = 60%, 0.33Qmean = 70%. Values between 50 and 70% would give satisfactory return on investment (BHA, 2005:10). Typically most turbines operate between 20 – 40% of their rated flow. The rated or peak power is estimated from the design flow Q 0 and the head as follows:
 P ( kW ) = 7 x Qo  m s 
3

   

x H ( m)

(Equation 4.21)

with P = net power and Q 0 as the arithmetic mean discharge.

4.7.4 Energy output from a power plant
The energy output is then estimated using the capacity factor ( CF ) as follows:

Energy ( kWh / year ) = P ( kW ) x CF x 8760

(Equation 4.22)

4.7

Stream flow characteristics

The purpose of hydrologic evaluations is to provide accurate values for river or stream flow. The values of flow have to be taken for over a long period usually at least one year and preferably eight to ten years (Feibel, 2003: 21). It is however, seldom the case that adequate historic data is

57

58 . 1998:62) and has negative implications on the ecology. The weir method involves construction of a low wall or weir across the stream to be gauged. the stream is channelled through a particular geometrically regular channel section for some distance before entering a length of different cross section. Velocity is measured by a floater or current meter (propeller or electromagnetic) (ESHA. The weir method is regarded as the most accurate means of measuring discharge over a long period. Similarly.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations available to a developer when specific site investigation commences. and slope-area etc are described in Inversin (1986:9-20). In this case. namely the velocity.area. There are several methods of measuring flows in rivers or streams. the salt dilution method. bucket method. The chemical is added by constant-rate injection until the sampling downstream reveals a constant concentration. However.” The technique is expensive and specialised (ESHA. the discharge is measured by gradually discharging a known volume of a strong salt solution into the stream at a known rate. Accordingly. with a notch through which water in the stream flows (Inversin. or trapezoidal etc. recent development in use of salt seems to offer a better alternative with respect to ecological concerns. 1986: 16). ESHA (1998:57-65) and Harvey et al (1993:51-60). the weir. the dilution technique “involves the injection of a chemical into the stream and sampling of the water some distance downstream after complete mixing of the chemical in the water has occurred. Several types of notch are used: rectangular. vee. It is an expensive but more accurate method. 1998:57-62). and measuring at short intervals. the velocity-area methods employ the principle that the volume of water passing a particular point per second in a known cross sectional area is equal to the product of average velocity of the fluid at that point and the cross section area. With flumes. According to ESHA (1998:62-63). on-site stream flow measurements are necessary. Five methods. With this new method. flumes are used. the change in conductivity of the water at the downstream end of the mixing length.

hydropower.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations The slope –area method depends on hydraulic principles and is useful for high flows where other methods discussed above are impractical (ESHA.8 Estimation of stream flow characteristics at ungauged sites Estimates of daily stream flows are required for a number of water-related applications such as water supply. duration of certain flow periods. do not necessarily have similar hydrological responses since geographical proximity is not considered as a sufficient condition 59 . The approach identifies regions with similar behaviour so that the hydrological effects can be compared. R is the hydraulic radius of the section (A/P). The method uses Manning’s equation given below: Q = AR 2 3 S 1 2 n (Equation 4. Practically.section area. As a result. This equation utilises a roughness coefficient that depends on the characteristics of the channel and is subject to errors (ESHA. A is the cross. concerns have been raised that catchments that belong to the same hydrometric zone. 1998: 65). Flow characteristics at ungauged sites are estimated by applying a predictive equation developed for a particular hydrometric zone (IH. 1999:148-157). Vogel et al. average monthly flow distribution.23) where S is the water slope. A common approach used is the regionalisation of hydrometric zones. This study utilises the velocity. frequency and magnitude of high and low-flow events in similar sized catchments. it is impossible to gauge all rivers and streams in a country because the size of many potentially interesting catchment areas does not warrant the cost of operating a regular flow monitoring station (Naidas. such hydrological effects may include unit run off from the catchment area. irrigation. recreation and watershed management (Patel. systematically recorded flow data at the site of interest is unavailable. However. According to Smakhtin (2001:147-186). which seeks to transfer hydrological information from gauged sites to ungauged ones. 4.area method to establish the stream flow in the study area as well as the slope-area method in the design of the headrace. 2007:41-46. 2005:48-66). 1998:65). the majority of streams particularly in remote areas are not gauged. n is the roughness coefficient and P is the wetted perimeter in metres. However.. 1980).

to a region with a known relationship between flow and catchment characteristics.1 Catchment-Area Ratio This method is used to estimate low-flow statistics at an ungauged site on the basis of low-flow values from stream gauging stations on the same stream (Flynn. working with a homogenous region enables “historical data available within that region to be pooled to get an efficient estimate of parameters of a chosen distribution and hence a more robust quantile estimate” (Kachroo & Mkhandi. 2003:7).2003:7-8). it is crucial that homogenous regions of catchments with similar characteristics are well defined. cluster and discriminant analysis. The delimitation of regions with hydrological responses has been done using multivariate techniques such as multiple regression. Hosking &Wallis (1993:1745-1752) present several statistics that can be applied to assist with the process of defining regions of reasonably homogenous sites. This enables determination of membership of ungauged catchment characteristics. geomorphology. These include (1) a catchment or drainage-area ratio relation.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations for hydrological homogeneity (Acreman & Sinclair. on either the same stream or one in a neighbouring catchment.9. 1986:365-380). and Burn & Boorman (1993:429-454) observe that catchments that influence flow characteristics should be used for cluster analysis. It assumes that the catchment basin for a proposed site displays characteristics (topography. land use. Nathan & McMahon (1990:217-238). Furthermore. Therefore. The low flow values are transferred from a gauged site to ungauged site using the following formula: 60 . There are several methods for estimating stream flow characteristics from gauged to ungauged catchments. and (3) regression equation relating stream flow statistics to drainage basin characteristics (Flynn. 2000: 437-447). (2) a correlation of measured stream flows with concurrent daily-mean stream flows from nearby continuous-record stream gauging stations. 4. and lithology) similar to those of the gauged site in the vicinity.

There is also need to consider other external factors such as the discount rate. A correlation of measured stream flows with concurrent daily mean stream flows from a nearby stream gauging station requires numerous measurements of stream flow in order to establish a relation between low flows at the stream gauging stations and a partial-record location. Ries and Friesz (2000:26) have described the multiple non linear regression models for estimating stream flow characteristics from gauged to ungauged site.10 Economic analysis 4. These factors include plant data. These include the net present value (NPV). potential investors need to know all relevant cost factors.2 Flow correlation method A number of discrete measurements of discharge are made at the ungauged site. 4. n is an exponent that is computed by analysing low flow characteristics at paired long-term continuous –record stream gauging station. operation and maintenance costs.1 Tools for economic analysis In order to make informed decisions about investing in small-scale hydropower development.9. Details are given in the annex C.3 Regression Equation Approach Regression equations that relate stream flow statistics at gauged stream-gauging stations to basin and climatic characteristics are used to estimate stream flow statistics for ungauged sites. 4. such as its initial capital cost. Aungauged and Agauged are the catchment areas at the ungauged site and the gauged site respectively. internal 61 . 2003:7). 2004:186).10. or the cost of borrowing money over a period. Qgauged the discharge statistic of interest at the stream gauging station. predicted lifetime and load factor (Boyle. A number of criteria are used for evaluating projects from the economic point of view.24) where Qungauged is the discharge value at the ungauged site. 4. The flows are then related to the concurrent flows at a nearby gauging station by regression analysis to determine the flow statistic at the ungauged site (Flynn.9.Chapter 4:  Aungauged  Qungauged = Qgauged    Agauged  n Theoretical Considerations (Equation 4.

power transmission line.31) where Ph = 9. are likely to become.10. generator and transmission equipment constitute 20% to 40% of project costs. Generally the smaller the hydropower scheme under consideration.32) 62 . and replacement costs (Nouni et al. Given that site specificity of hydropower (hydrology. the higher the specific costs. and other indirect costs.2 Costing There are two categories of costs in small-scale hydropower development: investment and annual costs (Hosseini et al. O&M. i.81 x Q H eh is the power output of the site (refer to equation 4.e. per kW installed. (1981:339-342). a formula that incorporates all site-specific conditions is more useful than its current form. D = systems daily demand (kW) = unit consumption and CLCC = Life Cycle Cost (US$) .2) C u = (CLCC )    F d x D 365    is the unit cost of power (US$/kW) Fd = discounted factor = ((1 + r ) − 1) n i (1 + r ) n . Gordon and Penman (1983:30-37) proposes an empirical specific cost correlation. The cost of the equipment. 10 3 h α f ( ) β (Equation 4. geology. topography) influence the investment cost. electromechanical equipment. Annual costs include the depreciation of equipment. including the turbine. 1986). based on the cost of previous projects as follows: C p = k . site related civil costs generally vary between 50% and 70% of project costs.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations rate of return (IRR) and net benefit cost ratio (Subroto et al. Investment costs include civil costs. while 5% to 15% is devoted to engineering costs (Gordon and Noel. A brief discussion of the tools used for the economic analysis hydropower projects is presented in annex C. 2006:1161-1174).The specific investment cost depends on the type and size of the small hydropower project. The power generation cost Ch = Ph x Cu (Equation 4. i = discounted rate or project cost escalation rate (ir ) community size n = number of years. 4.. 2005:1948-1956).

63 3.93 9. k is a constant (US$) and depends on installed capacity and head.77 0.34 2.3 (Equation 4. Table 4.1 k-values for calculation of total project costs Project type according to Project type according Factor installed capacity Pico to micro-hydro (1 kW – 100 kW) > 50 m to design head > 50 m K S K S 15 m K S Mini to Small-hydro 1 MW – 10 MW > 50 m > 50 m K S K S Source: Adapted from Ramesh (2004:39) 46.40 46. η is annual average operating efficiency (35%).82).20 58.10 5. Subroto et al.53 2.33 1. As a basis for comparison. and h net head in metres. 63 .25 5.14 49.82 x h −0.73 28.79 5.22 6.25 8. Table 4.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations where Cp = total initial project cost.3).38 3.1 gives k values based on 1983 prices.15 5. 860 = conversion factor. P is plant capacity (kW). and f = cost of fuel per K cal (US$/ Kcal).33 10. the standard plant is taken as a diesel plant. α exponent ( α = 0.57 4. α utilization factor (97%). kW installed capacity of turbine in kW.32 is adjusted to suit the conditions in Malawi and becomes as follows: C = 10930 x kW 0. and β power component ( β = 0.04 1.63 0.38 0.04 Max Average Min Equation 4.05 0. hf design head over turbine (m).53 12.77 6.75 24.93 1. (1981:339-342) has provided a formula for calculating the annual fuel cost as follows: Annual fuel cost = CkWh x 8760 x α x P where CkWh = 860 x f (Equation 4.46 39.22 0.33) where C = minimum capital cost in Malawi Kwacha.34) = annual η = cost of fuel (US$/kWh).

11 Tariff Setting Small-scale hydropower projects require an organised system to collect payments from users. An inflow of revenue is necessary to ensure that a project can continue to meet its recurrent costs without being continually being subsidised.36) Depreciation is assumed constant and is calculated from the formula: 64 . 4. D = accumulated depreciation. These have to be taken in consideration. and T = taxes paid by the utility. V = original book value of plant. E = operating expenditure. r = allowed rate of return (weighted average cost of capital). 15 years and 40 years for diesel power plant and transmissions and substations. The service life for SHP is 35 years. 2005:1948-1956). V − D = book value of the useful fixed asset (rate base). Various regulatory methods have been discussed by Conteh (2003).Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations Factors which influence the economic analysis for the small hydropower plant include service life. To determine the appropriate tariff.35) where: RR = Revenue requirement. (1981:339-342. d = annual depreciation expenses. The price of electricity is calculated from the following formula: RR = [(V − D) r + E + d +T * ] (Equation 4. interest rates and O&M costs (Subroto et al. The revenue requirement is expressed by the formula below: Revenue= Pr ice (in kWh per unit of currency x Quantity (quantity of units sold in kWh) ) (Equation 4. This study adopts return on investment method since it covers the cost of delivering an energy service. there is need to have some form of regulation. period of construction and financing expenditure schedules. Payments must be sufficient to cover the operation and maintenance costs. Hosseini et al.

when the total of the installed loads on the consumer side is expected to finally reach the plant capacity.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations Dt = P−F .1 Consumption patterns and load forecast Consumption patterns Three aspects that are treated as important in as far as the determination of consumption patterns of a community is concerned are the penetration rate. He further observes the need to know at what time of the day and in what combination the applications are used (ibid). commercial establishments and other consumers which are connected to the system. r e is the cost of equity finance. proportion of debt in the total capital structure. P = original cost of asset.37) r d is the cost of debt finance. F is the n salvage value. peak factor = max imum of loads (really ) switched on simul tan eously [kW ] average daily consumption / 24h [kW ] [−] 65 . and load factors. The peak factor represents this degree of simultaneous use. Given that the asset is financed by both equity and debt capitals (Conteh. He observes that few people can afford a connection once electricity is introduced to the rural community. where Dt is the depreciation charge per year. The actual average tariff is given by: Average Pr ice = Re venue requirement Total sales volume (kWh) (Equation 4. the power supply system has to be designed with adequate consideration of the proportion of the population at a planning horizon in year x. computed from the formula given below. the rate of return is determined based on the weighted average cost of capital (WACC). peak factor. and g is the level of gearing or leverage in the utility i. the penetration rate indicates the percentage of the population. According to Feibel (2003:42).e. Therefore. WACC = (1 − g ) x where [ r ]+ [g e x r] d (Equation 4. 2003).12 4. this entails that the number and size of all installed loads and the consumer behaviour in applying these loads must be known.12.38) 4. and n is the estimated life. Clearly.

if all loads installed in the system were continuously switched on 24 hours a day the factor would be 100%.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations (Equation 4. the result is the reciprocal of load factor. The plant utilization is the ratio of consumed kWh’s to producible kWh (ibid).” In other words. It focuses on past changes or movements in electricity and uses them to predict future changes in electricity demand. A brief description for each method is presented below: Trend Analysis Trend analysis uses historical consumption data and extends into the future by applying numerical analysis tools to identify trends.100 = load (consumption time / day) max imum load installed . Three types of electricity demand forecasting methods are extensively covered in literature. 24h . By definition. It is however. percentage of people connected and consumption per connection (Feibel. These are trend analysis. population growth and household size.12. the growth of population and the penetration rate. But does not explain why the demand behaves the way it does 66 . 100 [%] (Equation 4.40) Feibel (2003:42) defines the load factor “as the time aspect. according to the number of hours per day that the different loads are switched on. The reference value is the total kW load installed on the consumer side and not on the generation side since this would be the reference value for the so-called plant factor or plant utilization. 4. 2003:45). seasonal changes and other patterns (Feibel. the load factor is the ratio of energy actually consumed continually at peak levels [kW] to the potential demand for energy if power were consumed [kW]: load factor = E E act pot . It is affected by the load factor.39) If the demands of the loads actually switched on is replaced by potential load (maximum possible).2 Load forecasting Load forecasting develops from estimates of actual population. 2003:45). end-use analysis and econometrics. appropriate for short-term forecasts and produces only one result-future electricity demand.

Also . This mostly holds true over a few years. it is highly likely that energy prices or technologies change and the relationship will not remain constant. 67 . The method also requires extensive data since all the relationship between electricity loads and many enduses are calculated. This appliance rating is multiplied by the projected number of appliances in each home. It identifies exactly where electricity goes. Reddy et al. where is the electricity consumption of the jth can be is the in the is the number of electrical appliances in the jth category.Chapter 4: Theoretical Considerations nor provides the means to accurately measure how changes in energy prices or policies influence electricity demand.41) One disadvantage of this method is that it assumes a constant relationship between electricity and end-use. where is the wattage of the jth appliance category and number of hours per month for which the jth appliance is being used. End-Use Analysis This method works based on the idea that demand for electricity depends on what it is used for. appliance category and written as and the is the electricity consumed by the jth appliance in the ith household. The result is further multiplied by the projected number of homes. Historical data is studied to find out how much electricity is used for individual electrical appliances in homes. Substituting previous equation. but over 10 years or so. an estimate of how much electricity will be needed to run all household appliances in a geographical area during any particular year in the future can be determined. how much is used for each purpose. (2001:94) relates the total electricity consumption in a household appliance-wise consumption using the formula below: where in the ith household. the following expression is obtained for the electricity consumption of the ith household: E =∑ X i j ij x W ij x h ij (Equation 4.

including environmental costs. for evaluation of projects. or thermal stations. Philippines. Nepal. investments in small hydropower stations are justified in the context of the social and economic benefits to be derived by the community. The adverse effects of large hydropower on the environment and local people can be prevented if small scale hydropower is developed. This is largely due to the initial capital costs of the civil engineering works. 68 . for rural areas not electrified. The cost per kWh of energy produced is significantly higher than conventional large hydro. Summary and Conclusions Small-scale hydropower is the most environmentally benign means to produce electricity for rural electrification. it is essential to identify and consider all direct and indirect benefits and costs. gross domestic product and electricity price (Feibel. Colombia and Peru. These would invariably cause minimal changes in natural habitats. hydrology and geology and the energy requirements of a particular community. The basic assumption is that the behaviour of a dependent variable such as electricity consumption is described as a function of several independent variables including population. It is a resource well proven that is there for taking to increase electricity access levels. electricity price…) It aims to find the data series and the form of equation which best explain the historical data and thus allow an optimized forecast. However. data is unavailable. it appears the end-use analysis is more appropriate and employed in this study. operating costs are very low because there are no fuel costs and the additional fixed costs of running the station are comparable with large hydro as well as thermal station. Based on the issues raised in the preceding paragraphs. 2003): Consumption = function (population. Therefore.Chapter 4: Econometric methods Theoretical Considerations Econometric methods estimate the relationships between multiple variables. so that it is impossible to find the relationship that provides a forecast. As a result. This is why it has been extensively developed in China. Papua New Guinea. to cite but a few. Indonesia. The economics of small hydro systems are highly dependent on specific site conditions such as topography. In contrast. gross domestic product.

A geological map of the area was obtained. The calculated size of the catchment area at the hydro site is approximately 21 km2. The proposed weir site is located on Nachipere River. 2007).1. bananas and legumes. The area receives significant amounts of rainfall. Figures. which illustrate the onsite measurements. It discusses the research methods used in this study. of whom 60% are women (NSO.1). Humidity level varies between 40% and 80%. which is a tributary of Nswazi River and is at an elevation of 820 m above sea level. Other factors include easy access to the site. The site is chosen because it has a steep slope (>12%) and considerable flow which creates an excellent condition for small-scale hydropower. The annual rainfall ranges from 800 mm to 1500 mm while the average mean annual temperature varies between 20°C and 22°C. The location of the site can be found in figure 5. favourable environmental conditions and geological stability. 1998). It is situated on 16° 09' east latitude and 35° 13' longitude (figure 5. 5. onsite measurements and a field survey. The potential evaporation estimated by the Penman method is 1483 mm/year (Department of Meteorological Services. These include desk studies. are also included. The area is densely populated (400-500 inhabitants per km2) and under close cultivation. with a total population of about 2758 people.1 Study Area Nkolokosa village located approximately 10 km south of Thyolo Boma6 was selected for this study. The site has a gross head of 33 m. The majority of the villagers are subsistence farmers growing crops such as maize. The village under study has 457 households. and it indicates that the area is dominated by intense faulting associated with the development of the southern section of the Malawi Rift Valley 6 Local name for district administrative head quarters 69 .Chapter 6: Results and Discussions CHAPTER 5 MATERIALS AND METHODS This chapter presents an overview of the area identified for the study.

1: Location of the Study Area and Catchment Area of the Project Site 70 . According to the Department of Geological Surveys. which is underlain by impervious rocks. the site selected for the construction of hydraulic structures is stable and there is no danger of landslides. there is need to dig test pits and study the conditions of the soil.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions (Geological Bulletin No. Red-brown and residual clay are the most significant soil types identified on the site. in view of the fact that it will be used as base soil for the foundation of buildings.22:17). Figure 5. The village forms part of the greater area. However.

Specific descriptions of the various methods are detailed in the respective sections. systematic process in which numerical data are utilized to obtain information about the world.2.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Figure 5. objective. energy consumption of the village and forecast demand.” It is inclined 71 . (2003:287-431) define quantitative research as “a formal. 5.1 Research Design This study has pursued a quantitative approach to explore some of the objectives of this study.2: General Plan of the Proposed Nkolokosa Hydropower Station 5. Gall et al.2 Methods This section describes the methods of study used to estimate the hydropower potential of the site.

(3) demographic data (population).2 Data Collection Methods The data in this study were collected using the following approach: Desk study The first step of this research process was review of literature on small-scale hydropower. energy policy and the rural electrification act of 2004. Department of Geological Services. hydrology and socio-economic has been collected to test the null hypothesis “small -scale hydropower can increase electrification levels in rural areas. The study used both primary7 and secondary data8 sources. Information collected from the above sources included: (1) topographical and geological maps.2. sunshine. Meteorological Department.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions to be deductive. theses. rural energy and development and rural electrification. Topographic map studies A topographical map on a scale of 1:50 000 that includes the planned area. questionnaires. Information by others which is in archived form 72 . was obtained. Put simply. In carrying out this research. and National Statistical Office. and (6) energy balances (1999-2005). Most literature was obtained from online journals. catchment area of the site and access roads. slope of the river. (5) stream flow gauging data. National 7 8 Data collected through observations. The map was used to provide information such as location of the village. conference proceedings.” In the event that the collected data does not support the hypotheses. National Spatial Data Centre. interviews. quantitative data on demographics. it tests theory. evaporation. and wind). and focus group discussions. Digital data was collected from Water Department. published books as well as project reports. (4) digital elevation model (DEM. temperature. 5. soil types and classes). The study was conducted according to the ``THYOLO MALAWI 1:50 000 SHEET 1635A1. (2) meteorological data (rainfall. Specific information for the area under study was obtained from the following key government ministries and departments: Department of Energy Affairs (DoEA). Ministry of Irrigation and Water Development (MoIWD). the theory will be modified to take into account of the findings.land use/cover. government policy documents.

This data was then processed using GIS software which was used to calculate the catchment area.1) met the above criteria and was selected for this study. its broad objectives and the kind of information that the study would usefully provide to the actors in both policy arena and programs. a site located near Tea Research Foundation (figure 5. 5. Determining the energy requirement for each household would be useful in matching the demand with exploitable potential available on site. 5. Lingoni falls on Nswazi and Nachipere site near the Tea Research Foundation in Thyolo. topographic survey and on site stream flow measurements. It is also useful in formulating the rural household 73 . The stakeholders for this meeting were drawn from the district assembly.2.3. Zoa Falls on Ruo River.3 Field surveys This section outlines specific activities carried out during field surveys.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Spatial Data Centre and Compass II. The sites visited were Nswazi at Sandama. slope and identify soils at the proposed site. Nachipere. Stakeholder consultation The study also held a round table discussion in May 2007. Due to funding constraints. It was therefore important to assess the energy requirements of the community and evaluate their ability to sustain the scheme. Included are the socioeconomic study. Site selection A preliminary study of sites listed in DoEA’s Master plan for Rural Electrification in Malawi was carried out. only five sites were visited. Ruarwe in Nkhata Bay. local community organizations working in the areas as well as representatives from village development committee (VDC) and an irrigation committee.1 Socio-economic study One of the hypothesis of this study was that small-scale hydro in areas with potential could play a significant role in meeting energy needs of rural areas.2. and (4) consider the proportion of flow in the river that was likely to be available for power. The purpose of this meeting was to alert various stakeholders of the study. The purpose of the visit was to (1) assess the gross head at each site (2) consider access problems (3) identify possible consumers of electricity within one kilometre radius.

Chapter 6: Results and Discussions energy demand prediction model. is the standard normal value for 9 confidence level .9 The minimum number of household samples required for the survey was calculated using the equation below:   N n =  2  ε N −1    x π (1 − π   1 . (3) information on fuels the household was using. The true proportion is unknown. The survey on energy consumption interviewed a representative of the family who had a good knowledge and understanding of incomes and expenditure. This occurs when p=0. the relationship between sample size. (4) future indication of appliances the household will likely purchase once electricity is introduced and (5) individual attitude on expected benefits of electricity and (6) household willingness to contribute towards project construction costs. The standard way to handle this is to set the value of p to the proportion that would result in the largest sample size.5 74 . and margin of error are given in terms of proportions is described by the formula: where n is the sample size.9 6       + 1    + 1 ) This means that for a any given random sample there is a 95% chance that the true value x being measured will fall within the interval x^ 10%. The questionnaire is provided in an annex D1. the margin for error was set not to exceed 10%. To process data to 95% level of confidence. More generally. and other socio-economic characteristics. where x^ is the estimate of x derived from the sample data. confidence level. structured interviews with close-ended questions were used. Sample Selection The sample survey included 118 (24%) representative households. (1) general information about each household. In order to elucidate this knowledge. Understanding their socio-economic status would direct the study to assess issues like affordability and sustainability of the project in the wake of abject and pervasive poverty existing in rural areas in Malawi. The questionnaire included six sections. These were randomly selected from total household population of 457 registered in that village. Questionnaire A household energy questionnaire was developed to gather data on household energy use. (2) income and expenditure on energy sources. is the margin error and p is the population proportion.

1 and D. A t-test was used in establishing statistical significance of mean differences. Results of the topographic survey are given in tablesD. N = population. The results were also verified with GPS readings.3 Survey of river cross section at the proposed intake weir site 75 .3 below shows survey of weir and fore bay tank. Data Analysis and Presentation The survey data collected from households through the questionnaire were coded in Excel and converted for use in Statistical Package for Social Scientists (SPSS) where it was analysed and presented in tables and charts.5). The height difference between the two points was calculated as the difference of the relative height of each of these two points to the level. Inferences were used to explain the cause-effect relationship between income and fuel use as well as willingness to pay.1). Therefore. Staves were placed vertically at these points and a telescopic sight was levelled.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions where n was necessary sample size. Computing into the above formula the minimum number of households is 96. Fig 5. ε = target (0.2. and π represented the sample proportion ( π = 0. the 118 surveyed households were representative. 2.3. A level was set at the centre of a line between two points.2 On-site measurements Measuring head The head between the intake point and the fore bay tank and between the fore bay tank and outlet position was measured. 5. Figure 5.

The section profile was scaled on paper and uniformly the grid points were located at uniformly lateral vertical points. commonly known as velocity-area method. The method to measure discharge is one of several described by Inversin (1986). A convenient position was selected along the river. Two rivers banks connected by a scaled tape or rope were used. Results of the discharge measurements are presented in annex 7. depths were taken across the river and recorded. Using a graduated meter. A current meter was then lowered at different points across the river and the number of revolutions was recorded. 5.3. Fig 5. The record spans the period from 1954 to 1982 and was 76 . Elemental flow on each area was given by equation: equation . This study used the grid point method.4 below illustrates how river discharge measurements were conducted. Fig.4 Analysis of stream flow data from gauged site The Nswazi River discharge data used in this study was obtained from the Ministry of Water Development. Hydrology Section. The total discharge was then calculated from the . To measure discharge.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Measuring discharge The most important aspect of the field measurement was to determine the total flow rate of the river. flow velocity and cross section was required.4: Measuring discharge of river using velocity-area method 5. A stop watch was used to time the number of revolutions.

Results of the analyses are given in the next chapter.1.6 Results output The results of this study are presented using. Due to interference with abstractions for Thyolo water supply project. Flood retention periods were also computed. A linear regression model to estimate the forecast demand in the village was derived from the relationship between number of households and estimated peak demands. not shown in the text for presentation purposes.3. 5. 5. These were then added together to produce the daily load curves and daily peak demands were estimated.5 Demand Forecasting Average daily load curves per household were obtained during the field survey. can be found in the appendices. the station (14B5) was in 1989 relocated 5 km upstream of the bridge on Nswazi River and it was renamed 14B9. The data was computed to estimate minimum flows at the proposed project site located almost 8 km from the gauging site. 77 . The monthly as well as daily mean flows were analysed for dependability. tables on one hand and graphs drawn using the primary and secondary data in Microsoft Excel and Statistical Package for Social Scientists (SPSS) spreadsheets. Data.3.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions processed. The location of the gauging station is shown on figure 5. The unit average daily load curve was multiplied by the number of existing facilities in the village.

6% of households are subsistence farmers. structured into five sections. with the highest number of people being 9.1) Thus agricultural activities play a major role in that rural economy as the main source of income.1 Categories of households 78 .4% own micro-enterprises (figure 6. 1998). This is higher than the national average of 4. and the lowest 1. followed in section three by results of the energy demand study. It provides answers to the research questions posed in accordance with the objectives of the study. The last section presents results of calculations of greenhouse gases emitted through use of different energy sources. 6. diesel and hybrid energy supply options.3 people. About 74.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions CHAPTER 6 RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS This chapter presents the findings of this study. The first section gives the analysis of data collected from the household energy survey. while the rest 25.1. Figure 6. Section four provides a summary of the economic analysis of hydro. The second section discusses results of hydrological evaluations.1 (NSO. The population structure is 39% male and 61% female.1 Socio-economic characteristics of households 6.1 Demographics Survey estimates indicate that the average household consists of 5.

39 (2853.1. near poor (MWK5001-10000). The income state shows that the higher income levels (more wealthy) constitute a mere 1. Figure 6. 79 . Real household incomes were difficult to capture since the majority of rural households do not maintain book keeping.59 MK).4%) of the people in Nkolokosa village belongs to the poorest bracket and subsists on less than US$7 in a month (or less than 1000 MWK). five net monthly income groups were established.2 Household Income Figure 6. in the middle class stratum. business entities US$38. while 39% earn more than US$43 (more than 6000 MWK).2 Distribution of household income groups According to the survey results on income earned in May.000 MWK). poor (MWK1001-5000). The average disposable income per month for households with no business was US$20.7% which is insignificant. middle (MWK10001-20000) and affluent (>MWK20000). 2007. These include the very poor (< MWK1000). Nearly 11.2 shows the distribution of household income groups.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions 6.93MWK).92(5448.28 MK).9% of the households have income between US71 and US$143 (or 10.001 – 20. About one quarter (25. The average monthly income for the village was US$25 (or 3438.

2003:17).1 shows the different types of fuel and end-uses in Nkolokosa. spend a maximum of 7. The poorest group are earning less than US$7 per month and spend between 18.4 %( non. clearly. candles and car batteries are used by 2. This is slightly higher than the national average of 93. In rural areas.6% of their net monthly income on fuels which represents a lower share compared to the poor. These findings do not agree with those obtained during the 1998 Integrated Household Survey10.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions 6.1.poor).5% and 15.2 summarises the results of the analysis of monthly energy expenditure and expenditure share of all households by their monthly net income group.3% on fuels. it is the nature of activities such as cooking.3 Energy sources and end uses Table E. DoEA. 1998. the poor spend 4. Whilst income is one of the deciding factors when choosing the type of fuel.3. Firewood is the major source of energy of the households for cooking. Other end-uses such as refrigeration are insignificant at the overall village level. About 12. According to the survey results.7% of the households use charcoal as a secondary source of energy.1. The more wealthy. This is so because of differences in the methods used to collect the data. 80 . Apart from these fuels. Results show that all income groups (100%) rely on one type of fuel (firewood) to meet specific end-uses (i. 6.1. cooking. It must be pointed out that results from one village may not give a true representative picture of the whole country. The non-poor spend about 3. which is a very high proportion. households in Nkolokosa village spend about 15% of their net monthly income on energy.5% and 43% of their income on energy. However.5%.3% of the households respectively.4 Household energy expenditure Table E. the results suggest that fuel use is not determined by income in itself. Profile of Poverty in Malawi: Poverty Analysis of the Integrated Household Survey.4%.1% (NSO. at national level. 10 Source: Government of Malawi (2000). 1998.5 Household energy consumption A summary of the estimated energy consumption by household income is provided in table E. this translates to 3. dry cell batteries. Paraffin as a domestic lighting fuel is used by 95. heating and lighting). 23% of households cook using paraffin.000MWK) per month.e.76% of the households. Table 36.5 %( poor) and 3. 6. 8. lighting and entertainment that determined their fuel use and expenditure. According to this survey. who have an income of US$143 (20.

the average willingness to pay is given by. each person consumes 253. Using data from tables E. The consumption of firewood is 110.3 and 6. combination of energy source and cooking equipment used. a household uses 43 kg of charcoal per month. the number of meals cooked.00 and the energy replaced is equivalent to 320 kWh of electricity. On average. Annually. (Davis and Horvei. Given that households use more than one type of fuels.58/kWh of electricity. 1995): Average willingnes s[ MWK / kWh ] = Expenditur e on alternativ es [ MWK ] Equivalent electricit y consumptio n [ kWh ] The average willingness to pay is calculated as MWK5. Willingness to pay for connection fees 50 40 Percent 30 20 10 0 MK 11000 MK 10012000 MK 20013000 MK 30014000 MK 40015000 MK 50016000 MK 70018000 MK 80019000 MK 900110000 MK 1000111000 MK 1900120000 MK 20001> Income group Figure 6. Figures 6.5 Household willingness to pay for electricity The household energy survey established the average quantities for fuels that were displaced by electricity. the average daily consumption of paraffin is 0. household size. as well as different end-uses.786.5 and E.4.6. Therefore. The results show that the total energy expenditure replaced by electricity is MWK 1.1. it is likely that the calculated values are not accurate.3 Maximum connection fees and in-house wiring costs 81 .4 respectively.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions According to survey results. the gross energy consumed has been calculated and the results are presented in table E. 6. It was observed that the amount of energy used depended on many factors such as the type of food cooked.31 litres.015 litres per person or a monthly consumption of 2. show the distribution of people’s willingness to pay for the maximum connection fee and in-house wiring costs and monthly electricity tariffs.13 kg of firewood for cooking and heating.27 kg/household/month.

20.5% at MK1500. 000. 10. It was however.33 on energy sources are willing to spend up to MK4000. a significant portion of household income could be used to pay for the monthly electricity tariffs. 000. About 45. By contrast. both households with and without micro enterprises are willing to pay for the connection fees and in-house wiring costs and monthly electricity bills of MK2454.3% at MK300 and 21. respectively. 82 . The amounts are considerably less than the actual costs. Micro-enterprises currently spending on average MK901. the very poor (26. This demonstrates the need for government provide subsidies for upfront costs of electrification as indicated in chapter 3.00. 000 (GoM.3% are willing to pay less than MK1.4% at MK500 per month for electricity bill.8% up to MK3. The study found that on average.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions According to the survey results. 2003) charged to ESCOM customers. the results confirm that indeed.74 and MK551. MK12. difficult to ascertain the results considering that household incomes may not have been accurately captured during the survey. These figures are confirmed by results of similar studies undertaken by the DoEA (2003).00 for connection fees and in-house wiring costs. the monthly fuel cost for paraffin lighting was MK300.00. the monthly electricity tariff of MK200 was for lighting.5%) have expressed a willingness to pay up to MK200.00 and 18. Nevertheless. actual amount willing to pay 30 20 Percent 10 0 0 30 100 150 200 300 350 400 500 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1400 1500 2000 2500 4000 actual amount willing to pay Figure 6.00 per month.4 Amount willing to pay for monthly electricity consumption As illustrated by figure 6.4.11.

and 48(41%) television. the survey found that demand for maize mills and barber shops were considerable. 83 . 91 (77%) for radio.5 indicates the distribution of the desired end-uses of electricity.5 End-uses of electricity 6. all households intend to use electricity for lighting. Results of the expected effects of electricity are shown in figure 6.6. Figure 6.2%) electric heaters. The desired power usage differs according to the categories of households.6%) videos.9%) desired to use electricity for maize milling and barber shops.1.5%). groceries (8.6 Appliances and end-uses of electricity A number of appliances are expected to be purchased once electricity becomes available. Most households perceive electricity as a catalyst that will improve security of their business premises and dwellings. increase business opening hours and entertainment. Fifteen (12. 16 (13. households hope the cooking activities and other tasks performed at night will become easier. Fourteen households (11. Of the sample of 118 households. This confirms the proposition that lighting becomes the first use and entertainment follows. Those engaged in some form of income generating activities desire to diversify into other forms of businesses.7 Behavioural attitude towards electrification project The survey attempted to establish household’s perceptions about the benefits of introducing electricity to the village. For productive uses. About 11. 86 (73%) for cooking.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions 6. More importantly.1.7%) expressed desire to buy refrigerators.9% will start hair dressing activities (barber shops). Figure 6. and 5 (4.

3%) have no desire to start businesses. construction materials (81%) and work as plant operators (64%).1.8%).8 Community Participation Survey results indicating willingness of the community to participate in the electrification project are presented in table 6. About 97% households are willing to provide labour. Figure 6.7 Willingness to contribute to project activities 84 . The results indicate that the majority of households in Nkolokosa village are willing to participate in the project.6. and battery charging (6. Figure 6.2%).Chapter 6: Results and Discussions poultry keeping (4.6 Behavioural attitudes towards electrification project 6. Nearly half (48.

Therefore. Figure 6.8 shows the monthly and yearly rainfall for Thyolo weather station. temperature. which are essential for estimating the capacity and the energy which will be provided by the hydropower plant.1 Meteorological data Meteorological data such as precipitation.11.2 Hydrological Study This section presents results of the hydrological investigations. wind and sunshine data is recorded. Nkolokosa Monthly and Yearly Rainfall (1961-2006) 3000 2500 2000 Rainfall (mm) 1500 1000 500 0 July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Mean Jan Feb Max Mar Min Apr May Jun Season Source: DMS..2.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions 6. This suggests that average rainfall is a strong determinant of water flows in rivers and streams. processed and published by the Department of Meteorological Services. 6. This study was necessary in order to know the characteristics of the flow of the river. meteorological data was examined with a view to assessing the economic viability of the project. 1980:18).8 Thyolo Monthly and Yearly Rainfall (1962 to 2006) 85 . humidity. Rainfall values are given in the annex E. As stated in chapter 4. 2007 Fig 6. the average annual yield of a drainage area heavily depends on the average rainfall (Drayton et al.

Records of daily water stage measurements for the Nswazi River at Kautuka. a (= 3.9. which is quite considerable. Computed daily discharges using preceding equation are provided in the CD accompanying this report. The stage-discharge relationship computed and used in this study is expressed as follows: Q = 3. respectively giving an effective area ratio of 4.23) was developed for the gauging station.1 mm.764) are coefficients11 specific to a channel cross section (Rantz et al. near Magombe Estate about 8 km upstream of Thyolo-Makwasa Bridge from the site was obtained from the Water Department. Precipitation values between November and March is adequate to give a significant amount of run off for hydropower generation. the flow was not adjusted. The analysis shows that the mean precipitation is 1308.707m3/s.9 shows the 11 a is a scaling factor that encompasses the section width.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions The data collected covered a 44 year period from 1962 to 1997.9 mm respectively.101)1.1 Minimum Water Flows The drainage-area ratio method proposed by Flynn (2003:7) was used to convert the daily data observed at Nswazi River into discharge data at the ungauged site on the Nachipere River. 6. The maximum and minimum precipitation is 2701. As a result. 1982:284). currently not gauged.2 River flow rate data A number of indirect methods were used to determine the hydrological parameters such as the design flow. However.5.4 mm and 736. Results show that the mean flow for the entire period under consideration is 0.101) represents for the water depth at the cross section. A rating curve modelled using Manning’s equation (4.364) and b (=1. the monthly mean flow data was analysed for dependability. low flow and flood flow of the Nachipere River.2. since the precipitation is almost zero. The drainage area at both the gauged and ungauged site were 94.1 km2 and 21 km2. 6. There were no significant differences in the annual average rainfall for the two drainage areas. the bottom slope and Manning coefficient.2. Figure 6. 1982:284) 86 .364 (H – 0.2. in particular the departure from vertical banks and generally an indicator of the type of control acting on the stage-discharge relation (Rantz et al. b includes the geometry of the river banks. The statistical properties of the monthly mean flow data for the Nkolokosa River are given in annex E. Results show that flows will be greatly affected between August and October.764 where Q is the discharge and (H – 0.

(1980:26) suggest that the point on the flow duration curve to be used as a lowflow index is the 75 percentile 10 day discharge. expressed as a percentage of the annual daily flow (ADF)12. and on the basis of the monthly mean discharge data. 12 87 .Chapter 6: Results and Discussions flow-duration curve for the Nkolokosa River.051m3/s and was adopted for this study. However. elaborated using equation (4.9 10-day flow duration curves for Nachipere River (1995-2004) Drayton et al. The minimum flow at the ungauged site is 0. Thus a second approach was required to compare the consistency of the results. Figure 6. Q75(10). Average daily flow is the long term average rate of run off from the catchment and is expressed in cubic meters per second.24). it must be pointed out that the flow duration curve at the ungauged site was approximated and is valid only insofar as the assumptions hold for this particular situation.

2 Average Daily Flow/Mean Annual Flow A more accurate way to calculate the mean annual flow is to use the specific run-off method proposed by Inversin (1986).10. given by: ADF = where AREA is the drainage area in km2.10 Relationship between average annual yield and rainfall Average annual yield is the average annual run off volume expressed as a depth in millimeters per year over the catchment 14 Runoff is the rainfall that actually does enter the stream or river as either surface flow or subsurface flow.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions 6.225AAR – 995 (R2 = 0. the average daily flow was computed from the relationship between average annual yield (AAY)13 and average annual rainfall. 13 88 . Analysis of precipitation data and average annual runoff14 led to a simple linear regression model as follows: AAY = 1.2.735) A plot of the relationship between average annual yield and rainfall as well as average daily flow and rainfall are shown in figure 6. Figure 6. Using runoff data provided by the Department of Meteorological Services.2.

46. This gives an indication that the flow at the proposed site is adequate for hydropower generation.11 Flow duration curve at intake on Nachipere River The curve reveals that 0.044m3/s is available for 99% of the total duration of the lean period. 0.3 Flood Flow Using annual maximum instantaneous flows given in annex J and applying the Log Pearson Type III Distribution method. The runoff coefficient was calculated to be 0.2.11.1mm into the above equation resulted in an average daily flow of 0.405m3/s.217m3/s for 75% of the overall period and 0. Figure 6. The flow-duration curve elaborated using the specific run-off method. the flood discharge at the ungauged site has been calculated and 89 . 6.10.357m3/s for 50% of the overall period. The lean period flow reveals that a discharge of 0. Substituting the value of 1308.05m3/s of discharge is available at 95% of the period.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Average annual rainfall (AAR) values are given in the appendix B and shown in figure 6. is considered more accurate. and is shown in figure 6.

12 shows the flood frequency analysis at Kautuka and Nkolokosa.2. To ascertain the results. The minimum water flow at the proposed site was calculated based on river section drawings obtained from the river section survey and flows measured using a flow current meter.12 Flood frequency analyses for Nswazi and Nachipere at Kautuka and Nkolokosa 6.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions presented in table E. the two indirect methods (runoff and catchment-area) were applied for the hydrological computations. Therefore.10. Figure 6. Figure 6. The 100 years return period15 flood at Nkolokosa was calculated to be 40m3/s and was used for this study to design intake structures to be constructed at the proposed project site.3 together with Return period is defined as the average interval (in years) between occurrences of a flood greater than or equal to a given value-it is also the reciprocal of the exceedance probability of a flood in any given year. direct onsite river flow measurements were undertaken.4 Flow Correlations Direct correlations of discharge at Nachipere River to Nswazi were not available due to time and financial limitations. 15 90 . Results of the flow measurement are presented in annex D.

installed capacity and mean annual power output etc.217m3/s (75% exceedance probability) Peak flood discharge : 40m3/s (estimated from flood marks) Irrigation discharge Residual flow : 0. This compares well with the value of 0. and the local community.387m3/s. 6. the hydraulic structures are designed for a discharge of 0.13. Although the flow measured in May does not represent the minimum flow through the year. Interview with the villagers showed that Nachipere River is at present used for domestic purposes by few households. such as irrigation. one kilometre upstream of the proposed power Department of Irrigation intends to establish an irrigation scheme and area to be irrigated is 5 hectares. the following results are obtained: Minimum discharge : 0.2.022m3/s (10% of minimum discharge) The discharge available for hydropower development thus becomes 0. power generation.5 Water Availability An investigation was made to assess water demand for the local industry.020m3/s. and water supply for industrial and domestic use.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions the record sheet utilized for the river flow measurement. show that river flow for power generation should be available in the dry season.051m3/s and 0.217m3/s respectively. These methods yielded substantially different results because of poor quality of flow data collected at the gauging station. However.177m3/s. These indexes reflect the power benefit of the hydro electric plant and the extent of utilisation of the water resources.405m3/s obtained using the runoff method. Flow duration curves derived using the drainage area and specific runoff methods gave low flow values of 0. agricultural.11.02m3/s (estimated from size of agricultural land available)16 : 0. The actual river flow recorded was 0. Consideration was given to the various possible purposes for this water. The primary purpose of the assessment was to determine the power features of the designed hydro plant such as flow regulation. The results however. firm power. This is equivalent to pumping 20 litres per second 16 91 . a hydrograph has been drawn and is shown in figure 6. Assuming flushing requirement of 0. local residents reported that the river has not dried up in the past.197m3/s. Using the computed data of Nachipere River from 1995-2004. Applying the flow duration curve presented in figure 6.

1 Maximum Power Demand Energy requirements for Nkolokosa village were estimated based on the desire for electrification expressed during the socio-economic survey.1. A summary of the existing electric appliances.13 Hydrograph for Nachipere River at Nkolokosa 6. there is a small irrigation group which uses water from the same stream. Fig 6.3 Energy Demand Study 6.2 was used to estimate electricity consumption for different end-uses in the households.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions station.An end-use analysis approach described in section 4.12. future purchase of appliances and desire for installation is presented in table F. The installation of the small scale hydropower plant at the proposed site will not affect the demand for water.1 to F.2.39) and data from tables F. the 92 . Using equation (4.3.

public facilities.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions power demand for different end-uses were obtained for households17. In view of the fact that the data on ownership of different household appliances and the effects of increases in appliance penetration on future electricity demand has not been studied. that not all households can afford a connection once electricity is introduced into the rural community. The average and minimum loads were assumed to be 55% and 30% of the peak load.2kW in the night time.14 shows a plot of energy demand under different household sizes. In this study the poor constitute 61%. public facilities (1.43kW). Empirical evidence suggests that the official market penetration is around 10% per year during the first five years of operation and about 6 % thereafter (Feibel.2 Peak load The peak load for different household sizes was calculated. It was pointed out in section 4.3. with sizes ranging from 20 to 500 households. It is found that the peak demand was approximately 40. This is valid insofar as the above assumptions on peak values holds true.10.7%. The maximum power demand of general consumers is 143. 2003: 49). groceries and shops (0. representing a linear increase of 2% per year. respectively. Three types of households with different consumption behaviour are distinguished: poor. With this assumption.5 to F.68kW) and rural workshops (6.12.3% and the affluent 1. it is evident from this graph that between 100 and 115 households (22%) can access electricity. Given that the potential at Nkolokosa is about 40 kW. the maximum power demand in the village is at 23 kW (in 2007). near poor and affluent. the results of this study should be taken with care. The results are depicted in tables F. The demand for lighting constitutes 44% of the maximum power required.4kW in the daytime and 67. 17 93 . is adopted for this study. groceries and rural workshops.19 kW. An initial connection rate of 10% which increases to 50% in 20 years. A more rigorous analysis could be conducted if data on appliance stock and elasticities were available. The numerical value was adjusted using an estimation reduction rate called a control factor. but increases to about 65 kW by the year 2027. 6. near poor 37.26kW). Figure 6. As shown in table F.9. the maximum power demand for the Nkolokosa village is presently at about 150 kW.

Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Figure 6.15 Average daily load curves for Nkolokosa Village 94 .14 Power demands under different household sizes Figure 6.

2. The result of the analysis was a model that can be used to evaluate the daily peak demand.3% of the variation in electricity consumption is explained by the number of appliances used.33 kW when the discharge is 0. data on appliances ownership and utilisation were not available since the village is currently not electrified.088m3/s (when the flow rate exceeds 90% of time [328 days] and to approximately 11.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions 6. Household incomes.312m3/s would be required. The flow rate of the river decreases in the dry season. size and monthly energy expenditure have been analysed and the results are presented in annex J. public facilities and maize mills were added to the regression equation.744 B2 .4 Estimation of future electricity consumption Electricity consumption depends on appliances ownership. 6. Household income plays a crucial role as it signifies the possibility of switching from traditional energy sources to commercial ones such as electricity. Electricity consumption for shops.376 where Y represents the daily peak demand . the output of the power station should be set at 72 kW. Thus only the number of appliances is significant at 95%. meaning that 67. As a consequence. this study carried out a regression analysis using data from the surveyed households. taking into consideration the distribution loss of 10%. However. A 50% diversity factor18 was 18 Diversity factor is the ratio of the sum of the individual maximum demands of various parts of a power distribution system to the maximum demand of the whole system. 95 . and power ratings of each appliance. The known unitary capacity of a maize mill is 20 kW.3.55 kW when the discharge is 0. and is represented by the following equation: Y = -0.050m3/s (when flow rate is 95% of the time [347 days]).B1 is the household income.3 Required Output of Power Station In order to meet the power demand of 65kW to the community in Nkolokosa.673. B2 is the number of households in the village and B3(=0) is the household size. The result indicates a coefficient of determination (R2) value of 0. A flow rate of 0. utilisation hours. The design flow which matches the site conditions clearly shows that demand is one and half times the potential. and the power station output will drop to 20.0002B1+1. Therefore an approximate load limitation is necessary during the dry season. and that eliminating income and household size does not significantly improve the model fit.

2.0127)5 B2[2012+n] = B2[2012] x (1 + 0. Forecast demand for all households in Nkolokosa village for every five years is given in table F. to one value referred to as life cycle cost (present value) of the system. Three cases were examined: construction of small-scale hydropower.10. and B5 is the number of maize mills installed in the village.1 Capital costs Capital costs for the small-scale hydropower plant were calculated and are shown in table G.1. 6. Construction costs were estimated by the unit price method. the cost of installation and transportation.0127)n+5 where B2[2007] : number of households registered in a mid-year census B2[2012] : number of households in the village in 2012 B2[2012+n] : number of households in the village in n years after 2007.5). B4 is the number of business enterprises. All the construction costs assumptions were developed after reviewing the master plan for rural electrification in Malawi. which occur at different intervals of the systems life.2.376) x D+2. Forecasted number of households was calculated from the equations given below: B2[2012] = B2[2007] x (1 + 0.They include the cost of construction. The basic assumptions made in this study were as shown in table G. diesel and hybrid systems.7443B2. The analysis was carried out using the life cycle costing approach.0127)n = B2[2007] x (1 + 0. and installation of diesel/hydro hybrid system. 19 Cost = work quantity x unit price 96 .5 Economic Analysis This section aims at comparing the economic viability of small-scale hydropower.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions also introduced into the model to cater for situations where not all appliances are turned on. This approach allows systems to be compared on an equal basis by reducing all future costs. equipment and accessories.2B4+20B5 where D: diversity factor (D = 0.19 The quantity of each works was estimated using drawings prepared in the preliminary design. The following modified equation was obtained: Y = (1. installation of diesel power plant.5. 6.

86/kW (US$15.2 Annual energy production According to the results of the survey of power demand the daily load factor was found to be 30% during the day and 55% at night.835. and 2% in case of the hybrid system. 5% for diesel.00 am) at night. 679.4.3 presents facility specifications and construction costs for diesel generators and diesel/hydro hybrid systems. 216. The yearly operation costs after starting operation of the power station were set at 1. With the available capacity and using the above load factors. 992. Diesel-generated electric energy amounts to 273.1476 x Pp.5% of the annual capital cost for hydro.5. The average annual O &M cost is MK257.3 Fixed Annual Operating and Maintenance Costs Operation and maintenance costs are estimated based on the percentage of investment and staff allocation.5%.5. To calculate the amount of energy generated.884 kWh. 6. the constructed costs calculated for the diesel generator were added to those for hydro. an initial value of 1. 6.00 pm -12. The operating and maintenance costs are provided in annex J. the energy delivered was calculated from equation (4. Given that costs increase with time as the system gets older. 97 . respectively.00 am -18.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions The construction cost is MWK88. As seen from the table. 160 per annum and MK 478. 2003): Consumption (litre/hour) = 0.714 (including transmission and distribution lines).453 kWh and that in the night time is 67.337 kWh. This was increased every five year interval up to 5. the total electric energy generated throughout the year is 192. 6.5. The results are given in table G. Table G.21). For the hybrid system.4 Fuel cost The unit fuel consumption was calculated using the formula given in the master plan as shown below (DoEA. it was assumed that the daily load time in the planned site operates for 11 hours (7.00 pm) during the day and 6 hours (6. Results of the calculations show that with the firm potential of 40kW the capital cost for small hydro is MWK2.750 for hydro and diesel plant. The O&M costs for diesel power plant are expected to be higher than hydro due to high costs of imported fuel.66/kW). The total electricity generated energy in the day time is 124.5% was used in this study.600 kWh in total when electricity that meets the demand shown is supplied throughout the year.

Similarly.20 98 . but could be imported from South Africa. for the diesel generator option. shows the parameters that were varied by certain percentage from the base case. the effects of these parameters were studied. It is observed that there is a wide variation in levelised cost of rated capacity in the three power supply options considered. construction costs. For the hydro option the results are based on BWG cross flow turbine and generator set.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions where Pp is the installed capacity of the diesel generator. 6.7 provides a summary of the levelised cost of power for the three options. The resulting electricity costs range from MWK7. However. 6. Their values directly affect economic viability. Table G. This implies that an economic study conducted for a certain location at a particular time may not be applicable for another location.5 Unit energy cost The unit energy cost reflects the cost of electricity and provides a measure for the cost at which a particular installation would be sold in order to recover the inclusive costs for providing the electricity service.46. fuel cost etc change with time and place of application. the diesel option meets the demand imposed by all households in the village. The unit price of fuel (K250/l) was valid when the study was made.93/kWh for the hybrid. Results of the sensitivity analyses are presented in figures 6.8.72. Details of such calculations are appended in this report. The diesel supply option though has the lowest investment costs. Table G. both of which are not available in Malawi.6 Sensitivity Analyses Equipment prices. diesel and hydro. is the most expensive in terms of unit energy cost. This is largely due to high fuel costs and relatively low capacity factor. whereas the hydro meets about one fifth. market interest rate. the hybrid system is cheaper than hydro and diesel supply options.5. Results of the life-cycle cost for the three options are presented below. To generalise results for different circumstances. It is evident from the table that with the exception of investment costs.16 to 6. this study considers Cummins or Perkins Engine type also currently available on the Malawi market.

Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Figure 6.17 Variation of unit cost of electricity with rated capacity 99 .16 Variation of capital costs with rated capacity of projects Figure 6.

Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Figure 6.18 Variation of investment level and interest rate on unit cost of electricity Figure 6.19 Variation of unit cost of electricity with different plant load factors 100 .

20 Variation of annual operating hours and maintenance on cost of electricity Figure 6.21 Variation of unit cost of electricity with discount rate for different load factors 101 .Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Figure 6.

civil construction costs and transmission costs) which largely depend on the capacity of the hydro plant. This is can be attributed to higher capital costs (i.046. The investment is not viable if the investment costs decreases by the value of 50%.795). are affected by location 102 .22 Sensitivity analysis of IRR with load factors for different discount rates According to the calculation results shown in figure 6. the specific costs per kW are estimated to range from MWK1. a strong relation between capital investment and rated capacity of project is observed.896) to MWK146 million (US$1. These costs in turn. respectively. As expected.The huge variation is attributed to differences in hydrological. geological and topographical conditions for sites chosen in this study. an increase in capital cost increases significantly with the capacity. The values are relatively higher as compared to US$1136 to US$5630.020) for installed capacities of 20 kW and 100 kW. Figure 6.47 (US$24. The capital costs are estimated to vary from MWK69.17 shows the sensitivity of the unit cost of electricity to rated capacity of the hydropower plant.46 (US$10.e.16.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Figure 6. It can be seen that there is a strong correlation between these two factors resulting in a highly linear reduction of the unit cost with increasing capacity. Based on the above capital cost.5million (US$495.460) to MWK3. reported by Khennas and Barnett (2000).

As is evident from figure 6. The results of this study show that the unit cost reduces from MWK39. As can be seen from this 103 .10 (US$0.73/kWh for load factors of 40% and 20%. The sensitivity analysis provides clear evidence that discount rates and plant load factor are crucial parameters that could affect the viability of a small-scale hydropower scheme. The results show that for a given project.21.07 (US$9. It is evident from figure 6.20.64) for a discount rate of 2%.19.63/kWh to MWK104.63 (US$0.58/kWh (mean value MWK58.23/kWh (mean value MWK58. respectively. This implies that high loading of small-scale hydropower plants would in significant terms.05) for load factors between 10% and 90%. It ranges from MWK35.16) to MWK 441.63/kWh to MWK86. the unit cost of electricity reduces significantly with increasing discount rates and plant load factors.26/kWh for a plant load factor of 50%. A sensitivity analysis of the internal rate of return (IRR) with plant load factors from 20% to 50% has been calculated and the results are shown in figure 6.03/kWh to MWK92. For example. the unit cost of electricity is strongly influenced by the plant load factor. For a load factor of 30% the cost per kWh is estimated to be in the range of MWK22.73/kWh (mean value MWK66. As expected. the unit cost of electricity for a 40 kW small-scale hydropower plant varies from MWK39.16) for capacities of 20 -100kWh. The effect of variation in the discount rates on the unit cost of electricity has also been examined and the results are shown in figure 6.37/kWh to MWK42. Similarly.22.47) to MWK6.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions and nature of a site. the unit cost of electricity is considerably higher for small size projects than large ones.62/kWh and MWK85.91) for discount rates of 6% and 12%.99 (US$3. A sensitivity analysis of plant load factor from 10% to 90% has been calculated and the results are shown in figure 6. as well as the construction methods and specifications.17 that construction costs play a significant part in determining the final economic viability of a small-scale hydropower plant.91) and MWK32.63/kWh to MWK32. The variations in the unit cost of electricity for projects rated between 5kW and 100 kW were calculated and shown in the same figure. The cost per kWh for various load factors shows reduction in cost from MWK1326. The same is true for lower the plant load factors. respectively.25/kWh to MWK1042. increase economic viability. it decreases from MWK52.

For plant load factors (20% to 50%) and at a discount rate of 2%. The analysis demonstrates that parameters such as IRR.55% .2.62% to 15. the IRR ranges from 14.80 GgCO2 emissions.Carbon stored x Fraction of Carbon Oxidized x 44 . The following formula was used for estimating the emissions: E (tCO2/year) = ∑Fuel consumption (TJ) x Carbon Emission Factor .08 (US$32.1.074) and corresponds to a payback period of 11 years. plant load factors and discount rates are crucial to the financial viability of small-scale hydropower projects.1 CO2 Emissions Using equation (6. Use of paraffin accounts for 44. the IRR values decrease with increasing discount rates. the selected discount rate is 8% which gives the IRR value of 5. the use of biomass as well as fossil fuel products like paraffin also produces significant amount of other green house gases.7.CO2 Emissions Figure 6.16%5.7. The net present value was calculated to be MWK4. 6. that the IPCC methodology assumes zero CO2 emissions from biomass fuel since CO2 is re-absorbed during plant growth.63%.5) and data from tables E.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions figure. Thus the computations have been undertaken just for completeness. 490.5) 6.41GgCO2).25. and charcoal (683. Estimated 104 .7 Green house gas emissions (GHG) Green house gases emitted through use of existing energy sources were calculated using the 1996 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventory.96% and 2.2 Non. Ranges of 5. Plant load factors and IRR values greater than 30% and 5% could bring positive returns on SHP investments. respectively. According to the results obtained.98% and benefit-cost ratio of 6. 6. 12 (Equation 6.3 and H.389. It has to be noted however.34% have been found for discount rates of 8% and 12%.26 GgCO2). Apart from CO2 emissions. The results show that the household sector in Nkolokosa emits 45 Gg of CO2 per year. emissions generated from burning paraffin and biomass fuels have been calculated and presented in table H.22 shows the estimated non-CO2 emissions by source categories.3. firewood (876. As shown in the graph carbon monoxide (108 Gg) represents the largest non-CO2 gases emitted by the sector.

20 The average of the approximate operating margin is the weighted average (in kg CO2 eq./kWh) of all generating sources serving the system. To estimate the potential reductions in CO2 emissions. low-cost biomass. These are significantly low since their emission invariably depends on the types of fuels and technologies.0 Gg).3 Emission reductions The substitution of paraffin and biomass fuels with small-scale hydropower would reduce air pollution and help mitigate global warming by CO2 reduction. geothermal. excluding hydro. Rules specified in Type I (renewable energy projects) of the United Nations Framework Convention for Climate Change (UNFCCC) recommend application of one of the following options to calculate the emission coefficient (http://unfccc. this study calculated baseline emissions using ESCOM’s current generation mix data presented in table H.23 Estimated non-CO2 emissions by source categories 6.htm): (a) The average of the approximate operating margin20 and the build margin21. and perhaps existing pollution control policies. 105 .4.7. Values for sulphur oxides (SO) and nitric oxides (N2O) are negligible and are registered as zero. and solar generation.int/cdm/ssc. wind. nitrous oxides (2 Gg) and nonmethane volatile organic compounds (7Gg). nuclear.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions quantities for other gases are as follows: methane (5. Figure 6.

The average GHG emissions were computed from using equation (6. The demand is largely driven by population. The average was calculated by dividing total CO2 from every power generation source by the total generated output.404 (TJ/yr) x 15. calculated using equation (4. 6. the installed capacity will be 40 kW and the plant operating capacity (load factor) is 50%.8.20 tCO2eq.520.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions (b) The weighted average emission (in kg CO2/kWh) of the current generation mix. in 2027. covering the period from 2007 to 2027. which capacity additions are defined as the greater (in MWh) of the most 20% of the existing plants. about 59. Average population growth rate was taken to be 0.99 x 44/12] + [1. population growth. were developed.31 kg of CO2 was produced per generated kilowatt-hour in 1999 in Malawi. 106 .995 x 44/12] = 319 kt CO2/year Dividing this figure by the total generated output of [(319 kt CO2/year)/1032.8.1. [3.337 kWh per year. The project has an annual generation of 192.276 (TJ/yr) x 20.5.4 GWh/year] gives an emission rate of 0.62 tons of CO2 could be avoided annually.6% 21 The build margin is the weighted average emissions (in kg CO2 eq. Based on results of this study.1 Business as Usual (BAU) 6.2 (tons C/TJ) x 0. and energy resource availability.31kgCO2/kWh). 6. household size.1 Final energy demand This scenario assumes that energy intensity for the current sources of energy remains the same for each end-use. Two scenarios for the household sector namely. The baseline emissions are computed as shown below.20).Therefore.8 Scenario analysis Scenario analysis was adopted in this study in order to assess energy-economic and environmental implications of utilising small-scale hydropower in the study area.3 (tons C/TJ) x 0.31 tons CO2/MWh (or 0. The cumulative emission reductions are expected to be about 12. /kWh) of recent capacity additions to the system. This shows that about 0.5) and emission coefficients for each fuel given in table H.3. Projections of emission reductions in tons of CO2 equivalent are summarized in table H. a business as usual (BAU) and basic electricity for pro-poor (BEPP).

Figure 6.7.1. The contribution of candles and batteries is insignificant. Paraffin use contributes 3% of the energy supply mix.9GJ (1.4 GJ in 2027.8. is expected to increase to 1130.96%. 1998). The number of occupants per household was assumed constant through the forecast period.7 Gg of CO2 in 2027.8 GJ in 2007 to 2423.7). Its consumption increases from 58 GJ in 2007 to 75. the final energy demand has been estimated and presented in table H.23. The cumulative emissions for the study period are estimated to about 1004 Gg of CO2. corresponding to an annual increase of 1.3 and E.5 GJ (25 tons) respectively (table H.4 GJ (65 tons) and 1211.24 Final energy demand by source It is found that the total energy demand increases from 1622.23. The results are depicted in figure 6. Using equation (6. Firewood and charcoal consumption.4 tons).2 Emissions As shown in figure 6. 6.4) and some input data from tables E.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions (NSO.4. which represents 97% of the total energy consumption in the village. CO2 emissions caused by the use of paraffin for cooking and lighting are expected to increase from 45 Gg of CO2 in 2007 and 50. 107 . an increase in emission levels is expected for the entire energy sector.

Using Nepal micro hydro utilities as the model (Feibel.8. The main parameters used are market penetration. BEPP2 includes the use of 14 W CFL bulb and radio (80kWh/year). It was further assumed that the initial connection rate would be 10% and this increases to 50% in 20 years.6% (NSO. 1998). BEPP1 limits loads up to 14 W CFL for lighting (50kWh/year). would lead to significant increase in the final electricity demand from 3.6) and using data from table H. or peak factor. Electricity consumption for the village depends on population. BEPP3 caters for 100 W loads (200kWh/year) and this connection will be equipped with load control time switches to disconnect power during peak times. the total electricity consumption has been calculated and shown in figure 6. 2003:46-47). These are given in table H. representing a linear increase of 2% per year. household size and population growth (Feibel. average growth rates.25 Estimated emissions under the business as usual scenario 6. 6.2.25. The number of occupants per household was assumed constant throughout the forecast period.1 Final electricity demand Applying equation (6.2 Basic Electricity for Pro-poor (BEPP) This scenario assumes a deliberate policy that aims at supplying basic electricity for rural areas.6. The results show that implementing BEPP1 and BEPP2 scenarios.6 GJ in 2007 108 .6. Average population growth rate was taken to be 0.8. average base consumption.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Figure 6. 2003) three levels of connections hereinafter taken as scenario options were applied.

Chapter 6: Results and Discussions to 28.3 GJ in 2027. In the BEPP3 scenario, electricity demand increases from 5.8GJ to 43.8 GJ during the forecast period. It is found that electricity meets between 1.2% and 1.8% of the final energy demand (for BEPP1 and BEPP3 respectively). One possible explanation of the scenario results is the limitation in the size of the load connected. Electricity is largely used for lighting purposes and its impact on consumption levels is however, significant.

Figure 6.26 Final electricity demand for Nkolokosa

The policy measures are likely to reduce the consumption of paraffin. In the case of the BEPP1 scenario, paraffin consumption decreases from 93.79% in 2007 to 62.71% in 2007. In the BEPP2 scenario, electricity substitutes about 7.07% of paraffin consumption in 2007 and this grows to 37.42% at the end of the period. Similarly in the BEPP3 scenario, paraffin consumption decreases from 90% in 2007 to 42.29% in 2027. It was difficult to estimate the useful energy demand for productive purposes since the study could not establish the kind of business enterprises to be established with such kind of load limitations and how fast these will penetrate. Nevertheless, the results suggest that the higher the numbers connected, the higher the fuel substitution will be.

109

Chapter 6: Results and Discussions 6.8.2.2 Reduction of GHG and other pollutants

Figure 6.25 gives a very useful comparison of emission reductions in Nkolokosa over a period of over 20 years. Details are presented in table H.9. As the forecast shows, the largest impacts on emission levels due to the proposed scenarios are expected to occur for CO2 and CO emissions.

Figure 6.27a CO2 emissions(Gg)

Figure 6.27b CH4 emissions(Gg)

Figure 6.27c NOx emissions (Gg)

Figure 6.27d CO emissions (Gg)

Figure 6.27e NMVOC emissions (Gg)

110

Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Based on the calculation, CO2 emissions will be reduced from 45 Gg in 2007 to 39.9 Gg in 2027. Similarly, CO emissions will be reduced from 108 Gg to 95.8 Gg. Total green house gas emissions are expected to decrease by around 11.3% for the BEPP scenarios, in comparison to the base case. This value is considerably low given that the reductions occur over 20 years. This is because the calculations were based on carbon emission rate of 0.31 kg CO2eq/kWh against the default IPCC value of 0.9 kg CO2 eq/kWh derived from diesel generation (UNFCCC, 2003). Although emission reductions is relatively low, this should be viewed as a positive impact since the policy demonstrates significant potential to contribute to the emission reductions of green house gases and other pollutants.

6.9

Installed capacity and number of households

Figure 6.26 shows the relationship between the installed capacity and the number of households connected under different scenarios. As can be seen from figure 6.26, about 276 people (52 households) are expected to receive electric connection in 2007 and 1555 people (294 households) in 2027. In the BEPP1 scenario, a 5 kW system is required in 2007 and this grows to 39 kW at the end of the period. With 10% reserve margin, an estimated 1074 people will be connected. Similar results are expected in the BEPP2 scenario. For BEPP3, an 8 kW system is required at the beginning but requires an installed capacity of 60 kW if the same number of people as BEPP1 and BEPP2 are to be connected.

Analysis of the results shows that 1kW would supply electricity to 8 households. Increasing the subscription rate to 100 W per household would require 216kWh/year. For cooking, at least at the rate of 2 hours per day with one 1000 W cooking appliance, about 720 kWh/year is needed. For Nkolokosa village with a site potential of 40 kW, either BEPP 1 or BEPP 2 can meet the electricity demand.

111

385 households will be connected. about 43.10 Electrification rates Using the available data.000 people (2.831 people (0. Taking an average household size of 5.9% of total households in Malawi.10.28 System capacity and number of households connected under BEPP scenarios 6. the potential to increase the electrification level in Malawi has been determined and the results are presented in table H.3.8% (DoEA. 2003) to 2.Chapter 6: Results and Discussions Figure 6. The results show that with an average subscription rate of 60 W per household (85kWh/year). It is found that schemes with installed capacity of up to 100 kW would generate 1. It has to be noted that the installation of small-scale hydropower schemes is envisaged to utilize electricity for lighting. this potential cannot be casually dismissed. for villagers surrounding the hydropower plants and considering the benefits expected from such basic electricity. However.6). According to the results of this study access to electricity in rural areas would increase from 0. entertainment and communication equipment like televisions and radios.16%) which at national level are insignificant. serving about 3283 households (0.2 GWh. about 230. as shown in table A.13%) or 15. 112 . This represents about 1.6 and applying (equation 6.3%) could be served with electricity.7%.

It is found that households with higher incomes are likely to shift from using traditional fuels to electricity. it provides a wide range of services such as improved lighting.1 Summary of principle findings This study has investigated the potential for utilizing small-scale hydropower for rural electrification schemes in Malawi. policies on monthly 113 . clinics and production centres. and should therefore be given due consideration in energy planning. The findings of this study confirm that electricity would be used mainly for lighting and entertainment. Therefore. However. Thirdly. The study has identified critical issues for successful rural electrification programmes. It should be seen as a necessary but not sufficient condition for reducing deforestation. Secondly. small-scale hydropower reduces environmental pollution through replacement of paraffin lamps and other cooking fuels. The removal of the affordability barrier on upfront costs (on connection fees). These services are of great importance to the people in need of such services. It has examined three case studies to test the first hypothesis that “small-scale hydropower schemes in areas with potential could play a significant role in meeting the energy needs of rural areas. Small-scale hydropower could play a key role in lowering wood fuel consumption. Key elements include strong government support in terms of policies. regulation and subsidies. schools. more entertainment and communication options and operation of a range of appliances. the impact of electricity on wood fuel consumption will depend largely on household incomes and relative fuel prices. and consequently reducing deforestation.Conclusions and Recommendations CHAPTER 7 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 7. workshops. it supports rural enterprises.” Small-scale hydropower is found to be suitable for enhancing the quality of life for rural people in numerous ways. supplying small-scale hydroelectricity to rural areas will not replace wood fuel for cooking. A key conclusion from this is that household income drives the transition from the use of traditional fuels to electricity. Firstly.

Based on the calculations of fuel consumption. The case studies have shown that a decentralized approach and local participation in all stages of projects is central to achieving success. the total firewood required in the village works out to be 605 tonnes/year.27 kg).96% annual growth rate.” In testing this hypothesis. Validation studies are necessary before adopting these policies to suit Malawi’s economic conditions and where necessary adjustments made. Involving the community with formation of community committees and cooperatives who are pro-active in all stages can help reduce costs as well as provide better services. It further releases about 108 Gg of carbon monoxide into the environment. Charcoal demand for cooking is about 236. Paraffin use accounts for 3% of total energy supply.8GJ per annum. A testable hypothesis posed at the beginning of this chapter is that “small.998 litres (mean value 0. 12. A survey of 118 households in Nkolokosa village has shown that all households use firewood for cooking and water heating. This is equivalent to 320kWh/month (3840kWh/year) of electricity. Paraffin consumption per household per month for cooking varies from 1.scale hydro schemes can contribute to reduction in environmental degradation.33kg (mean value 110.69 to 0.232 to 3.6 tonnes/year and paraffin demand for cooking and lighting is about 17.Conclusions and Recommendations tariffs and targeted subsidies are important strategies to ensure that poor households have access to electricity.14 kg). The average consumption per household per month for cooking varies from 95.76%) and cooking (23%).6 GJ in 2027 corresponding to a 1. 5 Gg methane.3litres) and for lighting varies from 0. Analysis of other sources of energy shows that paraffin is used for lighting (95. the energy consumption for the village and emission of greenhouse gases and their reduction have been estimated for a period of 20 years. The study concludes that effective policies and measures lead to successful rural electrification. Government has a major role to play in mobilizing resources and encouraging private sector investment in small-scale hydropower development. 2 Gg nitrous oxides and 7 Gg non-methane volatile organic 114 . Results of the study have shown that the household sector consumes 1622. Currently.93litres).667 to 66. Similarly. the village emits 45 Gg of CO2 per year.667 kg (mean value 43.8 kilolitres per year. This increases to 2423.585 litres (mean value 2.424 to 133.7% of the households use charcoal for cooking and the average consumption per household per month varies from 31.

000 people (2. using an emission factor of 0. A more rigorous analysis of greenhouse gas emissions could produce accurate figures if a detailed energy survey were conducted. Total cumulative emission reductions for the period 2007 to 2027 are expected to be 12. However. Compared to the base case. the results indicate that about 97.9 Gg in 2027. the study has found that installing a 40 kW small-scale hydropower plant in the village would result in an annual reduction of 59. the proposed policy measure could reduce the total green house gas emissions by 11. It can thus be concluded that small scale hydropower has potential to reduce fuel demand in the household sector.31 ton CO2 eq/MWh derived from ESCOM’s current generation mix in 1999. this should still be viewed as positive.9% for maize mills. All surveyed households expressed the desire to use electricity for lighting and entertainment.7 Gg in 2027.9%) to receive an electricity connection. To that extent.3% over a period of 20 years. considering the low carbon emission rate used for this study.9 MW and pursuing the basic electricity for pro-poor scenario (85kWh/year) would enable 43. CO2 emissions will grow to 50. and 11. the study has found that if schemes with an installed capacity of less than 100 kW are considered. At national level.13%) or 15.1 tons CO2 eq/year could be avoided entering into the local atmosphere. More importantly. Results of the study have shown that developing a firm potential of 5. The study has found that a policy measure such as “basic electricity for the pro-poor” could reduce the emission of various pollutants. For example.62 tons CO2.Conclusions and Recommendations compounds.831 people would benefit.931. supplying the community would reduce CO2 emissions from 45 Gg in 2007 to 39. and consequently green house gases. About 230. Although the reduction is relatively low. this depends on the power output of the scheme. only 3283 (0. And the Nkolokosa scheme is not large enough to supply electricity for cooking. However.385 households (1. mainly from the middle to affluent income groups might use it for cooking. But based on one of study 115 . the results of this study should be taken with care.3%) would have access to electricity. Approximately 24. Analysis of the household energy demand indicated that electricity would be used mainly for lighting.6% of the households.520 tons CO2 equivalent.

the installation of a 40 kW scheme in Nkolokosa necessitates US$679. with an 8% discount rate and zero NPV. Based on the capital costs of US$16975/kW.32/kWh). Commercial risks such as lack of appropriate collateral to secure bank loans. The variability in specific site requirements leads to the differences in costs.3%. These values are prohibitively higher as compared toUS$1000-US$3000/kW reported in Paish (2002). A key observation made from the sensitivity analysis is that the cost per unit of rated capacity decreases with increasing capacity. considering an interest rate value of 15% (assuming inflation stabilises at 7%). This study has calculated the total capital costs for different capacities ranging from 20 to 100 kW. The range of capital costs to develop a small-scale hydropower fall within MWK1. necessitates investment in small-scale hydropower. and empowerment of rural people.12/kWh (Jiandong. Additionally. This makes the technology to be uncompetitive if compared with conventional energy sources. importation of spare parts for generators and turbine parts is a barrier that might increase costs.025/kWh (Inversin. the unit cost of electricity should be sold at an average of MWK44.46million/kW (US$10460/kW) to MWK3.Conclusions and Recommendations hypotheses.80/kWh (US$0. for small-scale hydropower.98%. 2003). the potential rewards such as green house gas mitigation. small-scale hydropower would increase the national electrification coverage by 2. It has been found that to achieve an internal rate of return of 5.47million/kW (US$24795/kW). However. competition from cheap biomass fuels as well as grid electricity are obstacles to be considered. Increase in the rate of deforestation in river basins might affect the hydrology of the rivers considered for small-scale power generation. The break-even unit electricity cost has been determined using cash flow projections.000 (MWK95million).4million/kW (US$16975/kW) and this value represents the average capital cost per kW installed. The median is MWK2. and necessitates the use of government subsidies. Reported costs for produced electricity vary as low as US$0. investing in small-scale hydropower presents commercial and technical risks. Nevertheless. 1986) to US$0. 116 .

a subsidy of MWK39. The average willingness to pay is MWK 5. a summary of which is provided below: (a) There is need to review the existing policy.80 per kWh. increasing the electrification levels in Malawi. However.43/kWh). this study clearly indicates that the project is economically viable and should be implemented. legislation and regulatory framework in the energy sector.25. interest rate. annual operating hours as well as maintenance have a major effect on the unit cost of electricity. The net present value was found to be MWK 4. but it has a part to play in contributing to renewable energy targets and for this reason should not be ignored. The break. plant load factors.216. Increasing any of these parameters decreases the unit cost of electricity. The specific construction cost per kW is MWK 2.08 with an 8% discount rate.98%.389.2 Recommendations This study has highlighted the need for Malawi to adopt rural electrification as a key policy of government as it can improve the living standards of the people and reduce poverty by the creation of new income sources in rural areas.86 (US$15. It is suggested that the government should create a separate and 117 .58/kWh. investment level. A preliminary economic analysis of the cost of supplying power to the village has been presented. there appear little evidence to support the hypothesis that small-scale hydropower is going to have a huge impact on meeting the energy needs of rural people or rather. It is clear that the utilization of small-scale hydropower can provide a viable source of energy to increase the electrification levels in Malawi.490. Despite this analysis.835. The benefit cost ratio was 6.73/kWh (US$0.992.66). small-scale hydropower will only be able to fulfill this role if certain policy and other issues are addressed before implementation of projects. the break even unit cost of electricity has been estimated at MWK59. In order to make this project viable. this study has made a number of recommendations. discount rates. The study demonstrates that rated capacity. The study results indicate that small-scale hydropower would be a favourable option.Conclusions and Recommendations For a plant load factor of 30% and useful life of 20 years.even tariff is MWK 44. The analysis indicates that projects with plant load factors below 30% would not be viable. and the economic rate of return (EIRR) was 5. However.22/kWh would be required. As a result. 7.

(e) There is need to develop standards and guidelines for planning. 118 . This will ensure quality of construction at low cost. At household level.Conclusions and Recommendations comprehensive pro-poor energy policy. use district development funds or constituency funds. This could be achieved through tax and subsidies on interest rates for companies that initiate projects. Furthermore. non governmental organizations. there is need for subsidies on connection fees as well as monthly electricity tariffs. There is also need to promote public private partnerships as well as encourage private sector participation. design and construction supervision of small-scale hydropower projects. However. The agency should be empowered to manage propoor funds. where necessary. there is need to constitute a separate rural electrification agency whose mandate will be to facilitate small-scale hydropower development as well as systematic investigation of its potential. (c) There is clearly a need for government to organize measurement of hydro-meteorological parameters as well as the development of pre-project documents which will form a basis for potential investors to make informed decisions on construction of small-scale hydropower schemes on specific locations. financing institutions in smallscale pro-poor electrification. low-interest would be significant incentives for private investors. This policy should focus on providing small-scale hydroelectricity to rural households. this agency should be given the task of mobilizing resources from both local and international donors for the development of small-scale hydropower. (d) The study has made it clear that the capital investment for smaller size projects are prohibitively high for investors. (b) It is proposed to launch the national energy programme for small-scale hydropower development.

There is need to do more detailed hydrological.Conclusions and Recommendations Areas of further research and development work have been identified which requires funding to address the following areas: (a) Carry out a more exhaustive feasibility studies to re-evaluate the previous studies and establish the available potential and cost to develop these sites.05 m3/s and 5 kW installed capacity (even where an on site demand existed). The spreadsheets model used in this study could give a better graphic interface if coded in Visual Basic or Matlab. The hydrological data analysis could be linked to the economic so that the complete site assessment can be made in one program. Further work is required to improve the interface. readers are reminded that the results of this study are merely indicative. The data reported is more conservative as the criteria used in the selection of sites rejected those with stream flows less than 0. (b) Assess the potential of building small-scale hydropower plants at the existing canals and irrigation schemes. Finally. The study has reported results based on data available and used in the preparation of the master plan study for rural electrification in Malawi. 119 . and 5 km from the existing grid connections. and therefore should be taken with caution. A more rigorous analysis of energy consumption and future demand would be useful. (c) Design and manufacture of low –cost turbines. topographical and geological studies at each candidate site.

19-24 August 2004. J.D. Classification of drainage basins according to their physical characteristics. D. C. & Sinclair. W. Urban Household Energy Demand Side Strategy. (2002). & Floor.M.I. Africa Energy Policy Research Network. Africa Energy Data and Terminology Handbook.References REFERENCES Acreman.J.. M. 2000. Report prepared for Ministry of Energy and Mining. AFREPREN. Energy Conversion Systems. Washington D. T. 120 . Analysis of the survey findings.1988. R. MSc Dissertation. (1996). A. an application for flood frequency analysis in Scotland. ESMAP/World Bank. D.Erice. University of Cape Town. New Delhi. 1986(84): 365-380. Alfstad. December 2004 Barnes. Boulder 1988. Allderdice. World Bank. Power Sector Reform and the Rural Poor in Central America. D. Nairobi. Arpaillange. Comparison of options for distributed generation in India. Energy.& Gondwe.C.2004. Barnes. Environ. Development of a least cost energy supply model for the SADC region.(2005). Mid-Term Review Report prepared for UNDP-Malawi Barkat. G. Rural energy in developing countries: A challenge for Economic Development. 2000.F. & Foley. National Renewable Energy Laboratory.. & Rodgers.H.F. Renewable Energy for Microenterprise.F.D.C. & Waddle D. R.G. Kenya. Journal of Hydrology. Paper presented at the 32nd Session of the International Seminar on Planetary Emergencies. how electricity affects rural life in developing countries. 1996(21): 497-530 Barnes. Ann. Publishers. Rural Electrification in the Developing World: A summary of lessons from successful programs. Rev.(2005). Energy Policy 2006(34):101-111 Banks.D. USA Begamudre. D. Malawi Banerjee. Electric power for rural growth. K. Barnes. ISBN: 81-224-1266-1. Italy. Bangladesh Rural Electrification Program: A Success story of Poverty Reduction through Electricity. J. New Age International (P) Limited. Barrier Removal to Renewable Energy in Malawi. India.

R. Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd. G. Chima. Geneva. In: Study on Assessment of Alternative Energy Resources in Malawi. A Report for the World Bank. Enabling Equitable Access to Rural Electrification: Current Thinking on Energy. 121 . Renewable Energy: Power for a Sustainable Future.F.R &Albalak. Consultancy Report.(2005). Energy Policy . University of Cape Town. Prepared for Department of Energy Affairs and Danish Aid for International Development Assistance Chullakesa. M. P. & Agarwall.. (1995).1998(26): 207-217 8-12 June 1981. World Health Organisation. 2004(32):1693-705. USA. Energy for Development Research Centre.G. T. (2003).. Rural household energy consumption. 2nd edition.A. E. Available: http://www. P. British Hydropower Association Boyle.M. Journal of Hydrology. & Mohanty. Energy Policy. Electricity access for geographically disadvantaged rural communities-technology and policy insights. ISBN: 0199261784 Bruce.B.the effects of access to electricity.Environ. Resource.A. New Delhi. M.. Thailand. by the Institute of Development Studies. Conteh. Burn D. A Guide to UK Mini-Hydro Developments. May 31]. Bangkok. Barnes.H. The health effects of indoor air pollution exposure in developing countries. United Kingdom.int/entity/heli/risks/indoorair/indoorair/en/ [2007. Handbook for the economic analysis of energy projects. ISBN: 0-7069-0700-0 Davis. [Online]. D.evidence from South Africa. 30(2005):117-44.References BHA . A. Oxford University Press. S. Productive Uses of energy for rural development.1993 (143): 429-454 Cabraal. Estimation of hydrological parameters at ungauged catchments. Perez. R. N. Davis. M. D. C.. MSc thesis.Rev. Chaurey.& Sharma. India. Proceedings of a Workshop on Small-Scale Hydropower Technology Applications in Asian Rural Settings. University of Sussex... Energy needs in Rural Development: The Case for Mini-Hydropower. (1998). Cecelski. Ranganathan. & Horvei T. & Boorman.who. (2004). Annu.. K. Poverty and Gender. Water Power Engineering. University of Cape Town Dandekar. Asian Institute of Technology. M. Power Generation and Its Impact on Electricity Tariff: A Case Study of Sierra Leone.N.

Stockholm Environmental Institute. Available: http://www. Fennessey. Tanzania. Lilongwe.pdf [2007.S. R. United Kingdom. ASCE 116(4):530-549 Flynn. Resource. Master plan study on Rural Electrification in Malawi-Technical Background Report.. Regional Flow Duration Curves for Ungauged Sites in Massachusetts. Kidd C. An Inter Disciplinary Approach to the Dissemination of Mini and Micro Hydropower. Rural Electrification in Mozambique. N. Belgium. Sweden 122 . Malawi. Energy for the Poor: Underpinning the Millenium Development Goals. Part 1. ESCAP. March 2003. Institute of Hydrology. Department of Energy Affairs.N. Glasgow. Rome Feibel. PhD thesis.(2002). Development of Regression Equations to Estimate Flow Durations and Low Flow Frequency Statistics in New Hampshire Streams.(1980). A regional analysis of river floods and low flows in Malawi. Final report prepared for Global Network on Energy for Sustainable Development.the Case of Ethiopia..H. Wat. J. United Nations. Energy Services for Sustainable Development in Rural Areas in Asia and Pacific: Policy and Practice.R. Energy Resources Development Series No.B. Department of Energy Affairs. Promotion of Alternative Energy Sources Project.(2003). Brussels..M. European Small Hydropower Association.Plan. Malawi. USA Foley. and Vogel R. (2005). Energy and Gender Issues in Rural Sustainable Development. DoEA. Guide on How to Develop a Small Hydropower Plant.Water Resources Investigations Report 02-4298. Zambia and Zimbabwe. Lilongwe.dfid. (2004). Department for International Development.72.References DFID .. & Miller J. United Kingdom. Darmstadt University of Technology. Pembroke.gov. New York ESHA. Mandeville A. Report No. G.Mang. Wallingford. H. US Geological Survey. (2006). FAO. DoEA.[Online]. ERI. 40. (2005). (2003). (1990).Synthesis Report for SEI/BUN Workshop on Rural Electrification. Renewable Energy Options in improving the life of Western Rural Poor Population in China. Drayton R. March 15].uk/pubs/files/energyforthepoor. Project Document. (2006). Germany. (2003).

Gustard A. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews 2002(6): 481-512 GNESD. White Plain..A new record in world hydropower.. UK Harvey A. & Grew R.. Fuel Switching: Evidence from Eight Developing Countries. M. & Dixon J. World Renewable Energy Congress VI. Energy Policy 33(2005):1948-1956 123 .. economic and reliability indices.. Some statistics useful in regional frequency analysis..M.R. A region of influence approach to predicting flow duration curves within ungauged catchments. Photovoltaic Applications in Rural Areas of the Developing World. Brown A. & Rahimpoor M.H.. (1993). 2004. Res. PhD thesis. Electrification Technology and Process to meet Economic and Social Objectives in Southern Africa.D.M. Forouzbakhsh F. and Inversin.P. 29(6). & Wallis. London. 2006:4.H.R..(2000). World Bank Technical Paper No. Bullock A. Shukla. Gondwe K. Renewable energy technologies for the Indian power sector: mitigation potential and operational strategies. Potential for electricity generation from biowastes: a case study for Malawi. A Guide to Small-Scale Water Power Schemes.G. Southampton.R. R. Report No. New York Gaunt. G. ISBN: 1 85339 103 4 Heltberg. Hydrology and Earth System Sciences. UK.. Longman Publishers. Hicks. P. 304. & Ramana. 2000:2437-2440 Gustard A. University of Cape Town. Low Flow Estimation in the UK. P. (2002). 2003.T. 1992. J. Part IVQuantitative Research Design. C. (2006).. Institute of Hydrology. Gosh. 108. C.References Foley. Refocus. USA Gall.R..R.R. A. Global Network on Energy for Sustainable Development.J.. (1995). Education research: An introduction. Determination of the Optimal Installation Capacity of Small Hydropower plants through the use of technical. Young A. & Chipofya V. A Micro-Hydro Design Manual.. Small hydropower in China. Energy Series. Wallingford. Hettiarachi P.M.. Resour. Energy Economics 2004(26): 869-887. and Gall J.. M. 1745-1752 Hosseini S. D. Regional Workshops on Electricity and Development in Africa. (2003). Asia and Latin America. 6(4):721-731 Hosking J. Intermediate Technology Publications.V. Wat.. Borg W. 6 (5):36-40 Holmes. Washington DC. Garg. Consolidated Report.

Small hydro and its organization in China. Master plan Study on Rural Electrification in Malawi. Draft Final Report for the World Bank. Institute of Hydrology. [Online].. Delineation of homogenous regions. Kachroo. March 10]. [Online]. No 1-6. ISBN: 0-89291-192-1 Jiandong. International Energy Agency. Malawi. Energy.org http://www. (1980). Hydrological Sciences. Prepared for Department of Energy Affairs. A Practical Guide to Design and Implementation in Developing Countries.H. June 2000. Proceedings of the National Energy Conservation Symposium.References HRC. 20 – 25 September 1992.small-hydro. Malawi Jumbe & Kamwanja. Low flow studies. Setting the enabling framework for accelerated delivery and improved access to energy services for the poor in Southern Africa. Washington DC.org/wssd/wehab. January 10]. United Kingdom IEA. & Mkhandi. and Paris IEA.practicalaction [2007.(1992). In: World Energy Outlook 2002.1. Mangochi. (2001). United Kingdom. A. February 1993 JICA/GoM. Warwickshire. USA. (1986). A Survey of small hydropower development in China. United Kingdom Inversin.K. IEEA. Intelligent Energy Executing Agency.undp. Research Report No. (2002).(2003). Energy and Poverty. NRECA International Foundation. Wallingford.com [2007. Poverty and Gender in Rural China. R.. by the Institute of Development Studies.Available: http://www. Small hydro on a large scale: challenges and opportunities in China.Hydro Task Force for International Energy Agency.inshp. Flood frequency analysis of Southern Africa I. Club Makokola. Available: http://www. Small-Hydro Atlas: Malawi. Micro-Hydropower SourceBook.(2005).Available: http://www. Small. (2002). T. Vol 45. T. Hangzhou Regional Center (AsiaPacific) for Small Hydro Power.[Online]. Renewable Energy World 6(1):97-102 Jiandong. Water Power & Dam Construction. Case study Report. S. IH. University of Sussex.html IDS. Practical Action. 45(3):437-447 124 .

& Nakata.S.J. Generating opportunities: Case studies on energy and women.. G. In: Misana.(1988). Sustainable Energy.. Ranja. T. Ku. National Energy Policy for Malawi.crest. D. Dakar.. G.. EnPoGen Study in Indonesia. 2005 Karekezi. Malawi Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper.& Karlsson.. F. Lilongwe: Department of Energy Affairs Malawi. T. 2002. Research report. Karlsson.org/renewables/sen/mar96/africa.. Japan. Renewable Energy World. Final Synthesis Report prepared for World Bank and Department for International Development Laguna M. Zomba: Government Printer. In: Energy News. H. Taylor S & Updhay D. Lilongwe: Ministry of Finance and Economic Planning Malawi Government. 2003.. & McDade ... New Partnership for African Development.(2001).O. July 5]. S. Kamdonyo. USA Khennas. & Gardener.(eds) 2001... Sustainable Energy and Women. Best A. New York. MSc Dissertation. University of Birmingham. January-March. Problems and Prospects for Hydropower Development in Africa. Paper presented at the African Energy Experts on Operationalizing the NEPAD Energy Initiative. Analysis of the energy access improvements and its socio-economic impacts in rural areas of developing countries. INfoSE-East Africa. UNDP. p31 Lane P.R.K.E. 2-4 June 2003.A. Battey-operated lamps produced by rural women.Case studies in energy and women. S.References Kalitsi. Hickel K.. 125 . Renewable Energy World. Kanagawa. Electricity Act of 2004 Malawi. 5(3):11-13 Malawi Government. E. United Nations Development Programme.html [2007.J & Ma. Evaluation of Wind Energy Potential in Malawi.N. Journal of Hydrology 2005(310): 253-265 Lew D..(2003). Available: http://solstice.V. 2006:56 Madon. New York. Tohoku University. 2004. 2002. & Ottieno.China’s renewable programme brings power to a million. [Online]. The response of flow duration curves to afforestation. S. AFREPREN/FWD.V. Senegal. Sending electricity to townships.(2002). M.. & Zhang Lu. A (2000). 2006. and Barnett.G. M. Best Practices for Sustainable Development of Micro Hydropower in Developing Countries.J. USA Khan. September-October. In: Generating Opportunities.

(2005). Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Sources. J. Report No. Rural Electrification in Malaysia.(1992). U. Malawi MEM (1997). V.. September 22].2004.A. Institute of Hydrology. Available: www.earth.. National Sustainable and Renewable Energy Programme. Holtedahl.110.. India. Malawi.in [2007. R.30. Malawi: Implications of Power Sector Reforms in Malawi for Investment and the Poor.N. Estimation of actual evapotranspiration in Malawi.D. Annual Review of Energy and Environment 1996.Energy Environ. T. (2007). Lilongwe.Rev. & Wamukonya. United Kingdom Martinot. N.N.1973. Lew. Tropical Deforestation and the Global Carbon Budget. (1996). Ministry of Energy and Mining.J. Germany Matinga.& Batchelor C. Energy Sector in Malawi: Prospects for Renewable Energy Programme. Ann. September 26]. PhD thesis. Moreira.(1990).edu [2007..M. ISBN: 9748209-15-6 126 . Columbia University [Online].mnes.. Modi. University of Karlsruhe. (21):293-310 MEM. 2004. Renewable Energy Markets in Developing Countries. Wallingford. Malawi MNES. (2004).K. Thailand.References Malawi Government. Asian Institute of Technology. Malawi Government. Approach paper for generation tariff setting methodology for small hydropower plants. AFREPREN Meier. Cap. Improving Electricity Services in Rural India: CGSD Working Paper No. (27): 309-48 Maskey.B. Small-Hydroplants-Based Renewable Power Systems for Remote Region. Zomba: Department of Geological Surveys. Ministry of Energy and Mining.H.. Monerasinghe. [Online].columbia.& Pradhan (2003). 51:02 of Rural Electrification Bill. Zomba: Government Printer Mandeville A. Centre on Globalisation and Sustainable Development. Bangkok. Available: http://www. The geology of the Thyolo area. Zomba. 2002. In: Rural Electrification Guidebook for Asia and the Pacific. M. Chaurey. E. (2003). Final Report Melillo. Rural Electrification in Nepal and Possibilities for a Sector Wide Approach.nic.

Rural Development and Productive Uses of Renewable Energy.rser. K. A Synthesis Report for the World Bank. (1998).R.(1990).T. (314): 48-66 Nathan.. 2006. ISBN: 974-8209-15-6 Ramani.V. S. Water and Environment Journal. Techno-economics of micro hydro projects for decentralized power supply in India. Asian Institute of Technology. (1992). Providing electricity access to remote areas in India: An approach towards identifying potential areas for decentralized electricity supply. Working Paper No.1016/j. 9-11 May 2005.( 21): 41-46 Peng. Proceedings of Institution of Mechanical Engineers. Mullick. Thailand 127 . Journal of Hydrology (121): 217-238 Nouni. Mullick.008 NSO. In: Rural Electrification Guidebook for Asia and the Pacific. United Kingdom Ramani. Bangkok. 2005. Zomba.. Malawi Demographic and Health Survey.1(14):71-84 PESD.01. 2007 . M. Stanford University Ramani.. (34): 1161-1174 Nouni. Malawi Paish. Vol 216 Part A: Journal of Power and Energy.& McMahon. Journal of Hydrology.. Thailand.C.C. M. Special Issue Paper. Bangkok.References Naidas. K.. 2006. University of Sussex. National Statistical Office. Rural Electrification in China: History and Institution. K. J. & Kandpal.. Paper presented at UNDP Expert Meeting on Productive Uses of Renewable Energy.C. O. Energy. Historical Processes and Key Driving Force. J.A. Evaluation of low flow estimation techniques for ungauged catchments. T. China & World Economy. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews.V.. R. W. I.J. by the Institute of Development Studies..C. Renew Sustain Energy Rev (2007) doi10. (6):537-556 Paish. Program on Energy and Sustainable Development.V. Poverty and Gender.R. (2006).O. & Pen. Rural Electrification and Rural Development in China 1950-2004. Micro-hydropower: status and prospects. Regional flow duration curve estimation in small ungauged catchments using instantaneous flow measurements and a censored data approach.T. Identification of homogenous regions for the purposes of regionalization. Smaller hydropower: technology and current status.A.2007. 2002. S.60. Patel. & Heijndermans. Energy Policy. & Kandpal.

& Murthy. Perceptions and Decision Making on Energy and Fuel Use in Malawi. (1999). Non grid Renewable Energy Policies: International Case Studies. [Online]. Association of American Geographers. Sadrul.. vol V. & Mawaya. Bangladesh. [Online]. Available: http://www. China Opens World’s Largest Dam [Online]: Newsletter Extra. Worldwatch Institute.Z.Q. August 2001 SADC.J..& Uddin. J. Southern Africa Development Community. Renewable Energy: Progress.int [2006.K. Dhaka.N.(2001). Measurement and Computation of Stream flow. REN21. REN21 Secretariat and Washington DC. Roma. (2003). Available: http://www.A.(1986).M. Khan.sadc.dk [2007. J.. & Ross. Energy for Sustainable Development .References Rantz. World Bank. Washington DC. Links. Botswana. (2003).ren21.html 128 . M. No 3. Saghir. J. J. M.P. Appropriate Low Head Micro Hydro Systems for Bangladesh.danidadevforum. http://www. p30-39 Semu. G. Moses. [Online].net [2007. Center for Resource Solutions. Vol 1.A. USA Saunders. India.M. J. Renewable Global Status Report 2006 Update. Available: http://www. Lesotho. Hossain.V. 1(7):134-136 Sawyer.12. Gaborone. A.org/newshour/extra/features/jan-june03/dam_6_18. 29].pbs. (2002). M.D. Danish Aid for Development Assistance.E. Second International Conference on Electrical and Computer Engineering. Ross. S. Washington DC. Energy Statistical Yearbook 2003. Prospects. Energy and Poverty: Myths. Reddy A. and Policy Issues. May. 1980.A Desk Study. Schleicher. October 18]. K. posted on 18 Jun 2003.. P284 Rebelo. Journal of Development Economics . L. US Geological Survey Water Supply Paper.W. August 24]. Rural Electrification and Development: Social and Economic Impact in Costa Rica and Colombia. Sumithra G. 26-28 December 2002. Consultancy Report. Paris. S. End–uses of electricity in households of Karnataka State..C.(2006). Davis. Resource Publications in Geography.K.um. September 2002. 1986.(2005). Institute of Southern African Studies (ISAS): Working Paper No.(1982). Islam.A.. Energy and Poverty.

Energy for Sustainable Development.M. 1994. The Energy Challenge for Achieving the Millennium Development Goals. National Water Resources Master Plan. World Summit on Sustainable Development.(2002). (120):485-504 129 . ISBN-0-419-12010-6. Netherlands Vogel. Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management. Bangkok. A. T. London and New York. 2000RD41. UN Energy Paper. Subroto. Asian Institute of Technology. 2005. Report and Appendices.U. R. Thailand. (2000).S. (1997). (2001). Low flow Hydrology : A review. Journal of Hydrology . (2005). T.A Frame work for Action on Energy UNDP/GOM . Teri Project Report No. Biomass Technology Group. New Delhi.2001. Muchlison. Asian Institute of Technology. E&FN Spon (Taylor and Francis Group). Enschede. New York UNDP. 8-12 June 1981.W. India Twidell. Flow Duration Curves I: New Interpretation and Confidence Intervals. Assessment and Role of Small Hydropower in Rural Development.D. R.References Sinha. 8-12 June 1981. June 22. UNDP. Proceedings of a Workshop on Small-Scale Hydropower Technology Applications in Asian Rural Settings. Poverty Reduction through energy projects. New York UNDP. United Nations Development Programme. World Energy Assessment: Energy and the Challenges of Sustainability. United Nations Development Programme. Energy after Rio: Prospects and Challenges. Energy Policy 1991: 441-8 Smakhtin.M.A.V. & Kandpal. New York UNDP. I. TERI. (240): 147-186 Srinivasan. United Nations Development Programme. Renewable Energy Resources. United Nations Development Programme and Government of Malawi Projects MLW-79015/MLW-84-003 Venendaal. C. M. Micro-Hydropower Plants in Indonesia. Malawi Power Production with Biomass: A Feasibility Study Report..(1986). J. United Nations Development Programme. & Fennessey N. UNDP. Decentralised versus grid electricity for rural India . (1996). Reprinted in 2000.C. & Weir. & Payaman. Bangkok.D. Proceedings of a Workshop on Small-Scale Hydropower Technology Applications in Asian Rural Settings. Tata Energy Research Institute. L. Thailand. (2002).

Small hydropower development in China: Achievements and Prospects. A. International Water power and Dam Construction. USA World Bank . Washington. Kimber. WEC.M. November 2005 Zomers. Available: http://www. The problem of fuelwood energy demand in Malawi with reference to the construction industry.. Vol125 No 3. Assessment of Socio-economic impacts of small hydropower in China. Sutton. Delivering Sustainability: Challenges and Opportunities for the Energy Industry. Rural Energy and Development: Improving Energy Supplies for 2 Billion People. Proceedings of the International Conference on Renewable Energy for Developing Countries.utwente. 2006. 1990. & Komp.worldenergybook. WEC.nl/uk/catalogue/technical/ruralelectrification [2007. Zhu (1990). London Xiong. International Water Power and Dam Construction. China’s rural electrification and poverty reduction.References Vogel.com [2006. The Challenge of Rural Energy Poverty in Developing Countries. M. Rural Electrification. February 20] 130 .PhD thesis. Survey of Energy Resources: Hydropower. & Daly. Zingano. (1999). May-June 1999 WEC. B. R. H. (31): 283-295 Zahnd. I. how was it successful? Energy Sector Management Assistance Programme Paper. (1997). (2002). World Development Report 2000/2001.. World Energy Council World Bank. Washington. Regional Regression Models of Annual Stream flow for the United States. Unpublished Paper. DC.N. World Energy Council Statement. World Bank. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering. Proceedings of the fourth International Conference on small-hydro.W. World Bank World Bank.. Washington Xiaozhang. R. Netherlands. A. Thailand’s approach to rural electrification. 2001.(1999). Energy and Development Report 2000: Energy services for the World’s Poor. Energy Policy 2003. (2005). C. Wilson. Renewable Energy Village Power Systems for Remote and Impoverished Himalayan Villages in Nepal. World Bank. October 1990 Yang. (1996). February 22].[Online].Available: http://www.tup. Vol 42. World Bank. (2001). S. [Online]. Kuala Lumpur. University of Twente.

1 Estimated reserves (million tonnes) 16 2 4 Table A. wb) Ngana North Rukuru-Nthalire Livingstonia (Mchenga) Lengwe Mwabvi Source: Venendaal (1996:64) 21 28 14 50 40 Calorific value kcal/kg 4.921 20.408 147.2 17.250 5.030 MJ/kg 20.039 88. Ministry of Economic Planning and Development 22 All coal in Malawi has a sulphur content of less than 8% 131 .664 Jet A-1 7.062 253.226 4.976 94.157 136.800 6.202 Total 248.417 Paraffin 31.1: Malawi Coal Reserves and Quality22 Coal fields Ash content (%.652 24.6 30.527 Source: Annual Economic Report 2006.896 81.1 22.922 152.107 0. imports statistics and consumption Table A.023 Diesel 124.238 8.799 5.329 92.Annexes ANNEXES Annex A Energy resources.762 21.870 258.2: Annual Fuel Import Statistics (in Megalitres) Year 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Petrol 84.905 125.838 Avgas 0.038 266.410 7.357 0.545 234.186 84.225 243.397 18.106 127.8 21.955 23.

532.28 3.70 129.30 3.51 172.47 1999 1.011.655. They face human and financial challenges to collect.159. analyse and adjust figures.4: Consumption per Fuel group in Malawi Fuel group Year 1997 Hard coal Electricity Petroleum 1.2 859.01 179.25 188.223.480.210.111. it appears these figures are mere extrapolations therefore.40 3.353. Quarterly Statistical Bulletin.37 23 Renewables in this context refers to firewood.635.09 2001 1.70 11.10 462 1.866.45 201.232.085.251.412.797.10 6.337.243.160.44 1998 1.20 10.254.217.2 1.760.215.96 206.282.022.252.313.Annexes Table A.97 182.684.650 101. Department of Energy Affairs n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.912.70 2.70 Total value of fuel imports 5.371.59 1.500. Unfortunately.16 193.067.20 5.88 169.3: Costs of fuel import as a percentage of total external imports (in million Kwacha) Year Petrol Paraffin Diesel and other 3.60 3.50 664.40 8.25 3.827.60 7.10 Percentage of total value of imports (%) 13 11 10 10 8 Source: NSO.657 76.438.75 192.98 3.30 Total value of imports 39.074.351.25 2.60 1.038.573.20 7. March 2006 Table A.29 8.414.324.68 3.230.954. charcoal. do not reflect actual situation on the ground 132 .20 8.701.90 7.98 2003 468.15 Renewables23 166.856.40 5.790.80 8.76 (TJ) Source: Energy Statistics2007.16 9.006.566. crop residues etc.60 2.350.65 189. DoEA has no proper data collection system.77 and waste Geothermal and solar Total energy 177.35 2002 984.06 185.254.899.97 2000 1.86 3.70 4.553.50 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 1.10 53.438.19 176.889.

2 35.6 16.hydropower Potential Firm power Firm Energy output (GWh/a) Exploitable potential Capacity (MW) Energy Output (GWh/a) 1470 Estimated Parameter Net head (m) Kapichira (Shire) 58.org 133 .5 Firm flow (m3/s) 170 Load factor (%) 50 (MW) 120 525 300 Mpatamanga (Shire) Tedzani III (Shire) Kholombidzo (Shire) Low Fufu with 59.Annexes Table A.iea-shp.5 17 16.910 Source: UNIDO/GoM.1 68 flow 347 170 91 170 24 50 50 50 45 120 40 140 102 525 175 613 402 300 100 280 180 1470 250 1795 835 regulated (South Rukuru) Low Fufu(South Rukuru) 15 45 45 56 75 244 295 140 175 610 800 High Fufu falls with no 408 regulation(South Rukuru) HengaValley(South Rukuru) Rumphi(South Rukuru) Chizuma(Bua) Chasombo(Bua) Malenga(Bua) Mbongozi(Bua) Manolo Chingonda Zoa Falls(Ruo) Nkula Falls (Shire) Others Total estimated large-hydro potential 106 87 117 101 - - 45 16 70 40 185 18. 1986.3 - 45 45 45 45 35 35 35 35 60 30 5 24 18 24 21 52 20 18 124 7 982 24 95 70 95 82 236 112 80 540 28 4.5: Site (River) Large.211 13 50 50 60 50 130 50 45 310 20 2293 60 170 215 240 240 590 280 200 1350 150 10. www.

08 3.6 0.29 1.6 11.2 10.2 0.08 0.283 Total estimated small-scale hydroelectric potential Source: National Energy Plan.6: Name of hydropower scheme Kaseye Kalenje1 Chambo Mbalizi Kalenje2 Upstream Lufira Lufira North Rukuru North Rukuru 2 North Rukuru 3 Wovwe Chisenga Kakasu Hewe Ntchenachena Murwerzi Luzinkhuni Sasasa Ngapani Mtemankhokwe Nswazi Choyoti Net head (m) 28 122 100 187 63 67 135 132 75 83 194 15-20 10-30 25-30 10-30 10-15 50-60 20-30 5-15 20-30 5-15 30-40 Small-scale hydropower potential Estimated Parameters Mean flow Load factor (m3/s) (%) 1.1 0.0 6.Annexes Table A. 1988-1997.1 0.2 0.05 0.9 11.98 1. DOE/JICA (2003) 134 .345 Energy output (MWh/a) 394 604 16 79 315 340 2470 5913 2810 1760 3680 39 39 118 78 13 131 52 13 65 197 157 19.1 0.35 3.15 0.2 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Catchment area (km2) 560 80 117 270 80 806 1380 1610 1310 698 140 4 8 37 18 7 80 85 48 24 380 13 Firm power (kW) 150 230 6 30 120 130 940 2250 1070 670 1400 15 15 45 30 5 50 20 5 25 75 60 7.01 0.1 1 0.05 0.

radio.1 4.1 Motive power-replacing liquid fuel or gas. 5.-replacing liquid fuel. biomass. 4. animal wastes.replacing liquid fuel. iron. Quality of life. or liquid fuel. Other socio-political effects. heating and drying-replacing biomass. or muscle power.3 2. cooling and refrigeration.2 4.) – replacing batteries. 3. coal or gas Home appliances (fan. Employment creation.3 Space heating. or gas Space heating.4 4.4 Processing food-replacing liquid fuel.5 Lighting Air-conditioning Improved audio and video opportunities More attractive atmosphere Longer opening times 4.replacing biomass. Parboiling.replacing biomass.3 4. coal. TV. dynamism. Income redistribution and social equity. and Zomers (2001: 50) 135 . coal. hydro and muscle power. or animal waste. cooling and refrigeration. animal waste.4 3. or Drinking water-replacing liquid fuel (for pumping) Agricultural Uses of Electricity Water pumping-replacing liquid fuel.2 2. Benefits That are Difficult or Impossible to Quantify 1. and attitude changes-catalytic effects. coal. Industrial Uses of Electricity 1.5 Transport-replacing liquid fuel 2. threshing.1 2. gas.replacing liquid fuel. Preparing meals. liquid fuel. etc. biomass or animal waste 1. gas. 1.1: Typical Examples of Rural Electrification Benefits Quantifiable Benefits: Cost Savings and Increased productivity 1. Milling.Annexes Annex B Table B.5 3. community services. Modernisation.2 Lighting-replacing liquid fuel. biomass. 3.4 2. Source: Adapted from Munasinghe (1987:85).3 3. Commercial Uses of Electricity 4. 1. coal. chaff cutting. or animal waste 1. 2. Liquid fuel. gas.5 Lighting. etc. coal. Household Uses of Electricity 2. coal or biomass. and participation. biomass. gas.

4 is obtained. a dimensionless ratio shown in equation 4. Kp = P (ω D ρ ) 3 5 and the head coefficient. v vω B is the ratio of the blade speed to the speed of the water.Annexes Annex C Calculation of shape number.3) where n is the rotational speed of the turbine (in rpm).1 and assuming 4 η = 1. the angular velocity ω. the diameter of the turbine.5. Kp and Kh can be used to predict the power and head in terms of diameter and the angular velocity. kn = n Po ( gH ) ρ 1. and the density of water ρ. are the power coefficient. Two useful dimensionless parameters that can be formed from these physical quantities. Substituting P = ρ g H Q η from equation 4. The formula above can be written in a simple form:  r  vB kn = 5   R  vω where (Equation 4.2 Shape number The power output Po from a turbine depends on head H. The equation for shape number becomes: Shape number.4) r is the ratio of diameter of the incoming flow or jet of the water to the total R diameter of the turbine. When the turbine is operating at maximum efficiency. 136 . k n = k k 1 p 5 h 2 = 4 ρ 1 / 2 ( gH ω P1/2 ) 5 .25 (Equation 4. K h = gH (ω 2 D2 ) . Eliminating the dependence on diameter. runner speed and diameter 4.

P = ρgHQη (Equation 4.5.81 m/s2). 1993:4-5. 23 Q t j H (Equation 4. H . to be synchronous.5) p where n is the rotational speed (rpm) . and the volume of water flowing per second This relationship is expressed by the formula (Harvey et al. is the net head of water (m).Annexes 4. Inversin. For turbine speed. g = acceleration due to gravity (= 9. 1998: 75-77). The power output P is the product of the efficiency η. design flow and penstock diameter The maximum amount of power available in theory from the flow is related to the speed of flow. 1986:48-49. in metres.7) Determination of power output.4 Runner diameter Sadrul et al (2002:216-219) provide an equation for approximating the runner diameter for the cross flow turbine as follows: D = 40 The jet thickness H n (Equation 4. and η = overall efficiency of the system. and the head. 4. 137 .6) is generally between one fifth and one tenth of the diameter. is the flow through the turbine (m3/s).8) where P . f is electrical frequency (Hz) and. the potential energy per unit volume. Np is the number of poles for the generator. the following equation is applied: n= 120( f ) N (Equation 4. n. ρ = density of water (kg/m3). . The approximate runner length. is therefore given by: L = 0 .3 Runner Speed A synchronous speed of the generator is used to determine the runner speed. is net power output (kW).5. Q . ESHA.

η gen = generator efficiency. turbine. η tr = transmission efficiency. 81 nQ  H gross −  D 5 . give the following modified formula in order to determine the amount of electricity produced by a hydropower plant from water to wire: P = η Tot . η tr . and hf  10 n 2 Q 2 P = 9 . n. The net or usable head is the gross head minus head lost due to friction. 1000 (1 − lpel ) (Equation 4. Q is the flow(in cubic metres per second). and L is the pipe length(in metres).3n 2Q 2 D 5 . η T is turbine efficiency. penstock). Qd being the design discharge and lpel parasitic electrical losses. H . D. (2004: 56). g . is to find Q for which P is a maximum. 1993:4-5). The first is to limit flow so that head loss due to friction is minimum. tunnel. gearing. cited in Maskey.4) and (4. valves etc). ρ . is overall system efficiency. transformers and losses in the transmission and distribution lines (Harvey et al. Inversin (1986:96-102) presents an equation for head loss due to pipe friction derived from Manning’s equation: h f = 10 . and is expressed as follows: H = Hgross − hf (Equation 4. D is the pipe diameter (in metres). L. Q d. n is the roughness coefficient.9) with η Tot = η T . bearing in mind that head decreases with increasing flow: Maximising P as a function of Q : 138 . Second.10) L where h f is the head loss due to friction (in metres). including trash rack loss.11) The head lost comprise the following partial losses: (1) intake losses. (2) friction losses along the entire water way (canal. The gross head is the difference in elevation between the penstock inlet and the turbine.5) into (4. The overall efficiency comprises efficiencies of penstock. Hgross . Substituting equations (4.Annexes Giesecke and Mosonyi (2003). η gen . and (3) local losses along the water way (bends.12) There are two conditions of interest for which to solve this equation.2) gives power as a function of Q.333 (Equation 4. generator. 333 L      (Equation 4.

The basic equation for the multiple non-linear regressions is: y= a . D is computed using the following formula:  10.9.69  Hgross    0. By limiting hf at 4H / 100 (so that power losses do not exceed 4%).x 0 a1 1 ..15). x3 a3 . 4.3 Regression Equation Approach Regression equations that relate stream flow statistics at gauged stream-gauging stations to basin and climatic characteristics are used to estimate stream flow statistics for ungauged sites. log x1 + a 2. log x 2 + a 3. x i = independent variables.. and a i are regression coefficients.. x 2 a 2 . x n an where y is a dependent variable.1875 (Equation 4..14) It follows that:  10. 81 n 5 .13) Solving for Q . using logarithms of the independent and dependent variables in equation (4.Annexes dP 30 n 2 Q 2 = 9 . Ries and Friesz (2000:26) described the stream flow and catchments characteristics used in a hydrologic regression typically to be log-normally distributed which necessitates transformation of the variables to logarithms..333 = 0 dQ D L (Equation 4.23) the model takes the following form: log y = log a 0 + a1.333 H gross 30 n 2 L 0..1875 (Equation 4. area. Therefore. daily) and Q (50 daily) whereas the independent variables are the different catchment characteristics such as rainfall. Q (70. log xn 139 .16). Q = D 5 .. The dependent variables are Q (90..3n 2 Q 2 L   D = 2. log x 3. daily).7) below.3n 2 Q 2 L   D=   hf   (Equation 4.an. 81 nH gross − 9 . yields equation (4.

ux 2.. ∑ ( ∆ u x 2 ∆ u x n ) + . uxn The squares of the errors between the observed and predicted observations are used to evaluate how well a regression model fits the sample data.. A = U y where Ux is a nxn matrix made up of n observations on each of the n independent variables. To express the quality of fit between a regression model and the sample data. + a n . ( ∆ u x1∆ u xn ) = ∑ ( ∆ u y ∆ u x1 ) ( ∆ u x 2 ∆ u xn ) = ∑ ( ∆ u y ∆ u x 2 ) a 1 . a simple linear regression equation is obtained as : u = b 0 + a 1 .u x 3 + .. ∑ ∆ u x n 2 = in matrix form. the regression coefficients are calculated by means of equation system: ( ) a 1 ....u x 2 + a 3 . The coefficient of multiple determination is defined as: 140 ..25). ∑ a 1 . To determine b0 the are calculated coefficients a i together with the arithmetic means of filled in equation (4.. + a n .. equation (4. ux1... a statistical index commonly referred to as coefficient of multiple determination ( R 2 ) is typically used. With this system of equations a1. ∑ .. + a n .an can be calculated.u x 1 + a 2 . uy. . ∑ ( ∆ u x 1 ∆ u x n ) + a 2 . . and log a 0 = b0 .Annexes Substituting log y with u .19) becomes: ∑ (∆ u y ∆ u xn ) ur uu r U x.. + a n . uu r ur A is a nx1 vector of unknown regression coefficients and Uy is a nx1 vector observations. log xi = uxi . a 2.u xn Using ∆uxi instead of uxi − ux . ∑ ∆ u x 2 2 + . ∑ ( ∆ u x 1 ∆ u x 2 ) + a 2 .. ∑ ∆ u x 1 2 + a 2 . ∑ ( ∆ u x 1∆ u x 2 ) + .

25) where PV is the present value. FV = future value. It is measured using the discount rate. The equation below is often referred to as the present worth factor and is used to calculate the present value: 1 (1 + r ) n (Equation 4.     ( ) The total variability in the observed responses (SSE) is equal to the random variability not explained by the model or model error (SSE) plus the systematic variability that is explained by the regression model. Put simply. All cost streams are changed to represent economic value. and n is number of years. i.Annexes 2 R = SSR SSE =1− SST SST (Equation 4. r is the discount rate. The costs and benefits streams considered include capital costs.1 Economic concepts Economic analysis of small hydropower project represents the cost and benefit to the rural communities in terms of opportunity cost. Present Value Present value is the value today of a benefit or cost that occurs in the future.26) 141 .10. how close the points are to the regression function.28) 2  SSE = ∑ yi − yi  is the model     2 where  SST = ∑ yi − y  are the observed responses. and  SSR = ∑ yi − y  is the regression model. Values of R 2 range from 0 to 1. 4. operation and maintenance in cost streams and revenue from electricity supply and capacity benefit in benefit streams.e. R explains how much of the variability 2 in the y ’s can be explained by the fact that they are related to x . In mathematical terms.     ( ) ( ) 2 error. Higher values of R 2 indicate a better fit of the model to the sample observations. the present value of a sum of money received or spent in some future period is calculated using the formula below: PV = FV (1 + r ) n (Equation 4.

The IRR is found by solving the formula below through iteration to find the discount rate (r) at which the NPV equals zero. the following assumptions are made: • • • • Initial investment costs are lump sum (all occur at once) in period 0.Annexes Net Present Cost/ Life Cycle Cost The net present cost is the sum of the present values of all associated costs over the period of the project. the project should not be undertaken.28) 142 . r is discount rate. Costs in any period are lumped together and assumed to occur at the end of that period.27) where NPV = net present value. All recurrent costs begin to accumulate in period 1. and n = number of years. As a general rule. TB are total benefits. and Salvage values are considered as negative costs. the cumulative net present value of all projects costs is exactly equal to the cumulative net present value of project benefits. TC = total costs. Net Present Value The Net Present Value of the project is the sum of the present values of all benefits associated with the project. It is calculated using the formula below: NPV = ∑ (TB − TC ) (1 + n ) n (Equation 4. At this discount rate. if the being evaluated has an internal rate of return lower than the discount rate. Internal Rate of Return The internal rate of return (IRR) is the discount rate at which the cumulative net present value of the project is equal to zero. thus ∑ (1 + n) n = 0 (Equation 4. less the sum of the present values of all associated costs.25. Costs in any future year are discounted back to the base period using equation 4. FV ∑ PV = 0 . In calculating the net present cost.

30) Annex D Annex D1: Household Demand Survey Questionnaire 1. ………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………….29) Cost of Generation (CoG) The cost of generation is equal to the net present cost of the energy system divided by the total kWh generated over the life of the system. ………………………………………………………. Male Household Female Business owner 2.Annexes Benefit-to-Cost Ratio (BCR) The benefit to cost ratio is equal to the NPV of associated benefits divided by the NPV of associated costs (net present cost)..0 General Information Name of respondent Address Sex Status of respondent Number of occupants (specify) Village Traditional Authority District ……………………………………………………….0 Income How much income did you receive monthly or yearly in average? (Select a code [0 – 21] from table shown below. If code#21 is selected. CoG = NPC Total kWh (Equation 4.. BCR= NPV benefits NPVcosts (Equation 4. ………………………………………………………. please specify the amount in MK 143 ...

please specify the amount in MK Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Code MK 0 MK 1-1.1 Household Expenditure How much is the maximum expendable monthly amount? (Select a code [0 – 21] from table shown below. On average.Annexes Monthly: Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Yearly Code MK 0 MK 1-1. how much per month was spent on each of the energy sources for the dwelling unit or business unit? Energy Sources 1) 2) 3) 4) Paraffin – lighting Paraffin – cooking Paraffin – refrigerator Firewood Average Expenses (MK/month) 144 . If code#21 is selected.000 MK1001-2000 MK2001-3000 MK3001-4000 MK4001-5000 MK5001-6000 MK6001-7000 MK7001-8000 MK8001-9000 MK9001-10000 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 MK10001-11000 MK11001-12000 MK12001-13000 MK13001-14000 MK14001-15000 MK15001-16000 MK16001-17000 MK17001-18000 MK18001-19000 MK19001-20000 MK 20001< 3.0 3.000 MK1001-2000 MK2001-3000 MK3001-4000 MK4001-5000 MK5001-6000 MK6001-7000 MK7001-8000 MK8001-9000 MK9001-10000 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 MK10001-11000 MK11001-12000 MK12001-13000 MK13001-14000 MK14001-15000 MK15001-16000 MK16001-17000 MK17001-18000 MK18001-19000 MK19001-20000 MK 20001< 3.2.

Annexes 5) Charcoal 6) Gas 7) Candles 8) Torch cells 9) Batteries (charging fee etc) 10) Others (specify ) Total Amount 4. 1 1 = Yes 1 = Yes = Yes 0 = No 0 = No 0 = No 1) Lighting 6) Television 11) Air Conditioner 2) Cooking 7) video Cassette 12) Maize Mill Recorder 3) Refrigerator 8) Electric iron 13) Computer 4) Radio 5) Cassette/ CD Player 9) Electric Heater 10) Electric Fan 14) Other(specify) 5. If you select “14) other”.0 . please specify how/what you want to use.0 What are the expected benefits /impacts of electrification? Yes 1) Nothing will change 2) The business unit or dwelling unit will become safer 3) Opening business will be longer hours per day 4) Customer patronage to the business will increase 5) Start new business (specify:----------------------------Night time become more enjoyable 6) Entertainment time become longer 7) Cooking/domestic work at night become easier 8) Studying or reading at night become easier 9) Sleeping hours become shorter 10) Activities of family members slows down 11) Other (specify:---------------------------------------------------------------No 145 . 0 = Do not want to use) the following table. End Uses How do you want to use electricity? Please check on (1 = Want to use.

0.0 Can you provide any contribution for electrification project? Yes No 1) Do not contribute anything 2) Attend construction work voluntarily 3) Participate maintenance/repair work voluntarily 4) Provide construction materials from private properties 5) Provide donation to the project (bear a part of project cost) 146 .0.Annexes 6. If code #21 is selected.000 MK1001-2000 MK2001-3000 MK3001-4000 MK4001-5000 MK5001-6000 MK6001-7000 MK7001-8000 MK8001-9000 MK9001-10000 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 MK10001-11000 MK11001-12000 MK12001-13000 MK13001-14000 MK14001-15000 MK15001-16000 MK16001-17000 MK17001-18000 MK18001-19000 MK19001-20000 MK 20001< 7. What is the maximum amount of money you are willing to pay for connection fee and in –house wiring cost for electricity? (select a code number [0 – 21 ] from the table shown below. What is the maximum amount of money you are willing to pay for monthly electricity consumption ? (Select a code number [0 – 21 ] from the table shown below. If code #21 is selected. please specify the amount in MK Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Code MK 0 MK1-200 MK201-400 MK401-600 MK601-800 MK801-1000 MK1001-1200 MK1201-1400 MK1401-1600 MK1601-1800 MK1801-2000 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 MK2001-2200 MK2201-2400 MK2401-2600 MK2601-2800 MK2801-3000 MK3001-3200 MK3201-3400 MK3401-3600 MK3601-3800 MK3801-4000 >MK4001 8. please specify the amount in MK Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Code MK 0 MK 1-1.

665 102.050 100.211 66 0.180 1.Annexes 6) Can manage as a member of electrification project committee 7) Possible to work as power plant operator 8) Possible to work as an electricity tariff collector Table D. 1.585 1.844 1. 2.904 100.065 1.475 IS 0.418 0.864 2.268 2.307 100.911 100.S HPC 100.904 1.391 1.050 1.980 99.037 1.430 99.363 0.342 Notes 1.625 3. L/bank Water level R/bank GL. 147 .779 100.Cpt 1 Peg A Peg B Peg C Stream channel Waters edge R/B Waters edge mid left bank Top of rock Waters edge L/B G.391 3.326 99.885 0.601 99.369 100. Reduced level on proposed power canal is 99.111 87 106 126 146 167 193 207 253 269 294 Distance from proposed intake site to the fore bay tank is 294m.180 1.326 99.585 99.537 0 5 10 22 3.629 0.037 1.1: Level surveying from intake to fore bay tank F.846 2.179 1.326 99.326 m.326 101.326 99.670 1.885 0.326 99.576 99.478 33 3.050 1.885 1.443 2.414 1.000 100.391 1.037 1.844 RL 100.326 99.605 99.Cpt 3 Peg F (level transferred from waters edge Peg G Peg H Peg I Peg J Peg K Peg L Peg M Peg N Peg O Peg P TBM A closing Levelling BS 0.326 99.326 Distance Remarks TBM A GL.174 99.998 99.376 99.401 99.L Cpt 2 Peg D.326 99.326 99.326 99.475 1.844 101.

947 3.970 3.681 RL 100.475 1.337 90.573 73.665 3.071 Distance 0 Remarks TBM B Ground level.705 3.000 96.0 Notes 3.567 89.610 20 40 62.634 0.005 94. Cpt 1 GL Cpt 2 GL Cpt 3 Peg A GL Cpt 4 GL Cpt 5 GL Cpt 6 Peg B GL Cpt 7 GL Cpt 8 GL Cpt 9 Lag peg TBM C Levelling BS 0.805 3.2: Level surveying from fore bay tank to power house F.879 79.486 86.523 0.7 74. Linear distance from proposed fore bay tank to power house 74 m.324 73.S HPC 100.952 89.455 IS 3. 148 .530 93.680 3. 4.Annexes Table D.268 2.398 70.921 70.607 0.818 76.210 1.734 67.089 84.615 0.354 0.599 3.926 3.665 97.101 83.632 92. Vertical distance from the proposed fore bay tank to power house is 33 m.299 86.494 82.222 3.216 66.754 88.751 0.665 0.172 77.513 80.695 3.668 3.295 1.081 3.

100 0.387 0.053 0.5 5.9 TOTALS Depth Depth of Observation from water surface Time (secs) Revolution At point Velocity Mean Mean in in section vertical Area (m2) Mean depth Width Discharge (m3/s) Remark s 0 0.400 0.010 4.042 0.2 1.060 0.500 0.649 0.060 0.14 0.818 0.459 0.070 0.3: Stream flow measurement Distance from initial point 1.5 2.036 0.11 0.14 0.053 0.035 0.0 4.055 0.500 0.636 0.494 0.14 0.250 0.14 0.Annexes Table D.500 0.028 0.15 0.035 0.070 0.036 0.5 4.7 5.500 0.014 WERB WELB 149 .028 0.020 0.5 5.065 0.500 0.723 0.065 0.12 0.5 3.045 0.075 0.12 0.599 0.13 0.14 0 0.0 1.505 0.021 0.049 0.025 0.632 43 46 43 55 55 64 59 49 64 49 49 80 90 100 120 110 90 90 90 90 110 70 0.0 3.13 0.606 0.035 0.500 0.459 0.0 5.500 0.90 0.704 0.0 2.

2% 40% 13% 25% 5.36 156.00 214.6% 24 Household may report more than one type of fuel used.000 600.0005.50 150.00 n/a n/a 140.00 154.25 535.41 184.2: Monthly energy expenditure and expenditure share by net income group Household expenditure in MK/month Weighted energy averages Firewood Paraffin Charcoal24 Candles Dry cells Car batteries MK/kg MK/l MK/kg MK/unit MK/unit MK/service 4.000 406.000 429.10 613.16 125.00 0 Less than 1.00 30.06 357.00 Mean 496.78 Energy share in household budget Minimum Maximum 18.00 275.7 100 - Table E.74 475.00 500.71 210.Annexes Annex E Results of socioeconomic and hydrological study Table E.000 549. Share of firewood which is purchased only.7% use both charcoal and firewood.00 10.00 60.76 8.1% 7. 150 .00 15.00110.77 1000.64 100.15 647.63 5.00 1.00 150 200.5 Paraffin Charcoal Firewood Candles 23 12.18 338.1: Fuel Energy sources and end-uses in Nkolokosa village End-uses (% respondents) Cooking Lighting 95. About 12.50 More than 20.5% 43% 12.00 70.67 144.

368 0.50 K150/litre Price 151 .615 13.00 K30/batt Charcoal Candles Batteries Consumption Energy content Gross energy consumed Conversion Electricity equivalent Expenditure 110 kg 15.568 90.012 1.667 380.109 0.61kWh 0.642.156 0.381 28.3kWh 0.210 33.199 31.083.4: Energy consumption and expenditure displaced by electricity Wood Paraffin (cooking) Paraffin (lighting) 0.468 0.816 103.088 2.088 0.50 K150/litre 43 kg 30.000 0.02 559.572 2028.000 12.022 kWh K120.3: Estimated energy consumption by household income Very poor poor Near poor N = 32 N = 71 N = 13 Paraffin Litre/person/day 0.46 kWh 0.0 MJ/kg 22.992 36.26 Better off N=2 0.767 122.232 14.784 473.908 34.5 MJ/kg 473.833 21.600 95.81 kWh K346.04 kWh K40.33 kWh 0.Annexes Table E.018 0.4 pkt 21 MJ/pkt 2.444 159.199.996 43.464.083.015 0.996 3.955.160 0.1 kWh K645.854.996 800 1.667 800.336 14.992 0.98 kWh K139.909 490.599.022 kWh 1.50/kg 2.257 40.008 0.419 66.076 Table E.278 1.145.612 3.04 kWh 0.585 43.00 K100/pkt 4 batts 0. MJ/kg 358.308 145.023 Litre/household/month Litre/ household/year All households Charcoal kg/person/day kg/ household/month kg/ household/year All households Firewood kg/person/day kg/ household/month kg/ household/year All households 0.333 399.333 1.87kWh K495.400 0.424 1.02 MJ 0.0 MJ/kg 9.00 K15/kg 0.93 l 35.31l 35.839 133.00 K4.000 10.013 1.

0913 Average (%) 65 65 30 40 45 45 15 25 25 8 58 96 30 40 45 80 14 25 30 0.3 lumens/Watt 1. the ratio of the lumen output to the power consumption of the lamp is defined as the efficacy of the lamp.6921 0.6151 0.5: Typical Appliance Efficiencies/Efficacies Application Fuel Appliance Min (%) Cooking Electricity Hot plate Stove Paraffin Wick Primus Gas Ring Stove Wood 3-stone Stove Coal Stove Brazier Water heating Paraffin Electricity Geyser On-line Wick/pot Primus/pot Gas Ring/pot Geyser Wood File/pot Stove/pot Coal Lighting Stove 55 55 20 30 40 40 13 20 20 6 48 96 20 30 40 75 13 20 20 Max (%) 75 75 35 55 60 60 15 30 30 10 92 96 35 55 60 92 15 30 46 11 lumens/Watt 18 lumens/Watt 62 lumens/Watt 75 lumens/Watt 0.6922 0. 27 Taking a 60W incandescent globe as the alternative 152 .6921 0.3851 0.1093 0.51726 0.(1992) Notes: Efficiencies are defined as the ratio of useful energy to gross energy when using a particular appliance.382 0.46225 0.3851 0.2 lumens/Watt Wick lamp Pressure lamp Gas Gas lamp 0.01827 0. Here.7762 1.2311 0.1231 n/a n/a Conversion Electricity 60W ncandescent 100Wincandescent 20W fluorescent 40W fluorescent Candle Paraffin Source: Davis. Taking the average efficiency of an electric geyser as the alternative.0273 0. Efficacies are generally used for lighting where it is difficult to define the useful energy output.2412 0.5172 n/a 0.M & Horvei.2 lumens/Watt 1 lumens/Watt 0.Annexes Table E. T.4312 0. 25 26 Taking the average efficiency of an electric hot plate as the alternative.

8 10.5 17.9 27 62.45 15.023 0.023 Nachipere 0.089 0.8 48.36 1 2 20% and 40% refer to the moisture content of the wood the conversion factor from MJ to kWh is 0.4 13.069 0.006 0.7: Dependability for Nachipere and Nswazi Rivers based on 1-day and 10-day duration curves Dependability Flow (m3/s) 1-day curve Nswazi 50% (equivalent to 183 days) 75% (equivalent to 274 days) 90% (equivalent to 328 days) 95% (equivalent to 347 days) 99%(equivalent to 361 days) 0.02 0.6: Calorific values of a range of fuels Calorific value MJ Gas [kg] Paraffin [litre] Candles [each] Wood (20%)1 [kg] Wood (40%)1 [kg] Coal[kg] Petrol [litre] Diesel [litre] PM-9 battery [each] PM-10 battery [each] Torch battery [each] Car battery [per charge] 49.278.4 0.5 0.081 0.3 Source: Davis.204 0.Annexes Table E.014 0.119 0.026 0.(1992) Fuel kWh2 13.400 0.96 4.006 0.6 0.010 153 .e.5 10.482 0.046 0. T.8 38.0 3.063 0.029 1. i.107 0. M & Horvei.231 0.104 0. 3.015 0.6 MJ = 1 kWh Table E.3 3 7.005 10-day curve Nswazi 0.051 0.046 Nachipere 0.020 0.

57 71.377 36.364 4.088 0.Annexes Table E.789 62.701 4.8: Return Period (years) 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 Flood Frequency Calculations using Log-Pearson Type III Distribution (1995-2004) Skew Coefficient Discharge at Discharge at K(-2) Kautuka Nkolokosa Q (m3/s) Q (m3/s) -0.258 39.357 0.133 0.901 25.771 8.253 113.181 178.323 21.526 2.9: Dependability for Nachipere River using the runoff method Dependability 50% (equivalent to 183 days) 75% (equivalent to 274 days) 90% (equivalent to 328 days) 95% (equivalent to 347 days) 99%(equivalent to 361 days) Flow (m3/s) 0.788 1.441 3.568 Table E.317 9.292 280.077 3.161 15.56 2.044 154 .050 0.217 0.

706 0.456 0.073 2.183 0.048 0.057 0.228 0.14 0.892 1.273 9 0.185 0.174 0.Annexes Table E.569 0.778 0.781 1.379 0.059 0.182 0.222 0.324 0.168 0.359 0.631 0.511 2.418 0.762 0.79 0.419 1.173 1.609 1.159 0.222 0.232 0.351 2.123 1.154 0.395 0.14 0.271 0.386 8 0.726 0.707 1.295 0.543 0.123 0.422 0.1 2.306 0.331 0.077 0.853 0.781 0.252 10 156 .251 7 0.768 0.179 0.733 0.289 0.471 0.366 0.102 0.236 0.193 Mean 0.109 0.414 3.206 9 0.308 0.552 0.568 1.827 1.826 3.26 0.571 9 0.427 Catchment area: 21 km2 Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Station : 14 /14B9 Sep Oct Nov 0.242 0.192 0.588 0.833 9 1.925 0.797 0.434 1.394 0.218 0.183 Feb Dec 1.794 3.427 1.414 0.295 0.418 0.143 1.267 0.438 0.762 0.397 0.239 0.17 0.189 0.407 0.823 0.254 1.288 0.173 0.411 1.067 0.359 0.13 6 0.487 1.179 0.9: Monthly Mean flows for Nachipere River at Nkolokosa (1995-2004) Nachipere at Nkolokosa Jan 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 1.218 9 0.685 9 1.612 1.6 0.259 1.192 0.676 0.54 0.555 1.109 0.144 7 0.259 0.797 0.547 1.286 0.179 0.542 0.456 0.232 1.306 0.17 0.Dev N.346 1.344 0.542 0.959 9 1.004 0.096 5 0.735 2.218 0.052 Qmean Qmax Qmin Qmed St.187 2.865 1.048 0.067 0.091 0.181 3.168 2.235 0.057 0.735 0.331 0.386 2.059 0.471 0.397 0.288 0.568 0.376 0.of years 1.734 0.588 0.346 1.67 1.914 0.154 0.422 0.236 0.587 0.341 0.853 0.136 0.54 0.425 0.419 1.

821 14.10: Water Max Year Stream Flow (m3/s) 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 14.526 2.56587331 Sum -0.175 1.5 2 1.508 15.267 1.2) 0.000167258 7.385 18.294 slope 0.402 14.64449E-05 -0.666 1.02 Average 16.164 15.004 0.0006 0.323 Q(m3/s) 9.2581) -0.508 17.402 20.37 -0.643 1.37737 36.25 1.788 1.109842111 0.104 2.8 0.245 1.235 1.388 K(-0.879 0.9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (m3/s) 1.305 Average 1.2915 280.945 2.94 K(-2.7 0.077 3.178 2.00245379 0.701 4.3644 157 .302 1.6 0.258085598 Tr 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 K(-0.111 Exceedence Probability (1/Tr) 0.073 0.Annexes Table E.000214124 -0.136 Rank logQ (logQ-avg(logQ))^2 (logQ-avg(logQ))^3 Return Period Tr = [(N+1)/M] 10 5 3.024 30.947 14.491 1.956 17.74 -0.511492443 variance standard deviation skew coefficient 0.010 0.181 178.045984604 0.029 0.85 1.4 0.03 -0.1 0.05 0.947 11.13 -0.258 1.55974 21.3 0.25328 113.3) 0.188 1.17 0.333 2.018 0.853 1.684 Sum 0.004832878 0.033 0.132 0.331424366 -2.164 2.956 20.821 2.55 -0.128 0.44803E-05 1.68 1.441 3.02 Flood Frequency Analysis for Nswazi and Nachipere Rivers using Log-Pearson Type III Analysis Water Ranked Max Year Stream Flow 2002 2001 1999 2003 2000 1996 1998 1997 2004 Q(m3/s) 30.385 11.2 0.319 0.001065536 0.158 1.003 0.5 0.57044 71.428 1.002 0.89 2.024 18.

3 11.5 150.0 6.0 42.7 136.3 919.1 62.1 1212.6 127.4 13.7 84.4 1.9 25.8 82.9 166.9 332.0 18.6 28.8 366.5 197.8 28.2 8.2 18.2 JAN.5 36.2 2701.4 353.7 10.0 241. 55.8 21.7 2.7 21.8 95.5 99.2 42.0 77.6 72.6 13.1 1336.0 195.3 118.8 346.9 67.0 0.5 636.4 6.4 136.7 15.7 270.1 149. 41.6 221.5 137.1 243.0 25. 18.4 123.6 22.5 224.6 46.4 96.1 16.5 150.4 12.5 25.7 76.1 1611.7 16.3 18.7 15.7 100.3 228.7 107.2 358.0 272.1 6.3 121.0 16.6 242.1 14.7 294.6 343.7 80.3 21.1 375.6 22.2 20. 372.3 42.2 78.6 58.4 70.1 27.6 296.4 1238.6 36.7 144.8 17.5 25.5 20.6 141.1 10.2 324. 54.1 99.6 171.2 70.6 6.3 27.2 10. 37.4 494.1 41.9 1.7 6.9 83.4 20.4 1961/62 1962/63 1963/64 1964/65 1965/66 1966/67 1967/68 1968/69 1969/70 1970/71 1971/72 1972/73 1973/74 1974/75 1975/76 1976/77 1977/78 1978/79 1979/80 1980/81 1981/82 1982/83 1983/84 1984/85 1985/86 158 . 295.2 52.6 105.1 50.8 1034.8 338.4 21.1 1249.Annexes Table E.8 1056.8 6.4 103.4 70.0 MAR.7 OCT.1 76.7 0.9 72.3 100.7 1554.2 98. 249.7 3.0 312.9 172.0 194.7 38.3 55.4 1160.0 6.0 0.8 20.4 7.4 182.2 1563.6 99.0 12.1 13.2 108.1 45.2 71.8 110.8 250.8 225.9 6.9 37.7 40.4 7.3 168.2 APR.5 SEP.2 1298.9 300.9 30.9 38.8 50.8 48.1 64.5 17.9 30.2 170.1 315.8 1479.7 21.1 192.0 222.6 15.0 0.3 1223.1 11.1 0.4 238.0 112.6 209.1 25.6 4.5 105.3 25.6 25.5 29.7 73.2 1078.7 132.0 21.2 204.8 14.1 222.8 8.7 17.5 18.9 201.0 18.4 335.1 222.1 SEASONAL 1336.9 59.2 1077.5 125.9 19.3 301.5 1422.4 26.0 12.5 16.1 32.8 19.7 1013.5 137.9 JUN.1 7.1 278.6 2.7 289.9 97.1 MAY 73.2 54.6 1720.5 42.9 873.2 331.2 262.0 15.5 37.8 264.5 65.4 8.3 26.0 97.1 37.6 111.5 10.4 13.2 374.9 135.2 3.1 94.5 52.6 444.6 16.0 1592.0 428.4 12.8 14.6 58.5 316.4 68.8 185.11: JUL.3 1111.6 309.9 53.5 23.9 186.6 40.4 1040.3 DEC.1 173.2 116.5 174.2 77.1 125.3 36.5 7.5 4.2 305.6 0.3 28.3 13.7 138.7 NOV.9 0.3 67.7 205.9 Thyolo monthly and seasonal rainfall totals in millimeters (1961-2006) AUG.0 5.9 15.3 300.8 351.9 8.9 2108.3 85.3 35.1 316.0 13.3 2.9 84.3 23.1 32. 118.3 1.6 327.3 115.8 25.3 54.7 207.1 104.6 201.8 103. 0.5 102.0 1.5 35.0 2.8 4.3 343.8 55.8 FEB.7 162.6 20.6 77.8 111. 21.4 5.9 76.5 124.6 104.2 1172.4 133.2 170.

0 1473.4 1.6 1111.2 466.7 49.7 279.7 528.4 167.9 53.2 332.3 95.1 103.2 18.3 54.2 177.9 2.3 18.6 6.1 246.6 351.3 275.9 32.2 0.2 29.0 234.3 27.2 8.2 88.4 0.3 0.4 47.0 0.8 0.9 64.4 14.6 172.7 382.2 68.1 72.9 15.3 29.6 7.0 246.0 766.3 12.7 150.0 11.4 85.4 866.2 41.1 21.9 165.9 228.6 0.9 11.2 1308.8 4.1 33.2 103.1 21.4 22.0 33.9 463.8 26.7 238.0 7.9 13.6 1080.5 6.6 24.3 382.6 28.3 80.0 16.7 133.8 103.4 9.9 337.1 28.9 481.1 95.4 226.1 6.9 236.0 284.1 241.0 177.0 20.6 55.2 1516.7 228.8 160.6 76.7 67.0 23.7 162.9 205.9 13.7 35.7 311.7 0.1 35.4 264.8 9.4 19.9 1.6 12.4 Source: Meteorological Services Department.4 334.0 3.2 897.6 7.3 7.2 54.2 17.0 27.6 88.4 80.2 7.2 120.5 39.9 48.7 40.6 111.0 19.2 88.3 155.1 4.3 5.2 253.7 13.5 372.1 80.9 77.6 108.9 214.6 29.1 0.5 169.2 137.4 86.9 66.7 7.0 28.8 34.3 341.2 57.9 29.4 285.4 78.0 20.0 6.6 46.4 15.6 96.8 23.0 28.4 118.8 39.0 13.1 23.8 82.1 23.0 332.9 22.6 1105.7 54.2 167.4 736.5 93.1 1637.9 1285.6 83.7 42.7 127.0 11.5 233.8 59.2 17.2 29.9 12.1 0.2 401.3 156.8 91.6 1399.7 1167.5 286.7 1.4 36.3 76.4 83.8 297.4 52.2 15.2 150.2 286.1 32.0 1.3 34.9 3.3 120.9 76.4 575.6 56.1 28.5 177.2 18. 2007 159 .0 36.3 6.7 66.7 9.5 15.9 636.1 33.2 1191.3 300.1 71.3 88.1 37.1 27.8 14.7 304.3 0.9 27.0 37.1 284.4 575.6 1407.8 138.4 15.5 15.1 57.6 11.1 80.4 43.7 96.6 1849.8 35.5 208.5 78.6 7.1 134.2 35.4 25.0 104.5 27.6 469.8 969.5 1563.4 241.0 68.9 231.0 12.0 250.5 25.3 1.8 249.4 355.2 139.3 9.7 1394.3 1825.4 15.2 26.1 2701.7 1669.6 70.3 2.7 17.9 115.6 20.9 510.4 614.6 64.8 36.3 32.2 14.7 58.2 52.4 77.7 0.0 1.7 241.0 281.7 46.0 0.6 233.2 17.7 323.8 314.Annexes 1986/87 1987/88 1988/89 1989/90 1990/91 1991/92 1992/93 1993/94 1994/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 Mean Max Min 21.0 104.7 111.0 14.0 17.4 736.3 1112.8 169.5 40.

8 0.5 0. Control Factor Demand Factor Peak Demand (kW) Night Day 29.1 0.3 0.5 11.9 0.7 0.1 0.6 16 7.3 0.9 0.4 0.7 4.5 340 16 8 8 8 178 178 457 2 1 3 8 15 8 12 8 0.1 0.2 0.1: Electrical Appliance Demand for Electricity in Nkolokosa Village Category Power Consumption (W) Nos.01 0.05 0.0 4.2 √ 1000 15 2400 75 15 160 .2 0.2 0.01 40.6 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 0.7 0.2 0.05 0.Annexes Annex F Results of the energy demand study Table F.6 0.8 0.7 Day load IL60 IL75 IL100 Refrigerator Electric Fan Electric iron Hot plate VCR/TV Radio Workshop Maize mill Shops Egg Incubator Battery charger Electric Kettle Barber machine DVD Player Total √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Night load √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 60 75 100 100 60 750 1000 100 15 11950 20000 2000 1092 0.9 0.9 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.3 1 0.5 0.4 67.8 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.2 0.5 0.05 0.3 0.05 0.6 16 7.2 0.8 0.8 4.9 0.3 0.

5 0.4 VCR/TV 1 100 4 0.7 0.4 146 Electric iron 1 750 0.275.Annexes Table F.4 Electric fan 1 60 2.3 1.5 TV/VCR 1 100 3 0.045 16.631.9 328.36 131.675 246.04 13.1 16.66 220.48 0.Poor Households Characteristics Electrical Number Capacity Daily Hours Daily Electricity Annual Appliance (W) of operation Consumption Consumption (h/d) (kWh/d) (kWh/a) Light bulb 3 60 5 0.0 730 Refrigerator 1 100 11.8 Table F.3 109.162 59.5 Kettle 1 1500 0.5 161 .5 547.5 1.13 Hot plate 1 1000 1.7 Total 3.6 1.5 Total 450 3.1 16.5 Security bulb 2 100 10 2.8 Radio cassette 1 15 3 0.5 DVD Player 1 15 3 0.920 7.2 Typical Poor Households Characteristics Electrical Number Capacity Daily Hours Daily Electricity Annual Appliance (W) of operation Consumption Consumption (h/d) (kWh/d) (kWh/a) Light bulb 2 60 3 0.45 0.7 Table F.75 273.4 Total 175 0.36 131.4 Radio cassette 1 15 2.9 328.13 412.21 2.5 Security bulb 2 75 3 0.4 Hot plate 1 1000 1.4 Security bulb 1 100 2 0.3 Near .5 5 547.4 Affluent Household Characteristics Electrical Number Capacity Daily Hours Daily Electricity Annual Appliance (W) of operation Consumption Consumption (h/d) (kWh/d) (kWh/a) Light bulb 3 60 5 0.2 73 Radio cassette 1 15 3 0.

8 0.68 162 .3 0.15 0.2 0.54 0.Annexes Table F.9 1.54 0.6: Facilities Demand Forecast of Public Facilities Consumption Power of Electric Appliances (kW) FL Light TV Computer Battery VCR Barber Fan Total charger NA NA NA NA 0.3.2 - Library Subtotal (kW) Control factor Demand factor Peak demand (kW) 2.7 0.26 NA NA NA 1.45 0.83 63.2 Table 6.8 0.7 0.34 0.0 0.5 0.12 0.8 0.2 NA NA 0.00 0.3 0.05 0.36 143.03 0.15 0.2 NA NA NA 0.5 0.9 0.3 0.00 NA 2.2 0.3 0.7 0.3 0.0 2.02 2.3 0.3 0.3. and Small shops in Nkolokosa Consumption Power of Electric Appliances (kW) Light TV Fan Refrigerator VCR Radio Total Small shops Subtotal (kW) Control factor Demand factor Peak demand (kW) 0.8 0.2 NA NA 2.12 0.00 31.19 Table F.26 Table F.45 0.8 NA NA NA 0.3 0.8 0.04 2.04 0.4 Peak Demand (kW) 48.8 0.2 0.5: Type of Households Poor Near poor Affluent Total Peak demand for various household sizes Number 279 170 8 457 Unit Table 6.3.5 0.3 Table 6.3 0.5 0.7: Facilities Demand Forecast of Groceries.

26 0.8: Demand Forecast for Rural Industries Power consumption of electric appliances (kW) Battery charger 0.028 7.46 513.225 0.4 Welding shop 1 0.24 Maize mills peak load(kW) 20 20 20 20 40 40 Village peak load (kW) 2007 2012 2017 2022 2027 2032 202.488 561.02 Carpentry shop 11.19 1.84 547.292 7.5 0.132 595.43 423.95 1 0.2 2.3 Table F.2 0.1 0.4 6.98 51.56 Table F.83 450.2 4.225 0.476 6.236 478.225 0.43 Total 51.7 Table F.5 Table F.8 Reference Households Public facilities Groceries and shops Rural industries Total 1.01 Barber 0.98 Light industry Subtotal (kW) Control factor Demand factor Peak Demand (kW) Table F.2 2.68 6.2 Maize mill 20 20 1 0.3 8.38 7.1 1.43 151.Annexes Table F.1 481.48 508.76 451.3 0.95 11.10: Year Forecasted Peak loads for Nkolokosa Number of Number Number of households of shops maize mills 457 487 519 553 590 629 1 2 3 4 4 5 1 1 1 1 2 2 Village Shops peak load without shops and mills 176.6 Table F.9: Consumers Forecast Demand of Nkolokosa Number of consumers 457 1 5 4 Peak Demand (kW) Unit Demand Total Demand 143.2 0.0 6.54 163 .225 0.

018 3.875 17.554 90.439 34.420 75.190 15.479 11.635 23.885 28.911 2.316 9.3 10% 2% 50% Penetration rate (%) 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 Households connected 52 63 74 85 96 107 119 130 142 154 166 178 190 203 215 228 241 253 267 280 294 Domestic Commercial Agro-industrial Load factor Peak factor Energy Demand (kWh) Domestic 4.279 80.430 28.316 16.758 2.918 6.178 12.854 12.595 36.117 26.797 26.425 102.207 3.192 5.036 3.109 Households 520 524 527 530 533 536 540 543 546 549 552 556 559 563 566 569 573 576 580 583 587 0.090 3.691 70.093 11.820 18.843 2.663 20.243 22.792 2.11: Nkolokosa power and energy forecast BEPP2 scenario Annual growth rate Number of persons per household Initial penetration rate Yearly growth of penetration Maximum penetration Year 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Population 2.826 2.732 Commercial 2.519 17.964 2.809 2.744 19.110 28.384 21.380 43.838 4.689 7.893 31.00% 0.643 85 50 150 30% 3.792 39.560 15.860 2.078 56.185 10.054 3.778 43.992 96.982 3.21% 2.161 24.3 Total energy (kWh) 14.877 2.181 Capacity demand (kW) 6 7 8 9 11 12 14 15 17 18 20 22 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 kWh/yr kWh/yr kWh/yr Yearly growth rate 1.500 5.050 13.862 52.485 8.60% 5.053 20.50% 164 .928 2.109 14.420 5.098 41.262 18.600 3.081 35.285 14.486 18.912 14.904 39.557 9.806 Agro-industrial 7.414 85.681 16.072 3.677 10.095 21.424 7.982 65.193 30.143 21.800 9.267 32.946 2.160 29.409 6.148 48.779 46.171 24.061 12.052 13.894 2.361 20.440 24.516 60.Annexes Table F.473 8.000 3.762 47.775 2.430 32.

707.3 2.30 15.396.Annexes Annex G Results of economic analysis Table G.65 800.649.500 1.214.1: General assumptions Parameter Technical data: Annual operating hours Installed capacity Load factor Design efficiency Service life Financial data: Discount rate (real) Escalation rate (real) Residual value Exchange rates (September.450 1.051.573.194.2007) Operation and maintenance costs Fuel cost % % % MWK % MWK/litre 12 10 10 145 1.250 9.000 2007 prices Remarks Intake structures Power canal and desilting basin Fore bay and spillway Penstock Power and tail race Total 6 7 Turbine and generator Hydro mechanical components 165 .000 422.449.5 6 10 10 145 5 250 hrs kW % % years 5610 40 50 35 35 3000 160 30 30 15 Unit Hydro Diesel Table G.833.2: Item 1 2 3 4 5 Summary of costs for Nkolokosa Hydropower Scheme Description Amount (MWK) 3.

000 (466.699.667/yr) 9.998.667/yr) 11.000 (145.947.856.80 42.000 250.000 250.000/yr) 7.345 (783.09 2.000 160 kW 2.000 (611.142.175.633.045.771.000 (145.000.155.90 1.495.57/yr) 7.000/yr) 9.335.902.Annexes 8 9 Transmission and distribution lines Engineering and administrative expenses Grand total Contingencies@ 10% Total Project Cost Specific cost per kW 10.000 100 kW 22.572.345 (273.747.073.175.000 5.175.156.667/yr) 2.016.000 (466.000 400.97 US$306.42 US$7.3: Specifications and construction cost for diesel generator and hybrid system Item Diesel power generation cost Output Diesel generator Transport and setting cost Transport Setting Subtotal Construction cost (annual capital cost) Diesel generation set 2.000.33/yr) 150.000 150.669.15 40.000.29 Per km Table G.175.000 400.43 Diesel Hybrid Hydro Transmission Total 166 .

050 11.720 183 0.685 3.217 50.397 91.71 164 82.618 274 0.088 20.318 38.47 19 8.357 82.701 13.840 13.16 14 783 Total 364 124.865 1.748.884 0.120 4.773 9.331 1.044 10.4: Annual energy production 164 Discharge (m3/s) Output (kW) Term(day) Power generation during day (kWh) Power generation during night (kWh) Total (kWh) 127.00/litre in 2009 ) Fuel cost K 11.13 91 25.337 45.5: Diesel Items Diesel Power Generation Output Consumption of fuels kWh cost Fuel Cost Remarks 200KVA/160kW 23.588/yr 167 .Annexes Table G.33 54 6. 2007 to K250.60/litre in September.55 19 1207 361 0.95/kWh Fuel price escalated from K191.62 L/h MK52.089 328 0.210 192.293 658 427 67.453 Table G.037 347 0.

6: Items Comparison of annual costs for hydro.00 12.29) 10.Annexes Table G.000.998.175.68 257.085.67) (285.122.600.67 11.35.998.748.000.00 (145.90 (611.744.288.008.000.00 241.52 15.000.00 45.93) Annual Capital Cost(MWK/yr) Fuel cost(MWK/yr) O&M Cost (MWK/yr) Total Annual power generation Electrical energy (kWh) 192.533.714.750.00 (466.666.245.000.008.227.666.000.122.666.00 3.72 7.93 46.00 1.998.68 611.93 735.52 O 2.947.72 √ 46.90 (1.341.199. diesel and hybrid system Hydro Diesel Hybrid Reference case Construction cost (MWK) (Annual Capital Cost) Hydro 32.67) (3.227.67 3.000.337 273.714.000.90 (1.175.68) - - - Diesel Hybrid 2.00 2.00 10.199.26) Transmission&distribution 10.93 X 15.160.00 Note: Values in brackets are given in Malawi Kwacha per year 168 .947.004.085.90 (2.998.109.910.588 478.484.68) 9.00 1.000.227.00) .00 (285.839.085.29) Total 42.93 kWh cost (MWK/kWh) Other cost (MWK/kWh) Total cost (MWK/kWh) Evaluation 7.

073.947.337 136.962.68 40 42.229.04 50 57.7: Levelised cost of small-scale hydro.998. 337 kWh/year 169 .75 33.30 192.516.5% to 5% 25% to 75% The following additional data was used to generate graphs: Turbine type: Turbine rating: Load factor: Energy supplied: Cross flow 40 kW 50% 192.99 129.8: Varied parameters for the sensitivity analyses Parameter Investment costs Interest rate Annual operating hours Maintenance costs Load factor Range of variation -50% to 50% 8% to 22% 4000 to 8000 hours 1.54 273.175.90 451.631.717.122.600 44.000 1. diesel and hybrid systems Unit Installed capacity Initial Investment Specific cost per kW Capacity Cost Energy produced per year Fixed O&M Capacity factor kW MWK MWK/kW MWK/kWh kWh MWK/yr % Hydro 40 Diesel 160 Hybrid 100 45.Annexes Table G.57 30 Table G.97 223.760 1.343.998.01 349.995.90 9.699.

9 29.41 1559.2: CO2 emissions based on fuel types Fuel source Paraffin Firewood Charcoal CO2 emissions from biomass used in energy.995 44/12 170 .6 4 1 0. Not included in the total but reported only for information Total CO2 emissions for Nkolokosa village 45 CO2 emissions (Gg) 44.2 0.1: IPCC values used for GHG computations CO2 Emissions Factor Paraffin Net calorific value (TJ/103 tonne) Carbon emission factor (tC/TJ) Fraction of carbon oxidised 44.CO2 Emission Factors Firewood Charcoal Gas EF(kg/TJ) EF(kg/TJ) EF(kg/TJ) (Oil) (Wood) (Charcoal) 15 30 CH4 10 300 200 19.88 0.99 0.80 876.3 0.28 683.69 Table H.88 NOx CO NMVOC 100 20 5 100 5000 600 100 7000 100 Table H.99 44/12 Natural gas 15.3: Emission coefficients for fuel Diesel Carbon emission rate (ton C/TJ) Carbon oxidation rate coefficient CO2 unit conversion coefficient 20.5 29.9 N2O 0.Annexes Annex H Computations of greenhouse gas emissions Table H.75 Non.

34 476.92 1013.68 894.62 2017 59.404 4.62 2019 59.2 655.1 1032.72 417.39 1./yr) 2008 59.Annexes Table H.62 119.276 1.96 536.78 1192.4: Breakdown of power generation in Malawi by source (in 1999) Item Generated output (GWh/year) Gas fired thermal power Diesel power Total thermal power Hydropower Total 0.62 2015 59.3 1031.4 12520.5: Year Equivalent CO2 emission reductions for the period 2008 .62 2022 59.62 2016 59.68 0 4.62 2021 59.06 834.62 2014 59.54 1073.48 298.4 Energy consumption (TJ/year) 3.86 238.44 775.62 2027 59.62 2023 59.62 2018 59.) 171 .3 953.62 2010 59.58 596.1 357.2 Emission reduction (tCO2 eq.62 2013 59.62 2012 59.2027 Cumulative emission reduction (tCO2 eq.91 0.24 178.62 2024 59.68 Table H.62 2011 59.62 2026 59.62 Total estimated reduction (t CO2 eq.82 715.62 2025 59.16 1132.62 2020 59.62 2009 59./yr) 59.

25 %/year consumption Average base consumption 150 kWh/oc*/year small industrial Average growth of 0. residential consumption etc.) hh / oc = number of households per official connection pop = population x = number of years after reference year pr = official penetration rate oc = official connection shh = size of household 172 .5 %/year consumption The total yearly consumption of a rural village in year x after the reference year is estimated according to the formula below (Feibel.Annexes Table H. resC . gr ( str )     oc    shh  (Equation 6.) (. gr ( pop ) . .3 Source NSO. 2003): x x x x x  pop  hh  aC ( x ) =  . gr ( ind ) + strC . pr ( x ).6) where aC = total average consumption [kWh] resC = residential base consumption [kWh] comC = commercial base consumption [kWh] indC = small industrial base consumption [kWh] strC = street lighting base consumption [kWh] gr = growth rates (of population.27 %/year consumption 100 kWh/oc*/year commercial Average base consumption Average growth of 1.6 5.6 Parameters for load forecast Parameter Population growth rate Occupants per household Development of market penetration Proposed value 0. 1998 According to survey results official Linear increase from 10% in the first year to 40% in the 20th year 200 kWh/oc*/year residential Average base consumption Average growth of 1.. gr ( res ) + comC .. gr ( com ) + indC .

83 Base BEPP3 Difference(GJ) Difference (%) 1622.2 2165.1 71.83 Base BEPP2 Difference(GJ) Difference (%) 1622.8 2379.1 99.8 4.9 8.2 99.6 0.3 98.6 63.012 1975.28 1975.9 12.9 0.5 1962.4 2395 98.8 Table H.1 98.01 1622.32 2022 2186 20.8 1617 99.8: Scenario/year Base BEPP1 Difference(GJ) Difference (%) 2007 1622.7 670.8 1776.4 Final energy demand (GJ) 2012 1788.92 2186 31.011 1788.6 14.1 99.9 2017 1002.9 2165.1 99.6 4.7 99.8 99.6 2022 1064.Annexes Table H.3 5.7 0.4 28.1 99.9 5.6 21.3 2395.5 1961.8 5.4 1045.75 1788.78 Energy demand by source (GJ) 2012 943.19 173 .4 43.0013 2423.6 1619.8 777.9 8.3 901.55 2017 1975.5 98.3 0.9 1780 99.4 28.4 0.9 4.7: Firewood Charcoal Paraffin Candles Batteries Total 2007 888.4 1211.013 2186 2027 1130.64 1788.5 75.6 98.27 2186 20.1 1618.08 2027 2423.5 66.8 3.6 13.50 1975.5 2154.8 58 4.3 1954.04 2423.56 2423.8 99.1 1780.

9: Reduction of green house gases and other pollutants .1 1.8 5.8 42.3 1.7 101.4 2.59 2022 49.83 7.6 4.1 118.9 7.4 2027 50.2 41.7 39.7 5.Nkolokosa Substance emitted CO2 Scenario Base BEPP CO Base BEPP CH4 Base BEPP NOx Base BEPP NMVOC Base BEPP 2007 45 45 108 108 5 5 2 2 7 7 2012 46.2 1.88 7.7 111.1 98.6 2.21 Note: all emissions are in gigagrams 174 .8 2.3 4.9 6.7 6.7 2.5 4.2 4.7 5.79 2017 47.3 104.7 95.77 7.4 6.1 1.2 6.Annexes Table H.4 43.4 114.8 5.9 121.

273.846 Population Percentage people connected 0.337 15.000 2.187 7.671 62 234 881 953 6.622 229.422.02 0.21 0.660.60 17.20 322.1 Kaseye Kalenje 1 Chambo Mbalizi Kalenje 2 Upstream Lufira Lufira North Rukuru North Rukuru 2 North Rukuru 3 Chisenga Kakasu Hewe Ntchenachena Murwerzi Luzinkhuni Sasasa Ngapani Mtemankhokwe Nswazi Choyoti Nachipere Total 175 .01 0.000 39.000 604.00 15.795.952 2.221.00 0.87 0.000 131.00 10.096 1.Annexes Table H.000 52.000 197.070 670 15 15 45 30 5 50 20 5 25 75 60 40 5.01 0.000 5.000 65.06 0.00 36.192.60 483.07 0.913.02 0.5 Capacity (kW) 150 230 6 30 120 130 940 2.000 1.240 4.80 241.02 0.01 0.000 340.615 668 668 1.80 99.60 403.773 16.01 0.02 0.41 0.000 16.940 Percentage HH supplied 0.791 40.31 t CO2 /kWh 5.000 39.01 0.000 79.186 18.00 1.000 13.05 0.000 118.708 4.04 0.00 2.26 0.00 241.40 973.000 78.051 35.833 871 546 12 12 37 24 4 41 16 4 20 61 49 60 4.000 157.003 859 286 1.02 0.02 0.10: Estimated electrification levels and CO2 emission reductions in Malawi Model parameters Loads Slope Intercept Project name 85 kWh/year/HH 7.9 0.000 13.470.80 1.385 1.09 0 0.40 1.60 812.385 CO2 emission rate Number of occupants/HH Total number of HH in Malawi Population served 5.442.000 2.760.240 286 2.813 1.897 85.809 8.01 0.222 Cumulative reductions (tons CO2 eq) 2.883.03 0.36 0.30 0.833 126 126 342 234 54 378 162 54 198 557 450 306 43.34 0.49 97.80 3.05 0.912.01 1.744.669 5.931.00 0.01 0.108.856 329 1.01 0 0.049 2.02 0.314.01 0.6 9.71 0.953.20 489.80 731.000 315.40 80.896.981 Annual generation (kWh) 394.337 Households connected 1.3 CO2 emission reductions (tons CO2eq) 122 187 5 24 98 105 766 1.250 1.02 2.60 80.009 0.810.000 192.00 0.04 0.01 0.01 0 0.852 25.05 0.3 2.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful